GEOSCOUT FINAL RFP 9 DECEMBER 2002 SECTIONS A-K AWARD TERM PLAN AWARD FEE PLAN CDCG DD-254 WBS

• Document Type: FOIA
• Collection: FOIA Collection
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): 0005521405
• Release Decision: RIFPUB
• Original Classification: U
• Document Page Count: 213
• Document Creation Date: June 24, 2015
• Document Release Date: April 16, 2010
• Case Number: F-2009-01001
• Publication Date: December 9, 2002

UNCLASSIFIED
GeoScout Final RFP
9 December 2002
Sections A-K
Award Term Plan
Award Fee Plan
CDCG
DD-254
WBS
APPROVED FOR RELEASED
DATE: 15-Apr-2010
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
GeoScout Final RFP
9 December 2002
Section L
Section M
Statement of Work
UNCLASSIFIED
 SOLICITATION
OFFER AND AWARD
1. THIS CONTRACT ISARATEDORDER
RATING
PAGE OF PAGES
,
UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 700)
2. CONTRACT NUMBER
3. SOLICITATION NUMBER
4. TYPE OF SOLICITATION
5. DATE ISSUED
6. REQUISITION/PURCHASE NUMBER
SEALED BID (IFB)
NEGOTIATED (RFP)
8. ADDRESS OFFER TO (If other than Item 7)
handcarried, in the depository located in until local time
(Hour) (Date)
CAUTION - LATE Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawals: See Section L, Provision No. 52.214-7 or 52.215-1. All offers are subject to all terms and conditions
contained in this solicitation.
10. FOR
INFORMATION
CALL:
PAGE(S)
(X) SEC.
A
SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM
I CONTRACT CLAUSES
B
SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
C
DESCRIPTIONISPECS./WORK STATEMENT
J LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
D
PACKAGING AND MARKING
PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
E
INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
K
REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER
F
DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE
STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS
G
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
L
INSTRS., CONDS., AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS
H
SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
M
EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
OFFER (Must be fully completed by offeror)
CODE
period is inserted by the offeror) from the date for receipt of offers specified above, to furnish any or all items upon which prices are offered at the price set opposite
each item, delivered at the designated point(s), within the time specified in the schedule.
13. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT
10 CALENDAR DAYS (%)
20 CALENDAR DAYS (%)
30 CALENDAR DAYS (%)
CALENDAR DAYS (%)
(See Section I, Clause No. 52.232-8)
14. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMEND-
AMENDMENT NO.
DATE
AMENDMENT NO.
DATE
MENTS (The offeror acknowledges recei
t of
p
amendments to the SOLICITATION for offerors
and related documents numbered and
dated :
CODE FACILITY
16. NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN OFFER
(Type or print)
15A. NAME AND
ADDRESS
OF OFFER-
OR
15B. TELEPHONE NUMBER
15C. CHECK IF REMITTANCE ADDRESS IS
17. SIGNATURE
18. OFFER DATE
AREA CODE
NUMBER
EXT.
[J DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE - ENTER SUCH
ADDRESS IN SCHEDULE.
AWARD (To be completed by G
overnment)
19. ACCEPTED AS TO ITEMS NUMBERED
20. AMOUNT
21. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION
22. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION:
23. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS
TEM
10 U.S.C. 2304(c) ) 41 U.S.C. 253(c) ( )
SHOWN IN (4 copies unless otherwise specified)
24. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than Item 7) CODE
25. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY CODE
26. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)
27. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
28. AWARD DATE
(Signature of Contracting Officer)
AUTHORIZED FOR LOCAL REPRODUCTION
Previous edition is unusable
STANDARD FORM 33 (REV. 9-97)
Prescribed by GSA - FAR (48 CFR) 53.214(c)
 Offerors may provide comments in their proposal on the structuring of Section
B for post-award (See L-4).
B.l 152.215-707 Scope of Contract (Firm Fixed Price/Cost-Reimbursement/Award
Fee/Award Term, with a Statement of Work and Task Orders)(Modified)(APR 1984)
The Contractor shall, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth
hereafter, furnish the necessary qualified personnel, services, travel,
facilities, and materials (except those specifically designated to be
provided by the Government) and do all things necessary and incident to
completion of the contractual effort in accordance with the Section C,
Statement of Work (SOW) and Task Orders.
Based upon the approval of a Block Business Case and Implementation Plan, a
Task Order with appropriate Contract Line Item Numbers and contract type will
be issued.
(a) Receive a negotiated approved task authorization document from the
assigned Contracting Officer (CO) prior to commencement of a given task. The
task authorization document shall include, but not necessarily be limited to,
the following:
(1) A brief description of the task to be performed.
(2) The estimated duration of the task `s period of performance
(3) Authorization for travel outside the Contractor's local area, if travel
allowances/limitations are identified as a part of the contract.
(4) Signature by the cognizant CO.
(b) Conduct and/or participate in a Progress' Review Meeting, as required by
the COTR, in order to review task performance and completion.
B.2 152.216-703 Type of Contract and Consideration (FFP/CPAF/AT)
(Modified)(SEP 2001)
This is a hybrid Firm Fixed Price/Cost-Plus-Award Fee/Award Term (CPAF/AT)
completion type contract with Task Orders, as described under Federal
Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 16.405-1 and 16.405-2, in the total estimated
amounts set forth below for the period of performance through FY TBD:
(a)
Estimated Cost:
$[ ]
(b)
Maximum Award Fee (Profit):
$[ ]
(c)
Total Estimated FFP/CPAF:
$1 ]
The base period of performance through Block 1 is estimated at the amounts
set forth below for the performance period through TBD.
(a) Estimated Cost: $1
]
(b) Maximum Award Fee (Profit): $[ ]
 The base period of performance through Block 2 to include the 1st Award Term
Evaluation Period is estimated at the amounts set forth below for the
performance period through TBD.
(a)
Estimated Cost:
$[ ]
(b)
Maximum Award Fee (Profit):
$[ ]
(c)
Total Estimated FFP/CPAF:
$[ ]
The period of performance through Block 3 to include the 2d Award Term
Evaluation Period is estimated at the amounts set forth below for the
performance period through TBD.
(a)
Estimated Cost:
$[ ]
(b)
Maximum Award Fee (Profit):
$[ ]
(c)
Total Estimated FFP/CPAF:
$[ ]
The period of performance through Block 4 to include the 3d-'-' Award Term
Evaluation Period is estimated at
performance period through FY TED.
the
amounts set
forth below for
the
(a)
Estimated Cost:
$[
(b)
Maximum Award Fee
(Profit):
$[
(c)
Total Estimated FFP/CPAF:
$[ ]
The Government reserves the right to exercise yearly options not to exceed 4
yrs after FY TBD at the Not To Exceed amount of $ TBD per year. These
options are to cover any re-compete of this contract and transition period.
B.3 152.216-720 Estimated Cost and Consideration (FFP/CPAF/AT) (AUG 1996)
(a) It is estimated that the total cost of this contract will not exceed $[
TBD ], exclusive of the Contractor's fee/profit, and the work will be
completed on or before FY TBD, but neither the Government nor the Contractor
guarantees the accuracy of these estimates.
(b) As consideration for its undertakings under this contract, the
Contractor shall receive the following:
(1) Extension of the base period of performance as set forth in the Award
Term Plan under Attachment "[ TBD ]" of this contract.
(2) Reimbursement of cost in accordance with the contract clause entitled,
"Allowable Cost and Payment."
(3) A maximum possible Fee/Profit (Award) in the amount of $[ TBD ], which
together with the reimbursement(s) provided for under "Allowable Cost and
Payment" shall constitute complete compensation for the Contractor's services
or performance in connection with this contract, subject to the withholding
 (4) The estimated cost and award fee (profit) is predicated upon the
Contractor furnishing the total effort specified under the Task Orders of
this contract. In the event that the total effort is not provided, as
specified, the fee may be adjusted accordingly.
(5) Award Fee shall be available for consideration of payment under the
terms of the "Award Fee Provisions" set forth under Attachment "[ TBD ]" of
this contract. The availability of maximum Award Fee dollars, with respect to
the evaluation periods is as follows:
No. Period Available Award Fee
Earned
(c) A provisional/interim fee payment, equivalent to [ TED ] percent of the
allowable costs incurred, is authorized for payment under this contract.
Payment and/or adjustment of such provisional/ interim fee, to reflect the
actual fee earned/awarded during any given evaluation period, shall be made
in accordance with the procedures and under the terms and conditions
described under the clause entitled "Provisional Fee Payment and Adjustment."
B.4 152.216-725 Incorporation of Award, Schedule, Performance and Cost
Incentives (APR 1990)
The parties hereto agree that the fee payable under this contract shall be
established by applying award, performance, schedule and cost incentives
(both positive and negative) in accordance with the award fee schedule
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
B.5 152.232-703 Limitation of Funding (AUG 1996)
Pursuant to the "Limitation of Funds" clause, the funding presently available
and allotted for the performance of this contract is set forth below. The
Government shall not be obligated to reimburse the Contractor for costs
incurred in excess of this amount and the Contractor shall not be obligated
to continue, performance under this contract or otherwise incur costs in
excess of the stipulated amount. The period of performance estimated to be
covered by the allotted amount is set forth below.
 SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT
The Sponsor's Statement of Work entitled GeoScout Modernization Contract
dated 9 December 2002, which is incorporated by reference, or attached
hereto, and made a part of this contract.
 SECTION D - PACKAGING AND MARKING
D.1 152.247-701 Identification and Marking of Shipments (AUG 1996)
(a) General:
It is an express condition of this contract that the Contractor will make no
reference of any nature to the purchaser in connection with the shipment of
materials or the shipping documents pertaining to this contract. This
includes, but is not limited to the items being furnished, instruction books,
blueprints, manuals, packing lists, instruction plates or identification
plates. There shall be no reference to the purchaser on or in any shipping
container, shipping documents or billing documents.
The Bill of Lading shall show the consignee as cited on Schedule "A" of the
contract.
(1) No stenciling shall be applied to the shipping container except for the
following:
(i) Weight, dimensions, and cubic content of container.
(ii) Caution markings for handling purposes, such as: "DELICATE
INSTRUMENT," "THIS SIDE UP," "FRAGILE," and "CENTER OF BALANCE" (on large
items), etc.
(2) The consignee address as given above in paragraph (b) shall be marked on
a shipping tag or label that shall be securely fixed on the container by use
of a waterproof adhesive or stapled to the container. Such markings shall be
protected by a coat of transparent water-repellent material.
(i) Each exterior container shall bear a number relative to the total number
of containers in the shipment, e.g., PKG. 1 of 5.
(ii) Set marking - where an equipment item constitutes a set, and is packed
and shipped unassembled in two or more separate pieces, each container shall
be marked with the set or assembly number, the number of the container
relative to the number of containers comprising the complete set, and the
total number of containers in the particular set or assembly, together with a
brief description of the component part contained therein. Thus, a box
containing a control panel which is the third container of a group of four
making up set number two would require the following special set markings:
Set No. 2, Package 3 of 4, Control Panel.
(iii) Container numbering shall not be stenciled on the containers but shall
be applied by tag or label as described in paragraph (c)(2).
(1) No markings shall be applied on any interior packaging material or
container that would identify the purchaser.
 (2) Each primary wrapper, envelope, bag, folding carton or other packaging
material enclosing each assembly, part or group of similar parts shall be
marked so that it may be readily identified against the packaging list. Each
secondary and all other overwrap material shall be marked as to the contents
enclosed in the package. The markings shall include the following:
(i) One of the following headings:
(A) Part of the Basic Unit (removed to facilitate packing)
(B) Operating Spare Parts
(C) Base Spare Parts
(D) Tools
(E) Service Equipment
(F) Other category indicated in the contract.
(ii) Brief nomenclature
(iii) Quantity
items that are not enclosed in a wrapper or carton shall be identified with a
tag that includes the above information.
(e) Packing Lists:
A master packing list shall accompany each shipment or be forwarded under
separate cover so that it reaches the consignee prior to the receipt of the
shipment. The master packing list shall include:
(1) Name and address of consignor
(2) Name and address of consignee as in paragraph (b) above
(3) Contract or Purchase Order Number
(4) Government Bill of Lading Number covering the shipment, if any
(5) Items being shipped shall be listed as required under one or more of the
headings listed in paragraph (d) (2) (i) above
(6) Stock and item number
(7) Nomenclature of item
(8) Quantity of each item
(9) Location of each item by container number and set number when applicable
(10) Any data specifically required to be included on the packing list, by
the terms of the contract.
(f) Unassembled Items,.
 (1) Identification of connection components. When it is necessary to remove
components to facilitate packing, all connecting wires, conduits, leads and
other objects disconnected shall be tagged in such a manner so as to readily
identify lines of the various components.
(2) Shipping bolts, collars, etc. All objects that are attached to
assemblies for packing purposes that require removal before the item can be
put in operation, shall. be labeled accordingly in a conspicuous manner.
D.2 152.247-703 Additional Packaging and Marking Instructions (AUG 1996)
(a) Packing and shipment will be the responsibility of the Contractor and
is included in the contract price.
(b) The Contractor will clearly mark both the external shipping container
and shipping invoice with the status of the item being shipped to the
Government (i.e., "First Article," "prototype/exemplar", or "production
deliverable"). In addition, the carton shall also be marked with the Document
Control Number (DCN) and Contract Number.
(c) The exemplar shall be returned in working condition to the Government
with the delivery of the production First Article. If needed, the accepted
First Article will be returned to the Contractor.
(d) The contract price includes the return shipment costs incurred when
returning the Government supplied prototype/exemplar.
D.3 152.247-705 Additional Identification and Marking of Shipments (AUG 1990)
In the event of conflict between the clauses in this section, this clause
shall take precedence.
Identification and marking of shipments shall be in accordance with the
identification and marking requirements identified in the [ ] utilized
when making shipments to the [ I-
Packing and packaging shall be in accordance with those specifications
and/or statement of work indicated under Sections C and J of this contract.
In the event such are not applicable, packing and packaging shall be in
accordance with standard commercial practice for domestic shipment, as set
forth in the Uniform Freight Classification for commercial practice, to
assure arrival at destination in serviceable condition. Exterior of the
container(s) shall bear the item numbers, and (consignee) address,
order/contract number, and consignor address.
The shipping indicator (mark for number) must appear on all boxes and
packing lists. The packing lists shall be affixed conspicuously on the
outside of all boxes, or transmitted by hand at time of delivery. Failure to
follow the packing and packaging instructions, as well as the identification
and marking instructions (including marking all boxes with the mark for
number), shall be considered noncompliance with this contract/order; packages
may be rejected and returned to the contractor, at the contractor's expense.
 Compliance with these instructions will aid in the receipt and acceptance of
deliverable items, and facilitate the payment of invoices.
 This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same
force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the
Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text
of a clause may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es):
http://www.arnet.gov/far/
E.2
52.246-3
Inspection
of
Supplies
- Cost-Reimbursement.
MAY
2001
E.3
52.246-5
Inspection
of
Services
- Cost-Reimbursement.
APR
1984
E.4
52.246-2
Inspection
of
Services
- Fixed Price.
AUG
1996
E.5
52.246-4
inspection
of
Supplies
- Fixed Price.
AUG
1996
E.6 152.215-718 Testing Related to Electronic Communication Equipment (APR
1984)
The Contractor understands and agrees that any testing plan or activity
related to electronic communications equipment developed, produced, or used
under this contract will require approval of the Contracting Officer to
ensure compliance with provisions of Executive Order 12333 and Attorney
General-approved implementing procedures. If such testing is contemplated
under this contract, Contractor must communicate with the Contracting Officer
or a designated customer representative as early as possible for specific
information and guidance concerning approved Executive Order procedures.
Prior to receipt of approval, the Contractor will not engage in any such
testing which may, in any way, involve the collection of the contents of
nonpublic communications of individuals without their consent.
E.7 152.246-702 Inspection and Acceptance at Destination (General) (APR 1990)
Final inspection and acceptance of work accomplished, services provided
and/or items produced or deliverable under this contract shall be performed
at destination by cognizant Government personnel.
The inspection or acceptance of work accomplished and/or items produced or
deliverable under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the
procedures and prerequisites established under the Inspection and Acceptance
Test Procedures developed by the Contractor and approved by the Government
for application under the contract provision entitled "Inspection and
Acceptance."
(a), Final inspection and acceptance shall be performed at destination, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the referenced GSA schedule, by
cognizant Agency personnel.
(b) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNDER THE GSA SCHEDULE FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
AND 30 DAYS' INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED AS A PART OF
THIS DELIVERY ORDER BY REFERENCE.
 F.1 52.252-2 Clauses Incorporated by Reference. (FEB 1998)
This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same
force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the
Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text
of a clause may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es):
http://www.arneL.gov/far/
F.2 52.242-15
Stop-Work Order.
AUG 1989
F.3 52.242-17
Government Delay of Work.
APR 1984
When the Contractor encounters difficulty in meeting performance
requirements, or anticipates difficulty in complying with the contract
delivery schedule or date, it shall immediately notify the Contracting Office
in writing giving pertinent details; provided, however, that this data shall.
be informational only in character and that this provision shall not be
construed as a waiver by the. Government of any delivery schedule or any
rights or remedies provided by law or under this contract.
At a minimum, the period of performance of this contract shall be from 1
April 2003 to the completion of Block II. At a maximum, the period of
performance of this contract shall be from Award of Contract to FY TBD
(depending on Award Term Plan). After FY TBD at the Governments discretion
options may be exercised for up to four (4) additional years to allow for a
transition period. The base period shall be approximately four years with
any follow-on Blocks in accordance with the Award Term Plan or any additional
one year options that may be exercised.
The principal place of performance under this contract shall be the
Contractor's facility located at TBD.
F.7 152.242-708 Contract Status Report (DEC 2001)
Monthly contract status reports shall be submitted in [ CO to insert number
of copies ] copies to the Contracting officer not later than 15 calendar
days after the close of the month covered by the report. Such report shall be
in the format as provided in the attached Monthly Contract Status Report
exemplar. Failure to submit this report will result in delay in payment of
invoices-
F.8 152.242-709 Shipping instruction - Consignees (AUG 1996)
if not specified in the contract, the Contractor shall request the names of
consignees of all supplies or equipment to be delivered by the Contractor not
later than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which any of the articles
are ready for shipment.
 (a) In the event any material or items are, or may later become, SECRET or
CONFIDENTIAL, and when the size or weight of such material or items
classified SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL makes shipment by registered mail
impractical, commercial shipment shall be made as directed by the Contracting
Officer. The material must be securely crated and banded and, prior to
shipment, the Contractor shall advise the Contracting Officer of:
(1) the date the material shall be shipped;
(2) the approximate date of arrival; and
(3) the approximate weight, size, and number of cartons.
(b) Bulk shipments of TOP SECRET material shall be made only after the
Contractor notifies the Contracting Officer that the material is ready for
shipment and requests specific instructions regarding such shipment.
F.10 152.242-711 Shipping Instructions - COTR Directed (AUG 1996)
Deliverable reports and data submissions shall be delivered in accordance
with instructions to be provided by the Contracting Officer's Technical
Representative (COTR).
In the event deliverable items are classified TOP SECRET, SI/TK or other
compartmented categories they shall be sent through Government approved
courier channels to [ TBD J. Other contract documentation or
noncompartmented classification through SECRET may be forwarded by registered
mail to [ TBD ].
In the event any item under this contract is personally delivered to the
COTR, the Contractor shall obtain a signed receipt in duplicate from the
COTR. One copy of the receipt shall be attached to the Contractor's invoice
submitted for payment for such item(s). Failure to do so may result in
delayed payment.
 SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA
G.1 152.204-717 Settlement - Cost Type Contracts (JUN 2002)
Upon completion of the subject contract, the Contractor shall submit the
following documents:
(a) Level-of-Effort Certification (if applicable, breakdown by labor category
and hours expensed) (Three (3) copies required)
(b) Electronic Funds Transfer Information (EFT) - The submission of this
information is required to keep our payment database current. (One (1) copy
required)
(c) Final Government Furnished Property/Contractor Acquired Property
(GFP/CAP) Statement - Disposition of Government Property (One (1) copy
required)
(d) Final Patent and Royalty Statement (in accordance with FAR 52.227-11,
52.227-12, and 52.227-13, as appropriate) (One (1) copy required)
(e) Final Voucher (also referred to as Final Cumulative Claim and
Reconciliation [FCCR)). Once final annual indirect expense rates have been
established or the contractor wishes to use approved quick-close rates,
Contractor shall submit a "FINAL" voucher. The receipt of an invoice marked
"FINAL" shall initiate the settlement of this contract. (Three (3) copies
required)
One set of closeout documentation (a), (b), (c), and (d) shall be mailed,
postage prepaid, to the Contracting officer at the address on page 1 of this
contract.
One complete set of closeout documentation shall be mailed, postage prepaid,
to:
Unclassified Address
Contract Settlement
2A039 ND1
Washington, DC 20505
[phone]
If you have any questions in regard to the closeout procedure, please contact
the settlements office directly.
G.3 152.232-717 Invoicing and Payment Instructions (General) - Unclassified
Association (JUN 2002)
Invoices may be mailed to the following payment office:
Commercial Claims Officer
Post Office Box 70967
Southwest Station
Washington, DC 20024-0967
Room 1N330, Attn: Kevin Hall.
 However, the preferred method of submitting invoices to the payment office is
via facsimile (FAX) machine to the phone number that corresponds to the first
letter of the contractor's name. In the event, the number is unavailable;
the contractor may use the number of the next alpha group as an alternate.
When original invoices are transmitted via FAX, do not follow up with
additional mailed copies; doing so will result in the FAX option being made
unavailable to your company.
A -
D
(703)
613-9817
E -
K
(703)
613-9824
L -
R
(703)
613-9831
S -
Z
(703)
733-8576
The payment periods designated in the FAR provisions for Prompt Payment
contained in this contract will begin the date a proper invoice is received
in the payment office. A proper invoice must include:
(a) Name of the business concern, invoice date, and date(s) supplies
delivered or services performed.
(b) Contract, purchase order, or delivery order number. An invoice that
lacks a contract, purchase order, or delivery order number cannot be
processed for payment. No other 'authorizations' are valid or acceptable.
(c) Itemized cost elements and fee amount for both the current invoice's
costs and for the cumulative cost elements and fee amounts (for cost
reimbursable contracts); Itemized labor categories (for time and material or
labor hour contracts); Description, price, and quantity of supplies and
services actually delivered or rendered (for fixed price contracts, purchase
orders and delivery orders).
(d) Shipping and payment terms (for fixed price contracts, purchase orders,
or delivery orders).
(e) Name, title, phone number, and complete mailing address of responsible
official to whom payment is to be sent.
Notice of an apparent error, defect, or impropriety in an invoice shall be
given to the Contractor within 7 days of receipt of the invoice by the
payment office. Inquiries regarding invoices can be made to the payment
office on [phone].
Notwithstanding the provisions of the clause of this contract at FAR 52.216-
7, Allowable Cost and Payment, invoices or requests for contract financing
payment shall be submitted not more often than once amonth.
G.6 152.242-700 Authority and Designation of a Contracting Officer's
Technical Representative (COTR) (A) (AUG 1996)
(a) Authority. Performance of this contract is subject to the technical
guidance, supervision and approval of the Contracting Officer or his
designated representative. As used herein, "technical guidance" is restricted
to scientific, engineering or other technical field-of-discipline matters
directly related to the work to be performed. Such guidance may be provided
for the purposes of filling in details, clarifying, interpreting or otherwise
 serving to accomplish the technical objectives and requirements of the
contract. In addition and unless specified elsewhere in this contract, the
authority of the designated representative is specifically limited to the
technical administration of this contract and the inspection of supplies
being produced, services being provided or work being performed to assess
compliance with the scope, estimated cost (if Cost-Reimbursement), schedule
and technical requirements of the contract.
(b) Designation. Designation of a Contracting Officer's Technical
Representative (COTR) will be accomplished by issuance of a letter signed by
the Contracting Officer. Two copies of the letter, with reference to this
clause, will be provided to the Contractor. The Contractor will acknowledge
both the receipt of the designation and its understanding of the limited
authority specified herein, by signing and returning a copy of the letter to
the address indicated.
(c) Notification. The Contracting Officer is the only representative of the
Government authorized to negotiate, enter into, modify or take any other
action with respect to this contract. Therefore, no other employee or
representative of the Government has the authority to initiate a course of
action which may alter the terms of this contract. All revisions to
specifications, requirements or informal commitments which may involve a
change in either the total cost/price, scope, delivery schedule or legal
aspects of this contract must be accomplished by change order or supplemental
agreement, to be negotiated and signed by the Contracting Officer. Should any
action by Government personnel (other than the Contracting Officer) imply a
commitment on the part of the Government, which would effect the terms of
this contract, the Contractor must notify the Contracting Officer and obtain
approval prior to proceeding. Otherwise, the Contractor proceeds at its own
risk.
(a) For the purposes of this contract, any transfer of the contractor's
assets to a third party, or change to the contractor's name, that fall under
FAR 42.12, will be processed in a centralized manner by the staff at the
following address:
Office of the Procurement Executive
CFO/OPE/PES
OHB 1B27
Washington, DC 20505
Secure Fax: [phone]
Unclassified Fax: (703) 482-9777
(b) Until the settlement of this contract is completed, the Contractor shall
provide written notification to this staff via facsimile within (30) thirty
days of any fore-mentioned changes. Along with details of the change, your
notification shall provide a point of contact name, title, clearance level,
and phone and fax numbers.
(c) After receiving this notification, your designee will receive a letter
with instructions to assist in the preparation of the novation/change-of-name
package. Our organization will typically recognize Other Government Agency
(OGA) Agreements; however, we have unique security requirements that must be
addressed prior to formally accepting these agreements.
 (d) You are reminded that you must continue to invoice under your former
name on existing contracts until this Agency accepts your novation and/or
change-of-name agreement by issuance of a letter recognizing the agreement.
In addition, you are NOT authorized to request changes to your banking
information to recognize a successor company on existing contracts until this
Agency accepts your novation and/or change-of-name agreement. Any delays in
submitting the required information may impact your ability to invoice.
(e) A submission of a novation or name change agreement does not guarantee
approval by this organization and if a change is deemed unacceptable, the
contractor will remain under contractual obligation to perform. The contract
may be terminated for reasons of default should the contractor not perform.
(a) The following clause is incorporated by reference [The Contracting
Officer shall insert the FAR clause applicable to this procurement]:
]
52.245-2
Government Property (Fixed Price Contracts)
52.245-4
Government-Furnished Property (Short Form)
[ X]
52.245-5
Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time-and-Material,
or
Labor-Hour Contracts.)
(b) Under the FAR clause reference above, the Government shall deliver to
the Contractor the property identified in the [insert the Statement of Work,
applicable Specification documents or Attachments] for use in the performance
of this contract or such other contract(s) as may be authorized by the
Contracting Officer, in the quantities and at the times specified.
(c) The contractor shall verify the quantity and condition of the property
identified above immediately upon receipt. Shortages and/or damaged or
defective property shall be promptly reported to the Contracting Officer
after having a confirming inspection thereof made by a designated
representative of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor may also request a
confirming inspection by the carrier's representative where it considers the
damage to be attributable, in some degree, to the carrier.
(d) When deemed necessary, a representative of the Contracting Officer will
be present to inspect the condition of the property prior to packaging
thereof for return to the Government. In order to accommodate this inspection
requirement, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting officer with at
least 24 hours' prior notice so that personnel may be assigned for these
examinations.
(e) The contractor's property control system shall provide annually the
total acquisition cost for Government property for which the contractor is
accountable under this contract, including Government property at
subcontractor's plants and alternate locations. The contractor's annual
report shall be prepared on a form provided by the Property Administrator and
submitted no later than the date prescribed by the Property Administrator.
(f) All inquiries regarding the issuance and disposition of the above
property should be directed to the Contracting Officer. Note: The provision
for reporting property at the completion or termination of a contract is
 contained in the standard FAR clauses that must be incorporated into the
contract by reference. Standard FAR clauses 52.245-2 and 52.245-5 state that
the contractor "shall comply with FAR subpart 45.5 as in effect on the date
of this contract."
(a) The following clause is incorporated by reference [The Contracting
officer shall insert the FAR clause applicable to this procurement from the
following list]:
[ ] 52.245-2 Government Property (Fixed Price Contracts)
[ 1 52.245-4 Government--Furnished Property (Short Form)
[ X] 52.245-5 Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time-and-Material, or
Labor-Hour Contracts.)
(b) Under the FAR clause referenced above, the Government shall deliver to
the Contractor the property identified below for use in the performance of
this contract or such other contract(s) as may be authorized by the
Contracting Officer:
ITEM ESTIMATED DELIVERY
NO DESCRIPTION QTY VALUE DATE(S)
(c) The contractor shall verify the quantity and condition of the property
identified above immediately upon receipt. Shortages and/or damaged or
defective property shall be promptly reported to the Contracting officer
after having a confirming inspection thereof made by a designated
representative of the Contracting Officer. The Contractor may also request a
confirming inspection by the carrier's representative where it considers the
damage to be attributable, in some degree, to the carrier.
(d) When deemed necessary, a representative of the Contracting Officer will
be present to inspect the condition of the property prior to packaging
thereof for return to the Government. In order to accommodate this inspection
requirement, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with at
least 24 hours' prior notice so that personnel may be assigned for these
examinations.
(e) The contractor's property control system shall provide annually the
total acquisition cost for Government property for which the contractor is
accountable under this contract, including Government property at
subcontractor's plants and alternate locations. The contractor's annual
report shall be prepared on a form provided by the Property Administrator and
submitted no later than the date prescribed by the Property Administrator.
(f) All inquiries regarding the issuance and disposition of the above
property should be directed to the Contracting Officer. Note: The provision
for reporting property at the completion or termination of a contract is
contained in the standard FAR clauses that must be incorporated into the
contract by reference. Standard FAR clauses 52.245-2 and 52.245-5 state that
the contractor "shall comply with FAR subpart 45.5 as in effect on the date
of this contract."
 G.11 152.245-704 Government-Furnished Property, Facilities And Services (AUG
1996)
(a) The following clause is incorporated by reference [The Contracting
Officer shall identify the FAR clause applicable to this procurement from the
following list]:
[ X ] 52.245-5 Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time and Material,
or Labor-Hour Contracts),
(b) Under the contract FAR clause for Government-Furnished Property, and at
no expense to the Contractor, the Government shall provide the property,
facilities and/or services identified below, for use in the performance of
this contract or other such contract(s) as may be authorized by the
Contracting Officer.
(c) The contractor's property control system shall provide annually the
total acquisition cost for Government property for which the contractor is
accountable under this contract, including Government property at
subcontractor's plants and alternate locations. The contractor's annual
report shall be prepared on a form provided by the Property Administrator and
submitted no later than the date prescribed by the Property Administrator.
(d) All inquiries regarding the issuance and disposition of the above
property should be directed to the Contracting Officer. Note: The provision
for reporting property at the completion or termination of a contract is
contained in the standard FAR clauses that must be incorporated into the
contract by reference. Standard FAR clauses 52.245-2 and 52.245-5 state that
the contractor "shall comply with FAR subpart 45.5 as in effect on the date
of this contract."
G.12 152.245-706 Government Property Administration And Control (JUN 2002)
(a) For the purposes of this contract, property administration authority is
delegated to the Agency Property Administrator.
(b) The Contractor shall maintain adequate property control procedures and
records and a system of identification of all Government property whether
Government Furnished Property (GFP) or Contractor Acquired Property (CAP).
(c) The Contractor shall designate a property administrator for establishing
and maintaining control over Government Property accountable to this contract
in accordance with FAR Part 45. The Contractor shall provide written
notification of the name and telephone number of the designated property
administrator to the Agency Property Administrator at the address indicated
below, within thirty (30) days after receipt of this contract.
 Contract Settlement
2A039 ND1
Washington, DC 20505
Attn: Property Administrator
703-613-9725
(d) Upon contract completion or when GFP or CAP is no longer needed for
contract performance, the Contractor shall request property disposition
instructions from. the Contracting Officer.
Notwithstanding the Clause [ ] entitled "Use of Government Property on a
No-Charge, Non-interference Basis," and [ ] related thereto, it is
mutually understood and agreed that since scheduling the use and maintenance
of property (as defined in the below mentioned clause) acquired or
accountable under [ I is controlled by the Contractor (or his
subcontractors), no claim for unavailability or unsuitability for use will be
recognized by the Government as defined in the clause of this contract
entitled "Government Property." However, in the event the Government should
make such property unavailable or unsuitable for use under this contract by
written direction, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable
adjustment. Failure to agree on the equity of any such adjustment shall be
deemed a dispute concerning a question of fact within the meaning of the
clause entitled "Disputes." Reference to the contracts listed in [ ]
shall be deemed to refer to any contract which superseded such contracts and
this contract need not be modified to refer to the superseding contract.
G.14 152.245-708 Use of Government Property on a No-Charge, Non-Interference
Basis (APR 1990)
(a) The Contractor is authorized to use, in performance of this contract and
on a no-charge, non-interference basis, those Government owned properties
(for the purposes of this clause property is defined to include facilities,
equipment, special tooling, special test equipment and data) accountable
under those contracts cited in [ ] or their successor contracts.
(b) If the Contractor enters into subcontracts with subcontractors who have
Government owned property (as defined above) provided to them under other
contracts which provide that no-charge use may be authorized, the Contracting
Officer may authorize the use of such property on a no-charge basis, provided
(i) he determines that such use will not give the subcontractor a favored
competitive position, and (ii) this contract is modified to reflect adequate
consideration to the Government for the use of such property on a no-charge
basis. Such subcontracts shall specifically authorize the no-charge use, and
require the manual approval of the Contracting Officer. No modification to
this contract will be required, as provided in (ii) above, if the Contracting
Officer determines that an elimination of charge for use of such property
will of itself result in an adequate decreased cost to the Government under
this contract.
(c) If the Government owned property provided to the Contractor or any
subcontractor hereunder on a no-charge basis are increased or decreased or do
not remain available during the performance of this contract, or if any
change is made in the terms and conditions under which they are made
available, such equitable adjustments as may be appropriate will be made in
the terms of this contract, unless such increase or decrease was contemplated
 in the establishment of the price of this contract or a subcontract.
(d) The Contractor agrees that it will not directly or indirectly, through
overhead charges or otherwise, include in the price of this contract, or seek
reimbursement under this contract for, any rental charge paid by the
Contractor for the use on other contracts of the property referred to herein.
Any subcontract hereunder which authorizes the subcontractor to use
Government property on a no-charge basis shall contain a provision to the
same effect as this paragraph (d)_
 The association of the Sponsor with the Contractor is unclassified. The
maximum work to be performed is classified TS/SI/TK/B. The maximum
classification of reports is classified TS/SI/TK/B. The maximum
classification of hardware is classified TS/SI/TK/B. This classified
information shall be divulged only on a need to know basis, and then only to
those who have been authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.
Correspondence originated by the contractor and/or data to be submitted, the
contents of which contain classified information shall be stamped by you with
the classification [insert classification].
The attached CONTRACT DATA CLASSIFICATION GUIDE (CDCG) is incorporated into
this contract. The CDCG is not all inclusive, but serves as a guide in
connection with Contractor handling of classified materials.
(a) Contracting Officer's Security Representatives (COSR) are the designated
representatives of the Contracting Officer (CO) and derive their authorities
directly from the CO. They are responsible for certifying the Contractor's
capability for handling classified material and ensuring that customer
security policies and procedures are met. The COSR is the focal point for
the Contractor, CO, and COTR regarding security issues. The COSR cannot
initiate any course of action that may alter the terms of the contract. The
COSR for this contract is Kevin B. and can be reached on [phone].
(b) The provisions of this clause shall apply to the extent that any aspect
of this contract is classified.
(c) The Contractor is obligated to comply with all relevant clauses and
provisions incorporated into this contract and with the "Contractor Secrecy
and Security Agreement", Form 4177, and as referenced therein, the "National
Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (NISPOM) dated January 1995 and
a special classified compartment area security manual referenced in the
contract as Addendum A, including any successor documents, revisions, or
amendments to either or both documents when furnished to the Contractor and
maintain a security program that meets the requirements of these documents.
(d) Security requirements are a material condition of this contract. This
contract shall be subject to immediate termination for default, without the
requirement for a 10-day cure notice, when it has been determined by the
Contracting Officer that a failure to fully comply with the security
requirements of this contract resulted from the willful misconduct or lack of
good faith on the part of any one of the Contractor's directors or officers,
or on the part of any of the managers, superintendents, or equivalent
representatives of the Contractor who have supervision or direction of:
(2) All or substantially all of the Contractor's operations at any one plant
or separate location in which this contract is being performed, or
 (3) A separate and complete major industrial operation in connection with
the performance of this contract.
(e) When deficiencies in the Contractor's security program are noted which
do not warrant immediate default, the Contractor shall be provided a written
notice of the deficiencies and be given a period of 90 days in which to take
corrective action. If the Contractor fails to take the necessary corrective
action, the Contracting Officer may terminate the whole or any part of this
contract for default. The Contractor shall maintain and administer, in
accordance with all relevant clauses and provisions set forth or incorporated
into this contract and with a security program that meets the requirements of
these documents.
(f) When it is deemed necessary to disclose classified information to a
Subcontractor in order to accomplish the purposes of this contract, the
Contractor shall request permission of the Contracting officer prior to such
disclosure. The Contractor agrees to include in all subcontracts all
appropriate security provisions pertaining to this contract.
(g) Classification Authority -- Executive order 12958 dated 20 April 1995,
"Classified National Security Information," and implementation directives,
provides principles and procedures for the proper classification and
declassification of material. These principles and procedures are applicable
to classified documents or materials generated by the Contractor in
performance of this contract.
(h) Identification and Markings -- The classification of documentation shall
comply with the guidelines set forth in Executive Order 12958.
(i) In addition, each classified document shall be stamped or marked in the
lower right-hand corner of the first page (or on the inside front cover of
bound publications, provided that the overall classification is marked on the
outside cover), as follows:
CL BY: [customer contract number]
CL REASON: [ ]
DECL ON:
DRV FROM:
Declassified On: (Use the declassify date citation from the CDCG.)
Derived From: (Use the classification guidance from the CDCG, i.e., MET 2-
82, COV 1-82, etc.)
(j) Each classified document shall indicate which paragraphs or, other
portions, including subjects and titles, are classified and which are
unclassified. The symbol "(TS)" for Top Secret, "(S)" for Secret, "(C)" for
Confidential, and "(U)" for Unclassified will be placed at the beginning of
the text to which it applies. Non-text portions of a document, such as
photographs, graphs, charts, and maps, will be marked in a readily
discernible manner, as will their captions.
(k) Subjects and titles should be selected so as not to require
classification. When a classified subject or title must be used, a short
title or other unclassified identifier should be assigned to facilitate
receipting and reference, if such an identifier (e.g., a report number or
registry number) will not otherwise be assigned.
 (1) Downgrading and Declassification -- No classified document or material
provided by the Customer, or generated by the Contractor pursuant to the
contract, may be downgraded or declassified unless authorized in writing by
the Customer's Contracting Officer.
(m) References made to the clause entitled "Non-Publicity" -- Violations of
this clause constitute a major breach of contract and the contract may be
terminated for default, without the requirement of a 10--day cure notice.
(n) The contractor shall report all contacts described in the NISPOM section
3-Reporting Requirements as promptly as possible, but in no event later than
two business days after receipt of such knowledge to the contracting officer
or COSR.
(o) If, subsequent to the date of this contract, the security requirements
under this contract are changed by the Government, as provided in this
clause, and the security costs or time required for delivery under this
contract are thereby increased or decreased, the contract price, delivery
schedule, or both, and any other provision of this contract which may be
affected shall be subject to an equitable adjustment in accordance with the
procedures in the Changes clause of this contract.
H.3 152.204-702 Security Requirements - Clearances (SEP 2002)
(a) The Agency only conducts security screening on contractor personnel who
are employees of the contractor company at the time the contractor requests a
security clearance or access approval. In order to access an Agency facility,
the contractor employee must be a U.S. citizen. In order to receive a
security clearance or access approval, contractor personnel shall be U.S.
citizens and provide the following information for use in the clearance
process:
(1) "Industrial Security Approval or Access Request", Form 4311;
(2) "Questionnaire for National Security Positions," SF 86 for Top
Secret and Secret;
(3) An FBI fingerprint card; and
(4) Fair Credit Reporting Act Release form.,
The contractor shall plan for expected attrition by advanced preparation and
submission of the aforementioned items.
(b) Those contractor personnel needing unescorted access to Government
facilities (to include Government automated information systems) and access
to sensitive compartmented information (SCI) or information classified at the
Top Secret level shall be required to have an Industrial Security Staff
Approval/Top Secret (ISSA/TS) security clearance along with any required SCI
access approvals. The granting or denial of an ISSA/TS or SCI access approval
is based on a comparison of the results of a full field background
investigation and full scope polygraph testing against the adjudicative
guidelines issued pursuant to Executive order 12968 or other applicable law
or regulation. The adjudicative guidelines have also been adopted as an annex
to DCID 6/4; and have been incorporated by reference in Agency Regulation 10-
1. Full scope polygraph examinations cover both counterintelligence (CI) and
 security issues to include involvement in illegal drug use and criminal
activity. Full scope polygraph examinations are an integral part of ISSA/TS
security screening.
(c) Those contractor personnel needing access to Top Secret or SCI material
but only limited or no access to Government facilities shall be required to
have an Industrial Security Approval/Top Secret (ISA/TS) security clearance,
along with any required SCI access approval. The granting or denial of an
ISA/TS or SCI access approval is based on a comparison of the results of a
full field background investigation and CI scope polygraph testing against
the adjudicative guidelines issued pursuant to Executive Order 12968; adopted
as an annex to DCID 6/4; and incorporated by reference in Agency Regulation
10-1.
(d) Those contractor personnel needing access to Secret material and little
or no access to Government facilities shall be required to have an Industrial
Security Approval/Secret (ISA/S) security clearance. The granting or denial
of an ISA/S is based on a comparison of the results of a more limited inquiry
(generally National Agency Checks (NAC), Local Agency Checks (LAC), and
credit checks) against the adjudicative guidelines issued pursuant to
Executive Order 12968 and incorporated by reference in Agency Regulation 10-
1.
(e) Those contractor personnel needing unescorted access to Government
facilities and who may, as a result, receive inadvertent access to classified
material shall be required to have a Facility Access Approval (FAA). The
granting or denial of an FAA is based on a comparison of the results of a
background investigation and full scope polygraph testing against the
adjudicative guidelines issued pursuant to Executive Order 12968 and
incorporated by reference in Agency Regulation 10-1.
(f) Four and one-half years from the cleared personnel's last background
investigation, the contractor shall resubmit to the Sponsor portions one, two
and four of the clearance package to be used to re-investigate such
individuals' continued eligibility for security clearance or access approval.
(g) If portions of this work under this contract occur at Government
facilities, all Sponsor regulations and procedures that relate to security
management shall be adhered to by contractor personnel. In the event that the
development of information or material is not clearly covered by the contract
or regulations, the contractor is required to seek Government guidance
regarding its handling. Any questions that the contractor or contractor
personnel may have on the applicability of these requirements shall be
addressed to the Contracting Officer's Security Representative.
(h) Only such persons who have been authorized by the contracting Officer of
the Contracting Officer's Technical Representative shall be assigned to this
work. In this connection, for identification purposes, the contractor will be
required to submit the name, address, place and date of birth of all
personnel who will be involved in the work hereunder. Said information will
be required not later than three (3) days in advance of the scheduled date of
such work.
(i) All contractor personnel who receive a security clearance or access
approval under the terms of this contract will be required to execute an
Agency specified secrecy agreement and/or nondisclosure agreement.
 (j) The Contractor agrees to abide by all applicable Agency security
regulations governing personnel, facilities, technical, information systems,
communications, and protective programs.
The Contractor shall not use or allow to be used any aspect of this
solicitation and/or contract for publicity, advertisement purposes, or as a
reference for new business. This shall include, but, is not limited to, the
use of the terms "ISSA or ISA" or any other sponsor specific terms in any
public employment advertisements. It is further understood that this
obligation shall not expire upon completion or termination of this contract,
but will continue indefinitely. The Contractor may request a waiver or
release from the foregoing but shall not deviate therefrom unless authorized
to do so in writing by the Contracting Officer. Contractors are not required
to obtain waivers when informing offices within this Agency of contracts it
has performed or is in the process of performing provided there are no
security restrictions. Contractors may include the requirement for security
clearances up to the TS, SCI level in public employment advertisements.
H.5 152.204-704 Request for Clause Waiver Due to Security Requirements (JUL
1997)
When the Contractor, in performance of the work under this contract, finds
the requirements of any of the clauses in this contract to be in conflict
with security instructions, the Contractor shall call such conflict to the
attention of the Contracting Officer and/or COSR. The Contracting Officer may
issue a waiver in writing to:
(a) modify or rescind such security requirements, or
(b) waive compliance with such security requirements.
H.6 152.204-705 Foreign Ownership, Control, or influence (SEP 2002)
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 of the NISPOM, the
Government intends to secure services or equipment from firms which are not
under foreign ownership, control, or influence (FOCI) or where any FOCI may,
in the opinion of the Government, adversely impact on security requirements.
Notwithstanding the limitation on contracting with an Offeror under FOCI, the
Government reserves the right to contract with such offerors under
appropriate arrangements, when it determines that such contracts will be in
the best interest of the Government.
(b) Accordingly, all Offerors responding to this RFP or initiating
performance of a contract are required to submit a Standard Form (SF) 328,
Certificate Pertaining to Foreign Interests (or update a previously submitted
SF328), and a Key Management Personnel List (KMPL) with their proposal or
prior to contract performance, as appropriate. All SF 328s and KMPLs shall be
executed at the parent level of an organization. However, the Government
reserves the right to request a separate SF328 and KMPL at the level of the
company negotiating a contract with the Government, when desired. Offerors
are also required to request, collect, and forward to the Government the
SF328 from all Subcontractors undertaking classified work under the Offeror's
direction and control. Offerors are responsible for the thoroughness and
completeness of each Subcontractor's SF328 submission. SF328 entries should
specify, where necessary, the identity, nature, degree, and impact of any
 FOCI on their organization or activities, or the organization or activities
of a subcontractor. Additionally, a KMPL must be submitted with each SF328,
which identifies senior management, by name, position, social security
number, date/place of birth, and citizenship status.
(c) The Contractor shall, in any case in which it believes that foreign
influence exists or is being sought over its affairs, or the affairs of any
Subcontractor, promptly notify the Contracting Officer of all the pertinent
facts, even if such influence is not exerted to the degree specified in the
NISPOM.
(d) The Contractor shall provide an updated SF328 and KMP List no later than
five years from the date as certified on the last submitted SF328. The
Contractor shall also promptly disclose to the Contracting Officer any
information pertaining to any interest of a FOCI nature in the Contractor or
Subcontractor that has developed at any time during the contract's duration
or has subsequently come to the Contractor's attention. An updated SF328 is
required of the Contractor or any Subcontractor whenever there is a change in
response to any of the 10 questions on the SF328.
(e) The Contractor is responsible for initiating the submission of the SF328
and KMP for all Subcontractors undertaking classified work during the entire
period of performance of the contract.
H.7 152.204-706 Security Requirements - Software Certification (JUN 1998)
(a) The contractor certifies that it will undertake to ensure that any
software to be provided or any Government Furnished Software to be returned,
under this contract will be provided or returned free from computer virus,
which could damage, destroy, or maliciously alter software, firmware, or
hardware, or which could reveal to unauthorized persons any data or other
information accessed through or processed by the software.
(b) The contractor shall immediately inform the Contracting Officer when it
has a reasonable suspicion that any software provided or returned, to be
provided or returned, or associated with the production may cause the harm
described in paragraph (a).above.
(c) If the contractor intends to include in the delivered software any
computer code not essential to the contractual requirement, this shall be
explained in full detail to the Contracting Officer and Contracting Officer's
Technical Representative (COTR).
(d) The contractor acknowledges its duty to exercise reasonable care, to
include the following, in the course of contract performance:
(1) using on a regular basis current versions of commercially available
anti-virus software to guard against computer viruses when introducing
maintenance, diagnostic, or other software into computers; and
(2) prohibiting the use of non-contract related software on computers,
especially from unknown or unreliable sources.
The Contractor shall maintain an overall Security Program in accordance with
the requirements of the [ Insert Program Security Manual name ] dated [
 which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. All
automated information systems utilized to process project information will be
operated in accordance with the requirements of the National Industrial
Security Program Operating Manual Supplement dated February 1995, its
successor documents; or Director of Central Intelligence Directive (DCID)
6/3. Revisions to these documents, when published, will be provided to the
Contractor and will become a part hereof upon such issuance.
H.9 152.204-711 Security Requirements - Servicing Agency Automated
Information Systems (AIS) (JAN 2000)
All work to be performed under this contract shall be at a Government
facility which is under strict security control. The Contractor agrees that
only US citizens will be assigned to perform the work. All AIS shall be
operated in accordance with the requirements of Director of Central
Intelligence Directive 6/3 and Agency Regulation 10-26. It is a material
condition of this contract that this clause be incorporated into any and all
subcontracts.
(a) The Contractor and its employees shall comply with the conduct
requirements in effect at the Government's work site. The Government reserves
the right to exclude or remove from the site any employee of the Contractor
or of a subcontractor whom the Government deems careless, uncooperative, or
whose continued employment on the work is deemed by the Government to be
contrary to the public interest.
(b) The Contractor shall inform its employees that the Agency has a zero
tolerance policy for harassing behavior and that it shall not be tolerated.
Any Contractor employee who is found to be culpable in incidents of
harassment shall be immediately escorted from the premises and denied further
access. This policy creates a greater burden upon the conduct of Contractor
employees. The Contractor shall emphasize this fact to its employees.
(c) Exclusion under the circumstances described in this clause shall not
relieve the Contractor from full performance of the requirements of this
contract, nor will it provide the basis for any claims against the
Government.
The Industrial Contractor who has staff-like (ISSA/TS) access, who is
currently cleared for both unescorted physical access to Agency controlled
buildings (green badge) and access to Agency automated information systems,
must submit a completed Financial Disclosure Form (FDF 444V). The FDF 444V is
available for electronic submission via Lotus Notes. Personnel with ADSN
Lotus Notes access must utilize the on-line database when filing. The
database can be accessed from the AGNS Database Catalogue under the title
Financial Disclosure Forms. The Industrial Contractor assigned to a domestic
or foreign field station will receive the FDF 444V and submission
instructions either as an attachment to a Lotus Note; a document sent via a
secure fax; a document transmitted via cable; or a form forwarded in a secure
pouch. For those that do not have access to Lotus Notes, hardcopy FDF 444V
are available from the Center for CIA Security, Financial Analysis Staff
(CCS/FAS). For more specific information, refer to CCS EB 0006-00, 3 April
2000.
 H.12 152.204-719 Notification of Issuance of Classified Subcontracts (DEC
2001)
(a) The contractor shall provide to the Contracting Officer written notice
of all subcontracts issued hereunder wherein any aspect of the subcontract is
classified or when directed by the Contracting Officer. The notice shall
include: (1) the name and address of the subcontractor, (2) a description of
the supplies or services that are being acquired pursuant to the subcontract,
and (3) a SF328 and KMP List as required by clause 152.204-705 of this
contract. Such notice shall be provided to the Contracting Officer within 14
days of entering into such subcontracts.
(b) For the purpose of this clause, subcontract means a contract, as defined
in FAR Subpart 2.1, entered into by a subcontractor to furnish supplies or
services for performance of the prime contract or a subcontract. It includes,
but is not limited to, purchase orders, and changes and modifications to
purchase orders.
(c) The contractor's obligations under this clause are in addition to any
other provision of this contract, if any, relating to subcontracting.
(d) The contractor shall include a similar requirement in each subcontract
issued under this contract wherein any aspect of the subcontract is
classified. Subcontractors shall submit notices through the prime contractor
to the Contracting Officer.
(a) The metric system of measurement is the preferred system of weights and
measures for United States trade and commerce. Each Federal agency must use
the metric system of measurement in its procurements, grants and other
business-related activities to the extent economically feasible.
(b) This contract requires, unless specified otherwise, that all supplies,
components, reports, documentation, or services which are designed,
fabricated, assembled, delivered or performed under this contract shall
utilize, to the extent necessary to be competitive in and to the extent
dictated by the world marketplace, the "International System of Units" (ISU),
as established by the General Conference of Weights and Measures in 1960. The
ISU is also known as "System International (SI)" or "Metric System"; and it
is interpreted for US usage by the Department of Commerce's "Interpretation
of the International System of Units for the United States" (IISU) and
supplemented for the Federal Government's usage by the General Services
Administration's Federal. Standard 376, "Preferred Metric Units of General Use
by the Federal Government."
(c) In the event there is a conflict between the IISU, Federal Standard 376,
or the contract schedule, the order of precedence in resolving the conflict
shall be the contract schedule first, followed by Federal Standard 376, the
IISU, and the ISU. The versions of these documents current as of the date of
contract award shall prevail.
H.14 152.215-719 Incorporation of Section K, Representation Certifications,
and Other Statements of Offeror (APR 1990)
SECTION K which has been completed and submitted with Contractor's proposal
 dated [ TBD ] is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this
contract.
(a) Any inconsistency in this contractual document (inclusive of documents,
provisions or exhibits referenced herein or attached hereto) shall be
resolved by giving precedence in the following order:
(1) The Schedule (excluding the SOW and specifications)
(2) Attachment A - Incentive and Award Fee Plan
(3) Statement of Work
(4) Other provisions of the contract when attached or incorporated by
reference
(5) Specifications
(6) Technical Provisions of the Contractor's Proposal(s)
(b) If a conflict or inconsistency arises out of the schedule, SOW, etc. of
this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer of the
conflict or inconsistency for final and unilateral resolution. Under no
circumstances will such conflicts or inconsistencies result in increases to
target cost, target fee, award fee or schedule extensions.
(a) The Contractor shall identify the key technical, management and
administrative personnel to be assigned to work under this contract:
Name Title
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
(b) The personnel specified above are considered to be essential to the work
performed hereunder. Prior to diverting any of the specified individuals to
other programs, the Contractor shall provide advance notification of at least
thirty (30) calendar days to the Contracting Officer and shall submit resumes
of the proposed substitutes in sufficient detail to permit evaluation of the
impact on the program. No diversion from the above procedure shall be made by
the Contractor without the written consent of the Contracting Officer,
provided that the Contracting officer may ratify in writing such diversion
and such ratification shall constitute the consent of the Contracting Officer
required by this clause.
 listed below, the Contractor will submit, in such form and detail as the
Contracting officer may reasonably require, a statement of costs incurred in
the performance of such subcontract and the firm price established therefore.
Thereupon, notwithstanding any other provisions of this contract, the
Contractor and the Contracting officer may negotiate an equitable adjustment
in the total amount paid or to be paid under this contract to reflect such
subcontract price revision. The equitable adjustment will be evidenced by a
modification to this contract.
Provisional/Interim billing and payment of fee, equivalent to [ ] percent
of allowable costs incurred, is authorized. Adjustment of such provisional
fee payments, to reflect and account for the actual fee earned/awarded (Award
Fee) for the period evaluated, shall be made in accordance with the following
criteria:
(1) Underpayment of Fee: If the cumulative amount of Provisional Fee
payments made during the applicable evaluation/billing period is less than
the fee awarded/earned (Award Fee) for that same period, the Contractor shall
submit a separate invoice for and the Government shall remit payment of the
balance of fee to be paid under the terms of the Award Fee Provisions of this
contract-
(2) Overpayment of Fee: if the cumulative amount of Provisional Fee
payments made during the applicable evaluation/billing period is in excess of
the fee awarded/earned (Award Fee) for the same period, the Government shall
deduct/offset the payment of Provisional Fee and costs incurred (i.e. such
deductions/offsets shall be applied to both Provisional Fee and, if
necessary, costs incurred). To assist the Government in this regard, the
Contractor is requested to reflect such adjustments on subsequent invoices.
(3) Provisional Fee Payment Ceiling: Notwithstanding any other provisions
contained herein, the Government shall not be obligated to make Provisional
Fee payments in excess of the Award Fee available for the given
evaluation/billing period.
H.19 152.231-701 Payment of Contractor Travel (MAR 2002)
Travel costs incurred under this contract are allowable subject to the
limitations contained in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 31.205-46.
When FAR (C.O. insert FAR clause number and title) is included in this
contract, the withholding rate shall be (C.O. insert rate, e.g. 1, 0
percent).
This Task Order may be modified by the Contracting Officer during its
duration by change orders, and such change orders shall be considered an
authorization to:
 Payment for such cases shall be on a prorated basis, with any increase or
decrease effective as of the installation or discontinuation date.
maintain and use an earned value management system (EVMS) that complies with
the intent of American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/Electronic
Industries Association (EIA) 748-1998, Industry Standard Guidelines for
Earned Value Management (EVM), hereinafter referred to as "Guidelines."
(b) If the contractor has an EVMS that has been validated, certified or
otherwise agreed-to as compliant with the Guidelines, the contractor shall
develop and apply procedures, processes and activities necessary to fully
implement the approved EVMS within 60 calendar days after contract award or
as otherwise agreed-to by the parties.
(c) if the contractor does not have an EVMS that is compliant with the
Guidelines, the contractor shall design, implement and demonstrate to the
Government that their EVMS fully complies with the intent of the Guidelines
and is properly implemented. The timelines and process for demonstrating
compliance with the Guidelines shall be governed by mutual agreement of the
parties-
(d) Proposed changes to a contractor's validated, certified or otherwise
agreed-to EVMS affecting one or more NIMA contracts must be approved before
implementation by the cognizant Government approving authority. The
contractor shall submit all such changes to the following address, and will
be notified by the NIMA/AM EVM Focal Point in conjunction with the cognizant
Government approval authority as to the acceptability of the changes within
30 calendar days:
National Imagery and Mapping Agency
MS P-22
12310 Sunrise Valley Drive
Reston, VA 20191-3449
(e) As an integral part of EVMS compliance, the Government may require
successful completion of an Integrated Baseline Review (IBR). The IBR shall
be conducted within a reasonable period of time following:
1. Contract aware,
2. Authority to proceed,
3. The exercise of a significant contract option(s),
4. Incorporation of major modifications,
5. Or at the discretion of the contracting officer.
(f) The IBR is a joint (Government and contractor) technical review of
baseline sufficiency using EVM methods, procedures, and practices. The IBR
presents an opportunity for all parties to assess the application or
compliance with procedures that are directly intended to support the
implementation of sound earned value management practices and risk reduction.
These areas include: organization, planning, budget, scheduling of work
activities, adequate resourcing, and identification of inherent risks.
Subcontractors, vendors and work being performed between company divisions
 shall be fully considered as part of the IBR and shall be incorporated as
mutually agreed-to between the parties.
(g) The contractor shall provide advance notification to the contracting
officer of any significant change to the Performance Measurement Baseline
(PMB) prior to implementing that change. A significant change will be
defined by mutual agreement of the parties. This notification shall include,
but is not limited to, written notification describing the scope, purpose,
timing, and impacts of the change to the overall program. Further, the
contractor shall address in the notification to the contracting officer, the
reduction or modification of and cumulative and/or current period cost of
schedule variances that may result from the proposed PMB change.
(h) For purposes of determining compliance with this clause and other
contractual terms and conditions, the contractor agrees to provide access to
all pertinent records and data requested by the contracting officer or duly
authorized representative(s). Access to pertinent records and data is a
component of EVMS surveillance. EVMS surveillance serves to assure, on a
continuing basis, that the contractor's EVMS complies, or continues to
comply, with the Guidelines. Government surveillance shall normally be
performed through joint (Government/contractor) activities and mutual
agreement. A principal area of interest in joint surveillance to understand
how earned value management is being used as part of the contractor's
commitment to sound program/project management.
(i) The contractor shall direct those subcontractors, vendors or inter-
company divisions requiring compliance with the Guidelines to fully comply
with the requirements of this clause.
(a) In accordance with FAR 42.15, and as otherwise provided by this
contract, the Contractor's performance under this contract shall be subject
to evaluation as follows:
(1) final evaluation shall be conducted for all contracts after completion
of contract performance; and
(2) interim evaluations may be conducted at the government's discretion.
(b) Past performance evaluation reports shall be retained by the Government
to provide source selection information for a period not to exceed three
years after contract completion. In accordance with FAR 9.105, the
contracting officer shall also consider relevant past performance information
when making responsibility determinations.
(c) The Contracting Officer shall provide appropriate extracted information
from the completed interim (if applicable) and final reports to the
Contractor as soon as practicable after completion of the evaluation. The
Contractor shall have a maximum of 45 calendar days after the date of the
letter forwarding the information to submit written comments, rebutting
statements, or additional information. "Day" shall mean calendar day, except
that the period will run until a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday- The Government shall consider rebuttals and other information
provided by the Contractor and shall render a final determination regarding
the contractor's performance during that period of the evaluation.
 " [Insert paragraph (d) in CPAF solicitations and contracts:
(d) The performance evaluation conducted pursuant to this clause shall be
separate from the award fee determination(s) rendered under the terms of this
contract.]"
H.25 152.242-716 Past Performance Information - Referencing Agency Contracts
(JUL 1997)
This contract may be listed as a reference for past performance purposes in
offers submitted to agencies and organizations within the Intelligence
Community, provided the Contractor first requests and is granted a waiver
from clause 152.204-703 - Non-Publicity (JUL 1997), of this contract. Failure
to comply with this requirement may result in the Agency being unable to
respond to a reference request and may also result in a termination for
default, pursuant to paragraph (d), 152.204-701 - Security Requirements
General (JUL 1997).
(a) Purpose. The purpose of this paragraph is to establish a procedure
whereby one contractual modification will be used both to direct a change
pursuant to the "Changes" clause of this contract and to-settle any question
of equitable adjustments that might arise. This procedure shall apply only to
those changes which will have no effect on the contract price, delivery
schedule, or other provisions of the contract.
(b) Procedure. When a change under the "Changes" clause is proposed, and
both parties can agree that such proposed change will not necessitate any
equitable adjustment as contemplated by said clause and this paragraph, the.
Contractor shall submit a written proposal or offer to accomplish the
proposed change without an equitable adjustment. If, after receipt of the
proposal or offer, the Contracting Officer determines that no adjustment is
necessary, he or she may accept the Contractor's proposal or offer by issuing
an acceptance modification. The modification shall (i) cite this paragraph,
(ii) reference the Contractor's proposal or offer, and (iii) direct the
changes to be accomplished. The issuance of the modification shall
constitute acceptance of the Contractor's proposal or offer; shall be binding
on both parties; and shall constitute a full, complete, and final settlement
for the changes so directed.
Technical guidance provided at meetings of Working Groups established by the
Government and/or construed from the minutes of such meetings shall not
constitute authorization for the Contractor to alter the scope of this
contract. Such direction may only be given to the Contractor by the
Contracting Officer in writing through the "Changes" clause of the contract
(a) The Contracting Officer may ask the Contractor to prepare engineering
change proposals for engineering changes within the scope of this contract.
Upon receipt of a written request from the Contracting Officer, the
Contractor shall prepare and submit an engineering change proposal in
accordance with the Contracting Officer's instructions.
 (b) The Contractor may initiate engineering change proposals. Contractor
initiated engineering change proposals shall include a not to exceed" cost
or price or a "not less than" cost or price and delivery adjustment. If the
Contracting Officer orders the engineering change, the increase shall not
exceed nor the decrease be less than the "not to exceed" or "not less than"
amounts.
(c) A change proposal accepted in accordance with the Changes clause of the
contract shall not be considered an authorization to the contractor to exceed
the estimated cost in the contract schedule, unless the estimated cost is
increased by the change order or other contract modification.
(d) When the cost or price of the engineering change is $550,000 or more,
the Contractor shall submit
(1) A contract pricing proposal using the format in Table 15-2, Section
15.408, of the Federal Acquisition Regulation; and,
(2) At the time of agreement on cost or price, a signed Certificate of
Current Cost or Pricing Data.
 This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same
force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the
Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text
of a clause may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es):
http://www.arnet.gov/far/
1.2
52.202-1
Definitions.
DEC 2001
1.3
52.203-3
Gratuities.
APR 1984
1.4
52.203-5
Covenant Against Contingent Fees.
APR 1984
5
5
203
6
i
S
t
S
l
i
b
1.
-
2.
Restr
ons on
contrac
or
a
es
ct
u
to the Government.
JUL 1995
1.6
52.203-7
Anti-Kickback Procedures.
JUL 1995
1.7
52.203-8
Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of
Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity.
JAN 1997
1.8
52.203-10
Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or
Improper Activity.
1.9
52.203-12
Limitation on Payments to Influence
Certain Federal Transactions.
1.10
52.204-4
Paper.
1.11
52.209-6
Protecting the Government's Interest When
Subcontracting with Contractors Debarred,
Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment.
JUL 1995
1.12
52.211-15
Defense Priority and Allocation Requirements. SEP 1990
1.13
52.215-10
Price Reduction for Defective Cost or
Pricing Data. OCT 1997
1.14
52.215-12
Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data. OCT 1997
1.15
52.215-14
Integrity of Unit Prices.(OCT 1997)Alternate I OCT 1997
1.16
52.215-15
Pension Adjustments and Asset Reversions. DEC 1998
1.17
52.215-18
Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for Postretirement
Benefits (PRB) Other
Than Pensions. OCT 1997
(a) The Contractor shall make the following notifications in writing:
(1) When the Contractor becomes aware that a change in its
ownership has occurred, or is certain to occur, that could result
in changes in the valuation of its capitalized assets in the
accounting records, the Contractor shall notify the
Administrative Contracting Officer (ACO) within 30 days.
(2) The Contractor shall also notify the ACO within 30 days
whenever changes to asset valuations or any other cost changes
have occurred or are certain to occur as a result of a change in
ownership-
(1) Maintain current, accurate, and complete inventory records of
assets and their costs;
 (3) Ensure that all individual and grouped assets, their
capitalized values, accumulated depreciation or amortization, and
remaining useful lives are identified accurately before and after
each of the Contractor's ownership changes; and
(4) Retain and continue to maintain depreciation and amortization
schedules based on the asset records maintained before each
Contractor ownership change.
(c) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause in all
subcontracts under this contract that meet the applicability
requirement of FAR 15.408(k).
1.19 52.215-21 Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other
Than Cost or Pricing Data - Modifications. OCT 1997
1.20 52.215-21 Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other
Than Cost or Pricing Data - Modifications. (OCT 1997) Alternate 11 (OCT 1997
(c) When the proposal is submitted, also submit one copy each to: (1)
the Administrative Contracting officer, and (2) the Contract Auditor.
(3) The designated payment office will make interim payments for
contract financing on the [Contracting Officer insert day as
prescribed by agency head; if not prescribed, insert "30th,, ] day
after the designated billing office receives a proper payment
request.
(a) The Government may extend the term of this contract by written
notice to the Contractor within 30 days of funding becoming available;
provided that the Government gives the Contractor a preliminary written
notice of its intent to extend at least 60 days before the contract
expires. The preliminary notice does not commit the Government to an
extension.
(c) The total duration of this contract, including the exercise of any
options under this clause, shall not exceed (years).
1.23 52.219-8 Utilization of Small Business Concerns. OCT 2000
1.24 52.219-9 Small Business Subcontracting Plan. (OCT 2001)
Alternate 11 OCT 2001
1.25 52.219-16 Liquidated Damages - Subcontracting Plan. JAN 1999
1.26 52.222-1 Notice to the Government of Labor Disputes. FEB 1997
(a) The use of overtime is authorized under this contract if the
overtime premium does not exceed TBD or the overtime premium is paid
for work -
 [ ] Insert either "zero" or the dollar amount agreed to during neg
oti
ations
The inserted figure does not apply to the exceptions in subparagraph
(a) (1)
through (a)(4) of the clause.
1.28
52.222-20
Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act.
DEC
1996
1.29
52.222-21
Prohibition of Segregated Facilities.
FEB
1999
1.30
52.222-26
Equal Opportunity.
APR
2002
1.31
52.222-29
Notification of Visa Denial.
FEB
1999
1.32
52.222-35
Equal Opportunity for Special Disabled Veterans,
Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans. DEC 2001
1.33 52.222-36 Affirmative Action for Workers with Disabilities. JUN 1998
1.34 52.222-37 Employment Reports on Special Disabled Veterans,
Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and Other Eligible Veterans.
DEC 2001
1.35
52.223-5
Pollution Prevention and Right-to-Know
Information.
APR 1998
1.36
52.223-6
Drug-Free Workplace.
MAY 2001
1.37
52.223-9
Estimate of Percentage of Recovered Material Content for
EPA-Designated Products. (AUG 2000)
"Postconsumer material" means a material or finished product that has
served its intended use and has been discarded for disposal or
recovery, having completed its life as a consumer item. Postconsumer
material is a part of the broader category of "recovered material."
"Recovered material" means waste materials and by-products recovered
or diverted from solid waste, but the term does not include those
materials and by-products generated from, and commonly reused within,
an original manufacturing process.
(1) Estimate the percentage of the total recovered material used
in contract performance, including, if applicable, the percentage
of postconsumer material content; and
(2) Submit this estimate to (Contracting Officer complete in
accordance with agency procedures].
1.38
52.223-14
Toxic Chemical Release Reporting.
OCT
2000
1.39
52.224-1
Privacy Act Notification.
APR
1984
1.40
52.224-2
Privacy Act.
APR
1984
1.41
52.225-1
Buy American Act - Supplies.
MAY
2002
1.42
52.225-13
Restrictions on Certain Foreign
Purchases.
JUL
2000
1.43
52.227-1
Authorization and Consent
JUL
1995
1.44
52.227-2
Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent and Copyright
Infringement
1.45 52.227-3
1.46 52.227-10
Matter.
1.47 52.227-11
(Short Form)
1.48 52.227-14
AUG 1996
Patent Indemnity. APR 1984
Filing of Patent Applications - Classified Subject
APR 1984
JUN 1997
Rights in Data - General. JUN 1987
 1.49 52.227-14 Rights in Data - General (Alt II)
"all of the purposes in FAR 52.227.404(d)(1)(i)-(v)."
1.50 52,227-14 Rights in Data - General (Alt III) JUN 1987
1.51 52.227-14 Rights in Data - General (Alt V) JUN 1987
1.52 52.227-16 Additional Data Requirements JUN 1987
1.53 52.227-18 Rights in Data - Existing Works. JUN 1987
1.54 52.227-21 Technical Data Declaration, Revision, and Withholding of
Payment - Major Systems. JAN 1997
1.55 52.227-22 Major System - Minimum Rights. JUN 1987
Except for data contained on pages [ ], it is agreed that as a condition of
award of this contract, and notwithstanding the conditions of any notice
appearing thereon, the Government shall have unlimited rights (as defined in
the "Rights in Data - General" clause contained in this contract) in and to
the technical data contained in the proposal dated [ ], upon which this
contract is based.
1.57
52.230-2
Cost Accounting Standards.
APR 1998
1.58
52.230-3
Disclosure and Consistency of Cost Accounting Practices.
P
1998
A
R
1.59
52.230-6
Administration of Cost Accounting Standards. NOV 1999
1.60
52.232-17
Interest.
JUN 1996
1.61
52.232-18
Availability of Funds.
APR 1984
Funds are not presently available for performance under this contract beyond
]. The Government's obligation for performance of this contract beyond that
date is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which
payment for contract purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of
the Government for any payment may arise for performance under this contract
beyond [ ], until funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for
performance and until the Contractor receives notice of availability, to be
confirmed in writing by the Contracting Officer.
1.63 52.232-20 Limitation of Cost. APR 1984
1.64 52.232-22 Limitation of Funds. APR 1984
1.65 52.232-23 Assignment of Claims. JAN 1986
1.66 52.232-25 Prompt payment. FEB 20G2
1.67 52.232-34 Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer - Other than Central
Contractor Registration. (MAY 1999)
(b) Mandatory submission of Contractor's EFT information. (1) The Contractor
is required to provide the Government with the information required to make
payment by EFT (see paragraph (j) of this clause). The Contractor shall
provide this information directly to the office designated in this contract
to receive that information (hereafter: "designated office") by [the
Contracting officer shall insert date, days after award, days before first
request, the date specified for receipt of offers if the provision at 52.232-
38 is utilized, or "concurrent with first request" as prescribed by the head
 of the agency; if not prescribed, insert no later than 15 days prior to
submission of the first request for payment"]. If not otherwise specified in
this contract, the payment office is the designated office for receipt of the
Contractor's EFT information. If more than one designated office is named for
the contract, the Contractor shall provide a separate notice to each office.
In the event that the EFT information changes, the Contractor shall be
responsible for providing the updated information to the designated
office(s).
1.68 52.232-35 Designation of Office for Government Receipt of Electronic
Funds Transfer Information. (MAY 1999)
Name: [ ]
Mailing Address: [ ]
Telephone Number: [ ]
Person to Contact: [ ]
Electronic Address:
1.69
52.233-1
Disputes. (JUL 2002) Alternate I
DEC 1991
1.70
52.233-3
Protest after Award. (AUG 1996) Alternate I JUN 1985
1.71
52.237-2
Protection of Government Buildings, Equipment, and
Ve
et
tion
APR 1984
g
a
.
1.72
52.237-3
Continuity of Services.
JAN 1991
1.73
52.239-1
Privacy or Security Safeguards.
AUG
1996
1.74
52.242-1
Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs.
APR
1984
1.75
52.242-3
Penalties for Unallowable Costs.
MAY
2001
1_76
52.242-4
Certification of Final Indirect Costs.
JAN
1997
SHIPPED YOUR DEPOT 1981 JUN 1 540 CTNS MENS COTTON TROUSERS, 30,240 LB, 1782
CUBE, VIA XX-YY[ ]
IN CAR NO. XX 123456 [ ] [ ] -GBL [ ] [ ] [ ] -C98000031 [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] CONTRACT DLA
ETA[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] -JUNE 5 JONES & CO., JERSEY CITY, N. J.
Name of rail carrier, trucker, or other carrier.
[ ][ ] Vehicle identification.
[ ][ 1[ I Government bill of lading.
 [ ][ ][ ][ ] If not shipped by GBL, identify lading document and state
whether paid by contractor.
[ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Estimated time of arrival.
1.78 52.242-13 Bankruptcy. JUL 1995
1.79 52.243-2 Changes - Cost-Reimbursement. (AUG 1987) Alternate II
APR 1984
(b) Notice. The primary purpose of this clause is to obtain prompt reporting
of Government conduct that the Contractor considers to constitute a change to
this contract. Except for changes identified as such in writing and signed by
the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall notify the Administrative
Contracting Officer in writing promptly, within [ ] (to be negotiated)
calendar days from the date that the Contractor identifies any Government
conduct (including actions, inactions, and written or oral communications)
that the Contractor regards as a change to the contract terms and conditions.
On the basis of the most accurate information available to the Contractor,
the notice shall state -
(d) Government response. The Contracting Officer shall promptly, within [ ]
(to be negotiated) calendar days after receipt of notice, respond to the
notice in writing. In responding, the Contracting Officer shall either -
(e) If the Contractor has an approved purchasing system, the Contractor
nevertheless shall obtain the Contracting Officer's written consent before
placing the following subcontracts: [TBD]
(k) Paragraphs (d) and. (f) of this clause do not apply to the following
subcontracts, which were evaluated during negotiations: [TBD]
1.82 52.244-5 Competition in Subcontracting.
1.83 52.244-6 Subcontracts for Commercial Items. (MAY 2002)
(a) Definitions. As used in this clause--
"Commercial item" has the meaning contained in the clause at 52.202-1,
Definitions.
"Subcontract" includes a transfer of commercial items between
divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates of the Contractor or
subcontractor at any tier.
(b) To the maximum extent practicable, the Contractor shall
incorporate, and require its subcontractors at all tiers to
 incorporate, commercial items or nondevelopmental items as components
of items to be supplied under this contract.
(c) (1) The following clauses shall be flowed down to subcontracts for
commercial items:
(i) 52.219-8, Utilization of Small Business Concerns (OCT
2000) (15 U.S.C. 637(d)(2) and (3)), in all subcontracts
that offer further subcontracting opportunities. If the
subcontract (except subcontracts to small business
concerns) exceeds $500,000 ($1,000,000 for construction of
any public facility), the subcontractor must include
52.219-8 in lower tier subcontracts that offer
subcontracting opportunities.
(iii) 52.222-35, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans
and Veterans of the Vietnam Era (APR 1998) (38 U.S.C.
4212(a)).
(iv) 52.222-36, Affirmative Action for Workers with
Disabilities (JUN 1998) (29 U.S.C. 793).
(v) 52.247-64, Preference for Privately Owned U.S.-Flag
Commercial Vessels (JUN 2000) (46 U.S.C. Appx 1241)
(flowdown not required for subcontracts awarded beginning
May 1, 1996).
(2) While not required, the Contractor may flow down to
subcontracts for commercial items a minimal number of additional
clauses necessary to satisfy its contractual obligations.
(d) The Contractor shall include the terms of this clause, including
this paragraph (d), in subcontracts awarded under this contract.
1.84 52.245-5 Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time-and-
Material, or Labor-Hour Contracts). JAN 1986
1.85 52.245-19 Government Property Furnished "As Is." APR 1984
1.86 52.249-6 Termination (Cost-Reimbursement). SEP 1996
1.87 52.249-14 Excusable Delays. APR 1984
1.88 52.251-1 Government Supply Sources. APR 1984
1.89 52.252-4 Alterations in Contract. (APR 1984)
Portions of this contract are altered as follows: [ ]
1.90 52.252-6 Authorized Deviations in Clauses. (APR 1984)
(a) The use in this solicitation or contract of any Federal Acquisition
Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1) clause with an authorized deviation is
indicated by the addition of "(DEVIATION)" after the date of the
clause.
(b) The use in this solicitation or contract of any [insert regulation
name] (48 CFR [ ]) clause with an authorized deviation is indicated by
 the addition of "(DEVIATION)" after the name of the regulation.
1.91 152.203-700 Compliance With the Constitution and Statutes of the United
States (AUG 1996)
Nothing in this contract shall be construed to authorize any activity in
violation of the Constitution or Statutes of the United States.
1.92 152.209-700 Organizational Conflict of Interest (AUG 1996)
(a) If the Contractor is aware of any information bearing on any existing or
potential organizational conflict of interest, it shall provide a disclosure
statement which describes all relevant information concerning any past,
present, or planned interests bearing on whether it (including its chief
executives and directors, or any proposed consultant or subcontractor) may
have an existing or potential organizational conflict of interest.
(b) Contractors should refer to FAR Subpart 9.5 for policies and procedures
for avoiding, neutralizing, or mitigating organizational conflicts of
interest.
(c) If the Contracting Officer determines that a conflict exists or may
occur, he shall advise the Contractor and take appropriate steps to avoid or
otherwise resolve the conflict through the inclusion of a special contract
clause or other appropriate means. The terms of any special clause are
subject to negotiation.
(d) The prime contractor for the GeoScout effort is prohibited from
performing as the prime contractor for the Enterprise Engineering effort.
Furthermore, the GeoScout prime contractor is restricted to performing
substantially less than 50% of the Enterprise Engineering subcontracting
effort. Contractors will be required to submit Organizational Conflict of
Interest (OCI) plans to mitigate the potential conflict caused by any
contract team overlap.
(a) The appropriate audit representative of the United States, the
Contracting Officer or an authorized representative of the Contracting
Officer shall, until three years after final payment under this contract or
for any shorter period specified in Subpart 4.7, Contractor Records
Retention, of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), have access to and
the right to examine any of the Contractor's books, documents, progress or
other records involving transactions directly related to this contract.
(b) The Contractor shall insert a clause containing all the terms of this
clause, including this paragraph (b), in all subcontracts under this contract
that exceed the simplified acquisition threshold, and:
(1) that are cost-reimbursement, incentive, time-and-materials, labor-hour,
or price-redeterminable type or any combination of these; or
(2) for which cost or pricing data are required.
(c) The period of audit and examination in paragraph (a) of this clause
 shall be extended until resolution of any disputes or litigation arising
under or related to this contract, and until settlement of any questioned
costs.
(a) The Contractor hereby agrees to immediately give written notice to the
Contracting Officer of any anticipated or current litigation or any
litigation that may arise during the course of the performance of this
contract, that involves or in any way relates to or affects any aspect of
this contract, its terms or costs, pertinent subcontracts, or the Customer's
relationship with the Contractor or Subcontractors. Said notice shall include
all relevant information with respect thereto.
(b) The Contractor agrees to insert this requirement in any subcontract
under this contract. In the event of litigation, the Subcontractor shall
immediately notify its next tier Subcontractor or the Prime Contractor, as
the case may be, of all relevant information with respect to such litigation.
(c) The Contracting Officer shall have access to and the right to examine
any pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Prime Contractor or
Subcontractor(s) involving customer transactions related to any contract
litigation.
(a) The Government intends to utilize the services of nongovernment
engineering organizations in technical, advisory and consulting roles for
overall technical review of the activities covered by this contract. Although
the consultants shall not have the right of technical direction, they shall
from time to time and on a frequent basis attend technical reviews,
participate in technical interchange meetings, observe national processing,
witness fabrication and assembly, and monitor testing within the Contractor
and Subcontractor facilities. Such consultants will be involved in providing
advice to the Government concerning viability of technical approaches,
utilization of acceptable procedures, value and results of tests, and the
like. The consultants will thus require access to program-related Contractor
facilities and documentation. Contractor proprietary data shall not be made
available to consultants unless and until a protection agreement has been
generated between the consultant and the Contractor and evidence of such
agreement made available to the Government. Contractor proprietary cost and
accounting data will not be available to consultant organizations.
(b) it is expressly understood that the operations of this clause will not
be the basis for an equitable adjustment.
The term "pricing adjustment" as used in paragraph (a) of the clauses
entitled "Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data -
Modifications," "Subcontractor Cost or Pricing Data," and "Subcontractor Cost
or Pricing Data - Modifications," means the aggregate increases and/or
decreases in cost plus applicable profits.
(a) The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal and state equal
 employment opportunity laws and regulations and Agency policies and practices
with respect to equal employment opportunity and a harassment-free workplace
whenever work is being performed on federal property.
(b) If either the Contracting officer or a designated representative of the
Agency's Office of Equal Employment Opportunity provides the Contractor
notice of noncompliance with the applicable statutory or regulatory
requirements which are enumerated in paragraph (a), the Contractor at no cost
to the Government shall promptly take appropriate action. A copy of any
documentation shall be provided to the designated representative of the
Agency's Office of Equal Employment Opportunity. If the Contractor fails or
refuses to promptly take appropriate action, the Contracting Officer may
issue an order stopping all or part of the work until such appropriate action
is taken.
(c) Nothing in this clause shall relieve the Contractor from full
performance of the requirements of this contract, nor shall it provide the
basis for any claims against the Government.
(d) The Contractor shall provide oral notification within two business days
and written notification with in five business days to the Contracting
Officer of the following.
(i) The Contractor's receipt of a claim;
(ii) made by a Contractor employee;
(iii) alleging any violation of an equal employment opportunity requirement;
(1) connected to performance of this contract or;
(2) connected to activities occurring on Federal property.
(e) The Government may elect to conduct an investigation surrounding the
claim if it is potentially a joint employer under EEOC Notice 915.002. In all
such instances, the Contractor shall cooperate with the Government's
investigation. In accordance with applicable law and to the extent possible,
the Government shall treat all information obtained from the investigation as
information proprietary to the Contractor.
(f) The Contractor's noncompliance with the provisions of this clause may be
grounds for termination under the default provisions of this contract.
(g) The Contractor shall insert this clause, including this paragraph (g) in
all subcontracts, with appropriate changes in the designation of the parties.
The prime contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a copy of all
notifications made pursuant to the provisions of this clause.
(a) The Contractor shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act
of 1970 (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.) and regulations promulgated
thereunder including, but not limited to, the standards issued by the
Secretary of Labor at Part 1926 and Part 1910 of Title 29 of the Code of
Federal Regulations. The Contractor shall also comply with all applicable
state occupational safety and health laws and regulations. Noncompliance
shall be grounds for termination of this contract in accordance with its
default provisions.
(b) Whenever the Contracting officer becomes aware of any noncompliance with
these requirements or any condition which poses a serious or imminent danger
 to health or safety, the Contracting officer or the authorized representative
of the Contracting officer shall notify the Contractor orally, with written
confirmation from the Contracting officer, and request immediate initiation
of corrective action. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the
representative of the Contractor at the worksite, shall be deemed sufficient
notice of the noncompliance and that corrective action is required. After
receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take corrective
action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to promptly take corrective
action, the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of
the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. The Contracting
Officer or the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer may
inform the occupational Safety and Health Administration, or other cognizant
federal, state, or local officials, of such notification. The Contractor
shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustment of the contract price or
extension of the performance schedule on any stop work order issued under
this clause.
(c) The Contractor shall insert this clause, including this paragraph (c)
in all subcontracts, with appropriate changes in the designation of the
parties. The prime contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer with a
copy of all notifications made by the prime contractor to a subcontractor
pursuant to paragraph (b) of this clause.
(a) The Contractor shall provide oral notification to the Contracting
Officer or the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer when an
accident occurs on Federal property in connection with performance of this
contract. Notification must be given not later than twenty-four (24) hours
after the accident occurs-
(b) When requested by the Contracting Officer or the authorized
representative of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall conduct an
investigation of the accident and shall prepare a report that identifies all
pertinent facts related to the accident. The report shall include, but not be
limited to, the underlying cause(s) of the accident and the actions the
Contractor shall take to prevent the recurrence of similar accidents. The
Contractor shall submit the report to the Contracting Officer or the
authorized representative of the Contracting Officer not later than fourteen
(14) calendar days from the date the accident occurs.
(c) The Government may elect to conduct an investigation of the accident
with the assistance of the Contractor.
(d) Compliance with the provisions of this clause shall not entitle the
Contractor to an equitable adjustment in contract price or to an extension of
performance schedule.
(e) The Contractor shall incorporate this clause, including this paragraph
(e), in all subcontracts, with appropriate changes in the designation of the
parties.
1.100 152.227-7030 Technical Data - Withholding of Payment (MAY 1994)
(Modified)
(a) If technical data specified to be delivered under this contract, is not
delivered within the time specified by this contract or is deficient upon
 delivery (including having restrictive markings not specifically authorized
by this contract), the Contracting officer may until such data is accepted by
the Government, withhold payment to the Contractor of five percent (5%) of
the total contract price or amount unless a lesser withholding is specified
in the contract. Payments shall not be withheld nor any other action taken
pursuant to this paragraph when the Contractor's failure to make timely
delivery or to deliver such data without deficiencies arises out of causes
beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor.
(b) After payments total ninety-five percent (95%) of the total contract
price or amount and if all technical data specified to be delivered under
this contract has not been accepted, the Contracting Officer may withhold
from further payment such sum as the Contracting officer considers
appropriate, unless a lesser withholding limit is specified in the contract.
(c) The withholding of any amount or subsequent payment to the Contractor
shall not be construed. as a waiver of any rights accruing to the Government
under this contract.
If federal, state, or local tax officials request access to information
under this contract, the contractor shall immediately notify the Contracting
Officer. The contractor shall also request that the tax officials identify,
in writing, the specific information sought for review and shall forward the
response and any related documentation to the Contracting Officer. Failure to
provide notice to the Contracting Officer may be grounds for denying a
cost/price adjustment for the resulting tax liability, if an adjustment is
otherwise authorized by law and the terms of this contract.
The Contractor's personnel shall at all times be considered and recognized
as employees of the Contractor and under the Contractor's control. In order
to ensure that the services defined in the Statement of Work are
satisfactorily performed, the Contracting Officer, or designee, shall issue
directions and requirements concerning the work to the designated supervisory
personnel of the Contractor who shall, in turn, ensure that the requested
services are performed in a manner satisfactory to such Contracting Officer
or designee.
(a) FAR Clause 52.245-5, Government Property (Cost-Reimbursement, Time-and-
Material, or Labor-Hour Contracts) is modified only as indicated below:
(g) (5) The contractor shall notify the contracting officer upon loss or
destruction of, or damage to, Government property provided under this
contract with the exception of low-value property for which loss, damage, or
destruction is reported at contract termination, completion, or when needed
for continued contract performance. The contractor shall take all reasonable
action to protect the Government property from further damage, separate the
damaged and undamaged Government property, put all the affected Government
property in the best possible order, and furnish to the Contracting Officer a
statement of--
(b) All other parts of FAR. clause 52.245-5 remain unchanged.
 1.104 152.252-700 Clauses Requiring Access by Other Government Entities (AVG
1996)
Several clauses in this contract require access by, or require reporting to,
other Federal agencies to the Contractor's records for compliance
determinations or other reviews- To the extent any such review involves this
contract, the Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer's written
permission or guidance before participating in any such review or
determination.
1.105
252.234-7000
Notice of Earned Value Management System
MAR 1998
1.106
252.234-7001
Earned Value Management System
MAR 1998
1.107
252.245-7000
Government-Furnished Mapping, Charting, and
Geodesy Property
DEC 1991
 Attachment 1 - Statement of Work entitled GeoScout Modernization Contract
dated 9 December 2002
Attachment 2 - Award Term Plan
Attachment 3 - Award Fee Plan
Attachment 4 - Contract Data Classification Guide (CDCG)
Attachment 5 - DD254, Contract Security Guide
Attachment 6 - Government provided Work Breakdown Structure (GWBS)
 SECTION K REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF
OFFERORS OR QUOTERS
K.1 52.203-11 Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to
influence Certain Federal Transactions. APR 1991
"Common parent," as used in this provision, means that corporate entity
that owns or controls an affiliated group of corporations that files
its Federal income tax returns on a consolidated basis, and of which
the offeror is a member.
"Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)," as used in this provision,
means the number required by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to be
used by the offeror in reporting income tax and other returns. The TIN
may be either a Social Security Number or an Employer Identification
Number.
(b) All offerors must submit the information required in paragraphs (d)
through (f) of this provision to comply with debt collection
requirements of 31 U.S.C. 7701(c) and 3325(d), reporting requirements
of 26 U.S.C. 6041, 6041A, and 6050M, and implementing regulations
issued by the IRS. If the resulting contract is subject to the payment
reporting requirements described in Federal Acquisition Regulation
(FAR) 4.904, the failure or refusal by the offeror to furnish the
information may result in a 31 percent reduction of payments otherwise
due under the contract.
(c) The TIN may be used by the Government to collect and report on any
delinquent amounts arising out of the offeror's relationship with the
Government (31 U.S.C. 7701(c)(3)). If the resulting contract is subject
to the payment reporting requirements described in FAR 4.904, the TIN
provided hereunder may be matched with IRS records to verify the
accuracy of the offeror's TIN.
(d) Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN).
[ ] TIN:
TIN has been applied for.
TIN is not required because:
[ ] Offeror is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation, or foreign
partnership that does not have income effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States and does not have
an office or place of business or a fiscal paying agent in the United
States;
[ ] Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of a foreign government;
[ ] Offeror is an agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government.
 (e) Type of organization.
Sole proprietorship;
Partnership;
Corporate entity (not tax-exempt);
Corporate entity (tax-exempt);
] Government entity (Federal, State, or local);
Foreign government;
International organization per 26 CFR 1.6049-4;
[ ] Other
(f) Common parent.
[ ] Offeror is not owned or controlled by a common parent as defined in
paragraph (a) of this provision.
[ I Name and TIN of common parent:
Name
TIN
K.3 52.204-5 Women-Owned Business (Other Than Small Business). (MAY 1999)
(b) Representation. [Complete only if the offeror is a women-owned business.
concern and has not represented itself as a small business concern in
paragraph (b) (1) of FAR 52.219-1, Small Business Program Representations, of
this solicitation.] The offeror represents that it * is a women-owned
business concern-
K.4 52.209-5 Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Proposed
Debarment, and Other Responsibility Matters. (DEC 2001)
(a) (1) The Offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief,
that -
(i) The Offeror and/or any of its Principals -
(A) Are * are not * presently debarred, suspended,
proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for
the award of contracts by any Federal agency;
(B) Have [*] have not [*], within a three-year period
preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a
civil judgment rendered against them for: commission
of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with
obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a
public (Federal, state, or local) contract or
 subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust
statutes relating to the submission of offers; or
commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false
statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen
property; and
(C) Are [*] are not [*] presently indicted for, or
otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a
governmental entity with, commission of any of the
offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(B) of this
provision.
(ii) The Offeror has [ ] has not [ ], within a three-year
period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts
terminated for default by any Federal agency.
(2) "Principals," for the purposes of this certification, means
officers; directors; owners; partners; and, persons having
primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a
business entity (e.g., general manager; plant manager; head of a
subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar
positions).
This Certification Concerns a Matter Within the Jurisdiction of
an Agency of the United States and the Making of a False,
Fictitious, or Fraudulent Certification May Render the Maker
Subject to Prosecution Under Section 1001, Title 18, United
States Code.
(b) The Offeror shall provide immediate written notice to the
Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the
Offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or
has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
(c) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this
provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award
under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered
in connection with a determination of the Offeror's responsibility.
Failure of the Offeror to furnish a certification or provide such
additional information as requested by the Contracting Officer may
render the Offeror nonresponsible.
(d) Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require
establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith,
the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The
knowledge and information of an Offeror is not required to exceed that
which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course
of business dealings.
(e) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material
representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making
award. If it is later determined that the Offeror knowingly rendered an
erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the
Government, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract
resulting from this solicitation for default.
 (a) The offeror or respondent, in the performance of any contract
resulting from this solicitation, [ ] intends, [ ] does not intend
[check applicable block] to use one or more plants or facilities
located at a different address from the address of the offeror or
respondent as indicated in this proposal or response to request for
information.
(b) If the offeror or respondent checks "intends" in paragraph (a) of
this provision, it shall insert in the following spaces the required
information:
Place of Performance Name and Address of Owner
(Street Address, City, and Operator of the Plant
State, County, Zip Code) or Facility if Other than
Offeror or Respondent
(a) (1) The North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code
for this acquisition is [insert NAICS code].
(3) The small business size standard for a concern which submits
an offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service
contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did
not itself manufacture, is 500 employees.
(b) Representations. (1) The offeror represents as part of its offer
that it [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern.
(2) [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small
business concern in paragraph (b) (1) of this provision.] The
offeror represents, for general statistical purposes, that it
is, [ ] is not, a small disadvantaged business concern as defined
in 13 CFR 124.1002.
(3) [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small
business concern in paragraph (b) (1) of this provision.] The
offeror represents as part of its offer that it [ ] is, [ ] is
not a women-owned small business concern.
(4) [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small
business concern in paragraph (b) (1) of this provision.] The
offeror represents as part of its offer that it is, [ ] is
not a veteran-owned small business concern.
(5) [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a
veteran-owned small business concern in paragraph (b) (4) of this
provision.] The offeror represents as part of its offer that it [
] is, [ ] is not a service-disabled veteran-owned small business
 (6) [Complete only if the offeror represented itself as a small
business concern in paragraph (b)(1) of this provision.] The
offeror represents, as part of its offer, that-
(i) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a HUBZone small business concern
listed, on the date of this representation, on the List of
Qualified HUBZone Small Business Concerns maintained by the
Small Business Administration, and no material change in
ownership and control, principal office, or HUBZone
employee percentage has occurred since it was certified by
the Small Business Administration in accordance with 13 CFR
part. 126; and
(ii) It [ ] is, [ ] is not a joint venture that complies
with the requirements of 13 CFR part 126, and the
representation in paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this provision is
accurate for the HUBZone small business concern or concerns
that are participating in the joint venture. [The offeror
shall enter the name or names of the HUBZone small business
concern or concerns that are participating in the joint
venture: .] Each HUBZone small business concern
participating in the joint venture shall submit a separate
signed copy of the HUBZone representation.
(c) Definitions. As used in this provision -
"Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern" -
(1) Means a small business concern -
(i) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or
more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any
publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the
stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled
veterans; and
(ii) The management and daily business operations of which
are controlled by one or more service-disabled veterans or,
in the case of a veteran with permanent and severe
disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver of such
veteran.
(2) Service-disabled veteran means a veteran, as defined in 38
U.S.C. 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, as
defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16).
"Small business concern" means a concern, including its affiliates,
that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of
operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified
as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size
standard in paragraph (a) of this provision.
(1) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more
 veterans (as defined at 38 U.S.C. 101(2)) or, in the case of any
publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of
which is owned by one or more veterans; and
(2) The management and daily business operations of which are
controlled by one or more veterans.
(1) That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women; or in
the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of
the stock of which is owned by one or more women; and
(2) Whose management and daily business operations are controlled
by one or more women.
(d) Notice. (1) If this solicitation is for supplies and has been set
aside, in whole or in part, for small business concerns, then the
clause in this solicitation providing notice of the set-aside contains
restrictions on the source of the end items to be furnished.
(2) Under 15 U.S.C. 645(d), any person who misrepresents a firm's
status as a small, HUBZone small, small disadvantaged, or women-
owned small business concern in order to obtain a contract to be
awarded under the preference programs established pursuant to
section 8(a), 8(d), 9, or 15 of the Small Business Act or any
other provision of Federal law that specifically references
section 8(d) for a definition of program eligibility, shall -
(i) Be punished by imposition of fine, imprisonment, or
both;
(ii) Be subject to administrative remedies, including
suspension and debarment; and
(iii) Be ineligible for participation in programs conducted
under the authority of the Act.
K.7 52.222-22 Previous Contracts and Compliance Reports. (FEB 1999)
The offeror represents that -
(a) It [ ] has, [ ] has not participated in a previous contract or
subcontract subject the Equal Opportunity clause of this solicitation;
(b) It [ ] has, [ ] has not filed all required compliance reports; and
(c) Representations indicating submission of required compliance
reports, signed by proposed subcontractors, will be obtained before
subcontract awards.
K.8 52.222-25 Affirmative Action Compliance. (APR 1984)
The offeror represents that -
(a) It [ ] has developed and has on file, [ ] has not
developed and does not have on file, at each
 establishment, affirmative action programs required
by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of
Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2); or
(b) It [ ] has not previously had contracts subject to the written
affirmative action programs requirement of the rules and regulations of
the Secretary of Labor.
K.9 52.222-38 Compliance with Veterans' Employment Reporting
Requirements. DEC 2001
K.10 52.223-4 Recovered Material Certification. OCT 1997
(a) Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or
entering into this contract imposed by Executive Order 12969, August 8,
1995.
(1) As the owner or operator of facilities that will be used in
the performance of this contract that are subject to the filing
and reporting requirements described in section 313 of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986
(EPCRA) (42 U.S.C. 11023) and section 6607 of the Pollution
Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13106), the offeror will
file and continue to file for such facilities for the life of the
contract the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory Form (Form R) as
described in sections 313(a) and (g) of EPCRA and section 6607 of
PPA; or
(2) None of its owned or operated facilities to be used in the
performance of this contract is subject to the Form R filing and
reporting requirements because each such facility is exempt for
at least one of the following reasons: [Check each block that is
applicable.]
[ ] (i) The facility does not manufacture, process, or
otherwise use any toxic chemicals listed under section
313(c) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. 11023(c);
[ ] (ii) The facility does not have 10 or more full-time
employees as specified in section 313 (b) (1) (A) of EPCRA, 42
U.S.C. 11023(b)(1)(A);
[ ] (iii) The facility does not meet the reporting
thresholds of toxic chemicals established under
section 313(f) of EPCRA, 42 U.S.C. 11023(f)
(including the alternate thresholds at 40 CFR 372.27,
provided an appropriate certification form has been
filed with EPA);
[ ] (iv) The facility does not fall within Standard
Industrial Classification Code (SIC) major groups 20
through 39 or their corresponding North American Industry
Classification System (NAICS) sectors 31 through 33; or
 (v) The facility is not located within any State of the
United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States
Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or any other
territory or possession over which the United States has
jurisdiction.
(a) The offeror certifies that each end product, except those listed in
paragraph (b) of this provision, is a domestic end product as defined
in the clause of this solicitation entitled "Buy American Act -
Supplies" and that the offeror has considered components of unknown
origin to have been mined, produced, or manufactured outside the United
States. The offeror shall list as foreign end products those end
products manufactured in the United States that do not qualify as
domestic end products.
Line Item No Country of Origin
[List as necessary]
(c) The Government will evaluate offers in accordance with the policies
and procedures of Part 25 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation.
(a) Cost or charges for royalties. When the response to this
solicitation contains costs or charges for royalties totaling more than
$250, the following information shall be included in the response
relating to each separate item of royalty or license fee:
(1) Name and address of licensor.
(2) Date of license agreement.
(3) Patent numbers, patent application serial numbers, or other
basis on which the royalty is payable.
(4) Brief description, including any part or model numbers of
each contract item or component on which the royalty is payable.
(5) Percentage or dollar rate of royalty per unit.
(6) Unit price of contract item.
(7) Number of units.
(8) Total dollar amount of royalties.
(b) Copies of current licenses. In addition, if specifically requested
by the Contracting Officer before execution of the contract, the
offeror shall furnish a copy of the current license agreement and an
identification of applicable claims of specific patents.
 The Government is obligated to pay a royalty applicable to the proposed
acquisition because of a license agreement between the Government and the
patent owner. The patent number is [Contracting Officer fill in], and the
royalty rate is [Contracting Officer fill in]. If the offeror is the owner
of, or a licensee under, the patent, indicate below:
If an offeror does not indicate that it is the owner or a licensee of the
patent, its offer will be evaluated by adding thereto an amount equal to the
royalty.
R.15 52.227-15 Representation of Limited Rights Data and Restricted Computer
Software. (MAY 1999)
(a) This solicitation sets forth the work to be performed if a contract
award results, and the Government's known delivery requirements for
data (as defined in FAR 27.401). Any resulting contract may also
provide the Government the option to order additional data under the
Additional Data Requirements clause at 52.227-16 of the FAR, if
included in the contract. Any data delivered under the resulting
contract will be subject to the Rights in Data - General clause at
52.227-14 that is to be included in this contract. Under the latter
clause, a Contractor may withhold from delivery data that qualify as
limited rights data or restricted computer software, and deliver form,
fit, and function data in lieu thereof. The latter clause also may be
used with its Alternates II and/or III to obtain delivery of limited
rights data or restricted computer software, marked with limited rights
or restricted rights notices, as appropriate. In addition, use of
Alternate V with this latter clause provides the Government the'right
to inspect such data at the Contractor's facility.
(b) As an aid in determining the Government's need to include Alternate
II or Alternate III in the clause at 52.227-14, Rights in Data -
General, the offeror shall complete paragraph (c) of this provision to
either state that none of the data qualify as limited rights data or
restricted computer software, or identify, to the extent feasible,
which of the data qualifies as limited rights data or restricted
computer software. Any identification of limited rights data or
restricted computer software in the offeror's response is not
determinative of the status of such data should a contract be awarded
to the offeror.
(c) The offeror has reviewed the requirements for the delivery of data
or software and states [offeror check appropriate block] -
[ ] None of the data proposed for fulfilling such requirements qualifies as
limited rights data or restricted computer software.
[ ] Data proposed for fulfilling such requirements qualify as limited rights
data or restricted computer software and are identified as follows:
 Note: "Limited rights data" and "Restricted computer software" are defined in
the contract clause entitled "Rights in Data - General."
K.16 52.230-1 Cost Accounting Standards Notices and Certification. (JUN 2000)
Note: This notice does not apply to small businesses or foreign governments.
This notice is in three parts, identified by Roman numerals I through III.
Offerors shall examine each part and provide the requested information in
order to determine Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) requirements applicable to
any resultant contract.
If the offeror is an educational institution, Part II does not apply unless
the contemplated contract will be subject to full or modified CAS coverage
pursuant to 48 CFR 9903.201-2(c)(5) or 9903.201-2(c)(6), respectively.
I. Disclosure Statement - Cost Accounting Practices and Certification
(a) Any contract in excess of $500,000 resulting from this solicitation
will be subject to the requirements of the Cost Accounting Standards
Board (48 CFR Chapter 99), except for those contracts which are exempt
as specified in 48 CFR 9903.201-1.
(b) Any offeror submitting a proposal which, if accepted, will result
in a contract subject to the requirements of 48 CFR Chapter 99 must, as
a condition of contracting, submit a Disclosure Statement as required
by 48 CFR 9903.202. When required, the Disclosure Statement must be
submitted as a part of the offeror's proposal under this solicitation
unless the offeror has already submitted a Disclosure Statement
disclosing the practices used in connection with the pricing of this
proposal. If an applicable Disclosure Statement has already been
submitted, the offeror may satisfy the requirement for submission by
providing the information requested in paragraph (c) of Part I of this
provision.
Caution: In the absence of specific regulations or agreement, a practice
disclosed in a Disclosure Statement shall not, by virtue of such disclosure,
be deemed to be a proper, approved, or agreed-to practice for pricing
proposals or accumulating and reporting contract performance cost data.
[[ I1 (1) Certificate of Concurrent: Submission of Disclosure
Statement. The offeror hereby certifies that, as a part of the
offer, copies of the Disclosure Statement have been submitted as
follows:
(i) Original and one copy to the cognizant Administrative
Contracting Officer (ACO) or cognizant Federal agency
official authorized to act in that capacity (Federal
official), as applicable; and
(ii) One copy to the cognizant Federal auditor.
(Disclosure must be on Form No. CASB DS-1 or CASB DS-2, as applicable. Forms
 may be obtained from the cognizant ACO or Federal official and/or from the
loose-leaf version of the Federal Acquisition Regulation.)
Date of Disclosure Statement: (Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal
Official Where Filed:]
The offeror further certifies that the practices used in estimating costs in
pricing this proposal. are consistent with the cost accounting practices
disclosed in the Disclosure Statement.
[[ ]] (2) Certificate of Previously Submitted Disclosure
Statement. The offeror hereby certifies that the required
Disclosure Statement was filed as follows:
Date of Disclosure Statement: [ ]
Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal Official Where Filed: [ ]
The offeror further certifies that the practices used in estimating costs in
pricing this proposal are consistent with the cost accounting practices
disclosed in the applicable Disclosure Statement.
[[ ]] (3) Certificate of Monetary Exemption. The offeror hereby
certifies that the offeror, together with all divisions,
subsidiaries, and affiliates under common control, did not
receive net awards of negotiated prime contracts and subcontracts
subject to CAS totaling $50 million or more in the cost
accounting period immediately preceding the period in which this
proposal was submitted. The offeror further certifies that if
such status changes before an award resulting from this proposal,
the offeror will advise the Contracting Officer immediately.
[[ ]] (4) Certificate of Interim Exemption. The offeror hereby
certifies that (i) the offeror first exceeded the monetary
exemption for disclosure, as defined in (3) of this subsection,
in the cost accounting period immediately preceding the period in
which this offer was submitted and (ii) in accordance with 48 CFR
9903.202-1, the offeror is not yet required to submit a
Disclosure Statement. The offeror further certifies that if an
award resulting from this proposal has not been made within 90
days after the end of that period, the offeror will immediately
submit a revised certificate to the Contracting Officer, in the
form specified under subparagraph (c) (1) or (c) (2) of Part I of
this provision, as appropriate, to verify submission of a
completed Disclosure Statement.
Caution: Offerors currently required to disclose because they were awarded a
CAS-covered prime contract or subcontract of $50 million or more in the
current cost accounting period may not claim this exemption (4). Further, the
exemption applies only in connection with proposals submitted before
expiration of the 90-day period following the cost accounting period in which
the monetary exemption was exceeded.
II. Cost Accounting Standards - Eligibility for Modified Contract Coverage
If the offeror is eligible to use the modified provisions of 48 CFR 9903.201-
2(b) and elects to do so, the offeror shall indicate by checking the box
below. Checking the box below shall mean that the resultant contract is
 subject to the Disclosure and Consistency of Cost Accounting Practices
clause in lieu of the Cost Accounting Standards clause.
[[ ]] The offeror hereby claims an exemption from the Cost Accounting
Standards clause under the provisions of 48 CFR 9903.201-2(b) and certifies
that the offeror is eligible for use of the Disclosure and Consistency of
Cost Accounting Practices clause because during the cost accounting period
immediately preceding the period in which this proposal was submitted, the
offeror received less than $50 million in awards of CAS-covered prime
contracts and subcontracts. The offeror further certifies that if such status
changes before an award resulting from this proposal, the offeror will advise
the Contracting Officer: immediately.
Caution: An offeror may not claim the above eligibility for modified contract
coverage if this proposal is expected to result in the award of a CAS-covered
contract of $50 million or more or if, during its current cost accounting
period, the offeror has been awarded a single CAS-covered prime contract or
subcontract of $50 million or more.
The offeror shall indicate below whether award of the contemplated contract
would, in accordance with subparagraph (a) (3) of the Cost Accounting
Standards clause, require a change in established cost accounting practices
affecting existing contracts and subcontracts.
K.17 52.230-1 Cost Accounting Standards Notices and Certification. (JUN 2000)
Alternate I (APR 1996)
Note: This notice does not apply to small businesses or foreign governments.
This notice is in three parts, identified by Roman numerals I through III.
Offerors shall examine each part and provide the requested information in
order to determine Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) requirements applicable to
any resultant contract.
If the offeror is an educational institution, Part II does not apply unless
the contemplated contract will be subject to full or modified CAS coverage
pursuant to 48 CFR 9903 .201-2 (c) (5) or 9903 .201--2 (c) (6), respectively.
(a) Any contract in excess of $500,000 resulting from this solicitation
will be subject to the requirements of the Cost Accounting Standards
Board (48 CFR Chapter 99), except for those contracts which are exempt
as specified in 48 CFR 9903.201-1.
(b) Any offeror submitting a proposal which, if accepted, will result
in a contract subject to the requirements of 48 CFR Chapter 99 must, as
a condition of contracting, submit a Disclosure Statement as required
by 48 CFR 9903.202. When required, the Disclosure Statement must be
submitted as a part of the offeror's proposal under this solicitation
unless the offeror has already submitted a Disclosure Statement
disclosing the practices used in connection with the pricing of this
proposal. If an applicable Disclosure Statement has already been
 submitted, the offeror may satisfy the requirement for submission by
providing the information requested in paragraph (c) of Part I of this
provision.
Caution: In the absence of specific regulations or agreement, a practice
disclosed in a Disclosure Statement shall not, by virtue of such disclosure,
be deemed to be a proper, approved, or agreed-to practice for pricing
proposals or accumulating and reporting contract performance cost data.
[[ ]] (1) Certificate of Concurrent Submission of Disclosure
Statement. The offeror hereby certifies that, as a part of the
offer, copies of the Disclosure Statement have been submitted as
follows:
(i) Original and one copy to the cognizant Administrative
Contracting Officer (ACO) or cognizant Federal agency
official authorized to act in that capacity (Federal
official), as applicable; and
(Disclosure must be on Form No. CASB DS-1 or CASB DS-2, as applicable. Forms
may be obtained from the cognizant ACO or Federal official and/or from the
loose-leaf version of the Federal Acquisition Regulation.)
Date of Disclosure Statement: [Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal
Official Where Filed:]
The offeror further certifies that the practices used in estimating costs in
pricing this proposal are consistent with the cost accounting practices
disclosed in the Disclosure Statement.
[[ ]] (2) Certificate of Previously Submitted Disclosure
Statement. The offeror hereby certifies that the required
Disclosure Statement was filed as follows:
Date of Disclosure Statement: [ ]
Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal Official Where Filed: [ ]
The offeror further certifies that the practices used in estimating costs in
pricing this proposal are consistent with the cost accounting practices
disclosed in the applicable Disclosure Statement.
[[ ]] (3) Certificate of Monetary Exemption. The offeror hereby
certifies that the offeror, together with all divisions,
subsidiaries, and affiliates under common control, did not
receive net awards of negotiated prime contracts and subcontracts
subject to CAS totaling $50 million or more in the cost
accounting period immediately preceding the period in which this
proposal was submitted. The offeror further certifies that if
such status changes before an award resulting from this proposal,
the offeror will advise the Contracting Officer immediately.
[[ ]] (4) Certificate of Interim Exemption. The offeror hereby
certifies that (i) the offeror first exceeded the monetary
 exemption for disclosure, as defined in (3) of this subsection,
in the cost accounting period immediately preceding the period in
which this offer was submitted and (ii) in accordance with 48 CFR
9903.202-1, the offeror is not yet required to submit a
Disclosure Statement. The offeror further certifies that if an
award resulting from this proposal has not been made within 90
days after the end of that period, the offeror will immediately
submit a revised certificate to the Contracting Officer, in the
form specified under subparagraph (c)(1) or (c)(2) of Part I of
this provision, as appropriate, to verify submission of a
completed Disclosure Statement.
[[ ]] (5) Certificate of Disclosure Statement Due Date by
Educational Institution. If the offeror is an educational
institution that, under the transition provisions of 48 CFR
9903.202-1(f), is or will be required to submit a Disclosure
Statement after receipt of this award, the offeror hereby
certifies that (check one and complete):
[[ ] ] (i) A Disclosure Statement Filing Due Date of [ ]
has been established with the cognizant Federal agency.
[[ ]] (ii) The Disclosure Statement will be submitted
within the 6-month period ending [ ] months after receipt
of this award.
Name and Address of Cognizant ACO or Federal Official
Where Disclosure Statement is to be Filed: [ ]
Caution: Offerors currently required to disclose because they were awarded a
CAS-covered prime contract or subcontract of $50 million or more in the
current cost accounting period may not claim this exemption (4). Further, the
exemption applies only in connection with proposals submitted before
expiration of the 90-day period following the cost accounting period in which
the monetary exemption was exceeded.
II. Cost Accounting Standards - Eligibility for Modified Contract Coverage
If the offeror is eligible to use the modified provisions of 48 CFR 9903.201-
2(b) and elects to do so, the offeror shall indicate by checking the box
below. Checking the box below shall mean that the resultant contract is
subject to the Disclosure and Consistency of Cost Accounting Practices clause
in lieu of the Cost Accounting Standards clause.
[[ ]] The offeror hereby claims an exemption from the Cost Accounting
Standards clause under the provisions of 48 CFR 9903.201-2(b) and certifies
that the offeror is eligible for use of the Disclosure and Consistency of
Cost Accounting Practices clause because during the cost accounting period
immediately preceding the period in which this proposal was submitted, the
offeror received less than $50 million in awards of CAS-covered prime
contracts and subcontracts. The offeror further certifies that if such status
changes before an award resulting from this proposal, the offeror will
advise the Contracting officer immediately.
Caution: An offeror may not claim the above eligibility for modified contract
coverage if this proposal is expected to result in the award of a CAS-covered
contract of $50 million or more or if, during its current cost accounting
 period, the offeror has been awarded a single CAS-covered prime contract or
subcontract of $50 million or more.
would, in
Standards
affecting
accordance with subparagraph (a)(3) of the Cost Accounting
clause, require a change in established cost accounting practices
existing contracts and
K.19 52.252-1
1998)
Restriction on Severance Payments to Foreign Nationals.
(OCT 1995)
This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by
reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text.
Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.
The offeror is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that
must be completed by the offeror and submitted with its quotation or offer.
In lieu of submitting the full text of those provisions, the offeror may
identify the provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate
information with its quotation or offer. Also, the full text of a
solicitation provision may be accessed electronically at this/these
address(es): http://www.arnet.gov/far/
Security is a criterion in the evaluation of proposals received in response
to this solicitation. Participation in the Industrial Polygraph Program is a
mandatory requirement. The polygraph coverage under this program consists of
counterintelligence issues and lifestyle polygraph interview for an ISSA/TS
and a counterintelligence issue polygraph for an ISA/TS. Please indicate your
willingness to participate in this Industrial Polygraph Program by checking
the appropriate box below.
] Will Participate
] Will Not Participate
K.21 152.211-702 Certification of Metric Measurement System (SI) Usage (AUG
1996)
The metric system of measurement is the preferred system of weights and
measures for United States trade and commerce. Each Federal agency must use
the metric system of measurement in its procurements, grants, and other
business-related activities to the extent economically feasible.
Unless this solicitation specifies otherwise, the Offeror certifies by
signing this offer that the supplies, components, reports, documentation, or
services to be designed, fabricated assembled, delivered or performed under
the contract are in accordance with the "International System of Units (SI)",
or the "Metric System", as defined by clause 152.211-703 of this contract.
 UNCLASSIFIED
GeoScout
RFP
Sections L&M
December 9, 2002
Instructions, Conditions, and
Notices to Offerors
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
Table of Contents
.1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) ..........................................................4
L.2 52.211-14 NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL DEFENSE USE (SEP 1990) ...........................................4
L.3 ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST .................................................................................................................4
L.4 52.216-1 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984) ...........................................................................................................................4
L.5 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (AUG 1996) .......................................................................................................................5
L.6 152.215-1 AGENCY ALTERNATE TO FAR CLAUSE 52.215-1 (JAN 1998) .......................................................................6
L.7 NOTICE OF EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (JULY 2002) ..........................................................................6
L.8 52.215-20 REQUIREMENTS FOR COST OR PRICING DATA OR INFORMATION OTHER THAN COST OR
PRICING DATA. (OCT 1997) ...............................................................................................................................................................7
L.9 INFORMATION TO OFFERORS .............................................................................................................................................8
L.9.1 PROPOSAL SUBMISSION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................................................................................8
L.9.2 POINT OF CONTACT .................................................................................................................................................................9
L.9.3 PARTICIPATION BY ACQUISITION CENTER OF EXCELLENCE (ACE) IN THE EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS ...............................9
L.9.4 PARTICIPATION OF SUPPORT CONTRACTORS IN THE EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS .................................................................9
L.10 PROPOSAL FORMAT AND SPECIFIC CONTENT ..........................................................................................................9
T..10.1 GENERAL GUIDANCE ...............................................................................................................................................................9
,.10.2 DISCREPANCIES ....................................................................................................................................................................10
L.10.3 152.215-723 PROPOSAL PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS (JAN 2001) .....................................................................................10
L.11 VOLUME I - COVER LETTER/OFFER ............................................................................................................................14
L.11.1 COVER LETTER .....................................................................................................................................................................14
L.11.2 OFFERS .................................................................................................................................................................................14
L.11.3 CLASSIFIED ADDENDUM .......................................................................................................................................................16
L.12 VOLUME H - TECHNICAL/MANAGEMENT (ORAL PRESENTATION) .................................................................16
L.12.1 REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................................................................................................16
L.12.2 VOLUME IIA- ORAL PRESENTATION ADDENDUM ................................................................................................................16
L.12.3 ORAL PRESENTATION GUIDELINES .......................................................................................................................................17
L.14 VOLUME IV - COST VOLUME .........................................................................................................................................19
L.14.1 ESTIMATING METHODOLOGY ...............................................................................................................................................20
L.14.1.1 Estimating System ........................................................................................................................................................20
L.14.1.2 Purchasing System .......................................................................................................................................................20
L.14.1.3 Accounting System ......................................................................................................................................................20
L. 14.1.4 Past Experience-Based Estimates .................................................................................................................................20
L.14.2 SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................................................................................................................. ..........20
L.14.3 SCHEDULE OF RATES ........................................................................................................................................................20
L. 14.4 ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION OF COST/PRICE DATA ..............................................................................................................21
L.14.4.1 PPAS Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................21
L. 14.4.2 Basis of Estimate Sheets by Contractor Work Breakdown Structure ..........................................................................27
L.14.4.3 DCAA Submission ......................................................................................................................................................27
...14.5 SUBCONTRACTING PLAN .......................................................................................................................................................28
L.14.6 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS .....................................................................................................................................................28
L.14.7 CHANGES AFTER CONTRACT AWARD ...................................................................................................................................28
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 2
 UNCLASSIFIED
IS VOLUME V - SECURITY ....................................................................................................................................................28
rPPENDIX A OF SECTION L - ACRONYM LIST ..........................................................................................................................29
SECTION M - EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD ..............................................................................................................31
M.1 52.217-4 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS EXERCISED AT TIME OF CONTRACT AWARD. (JUN 1988) .......................31
M.2 52.217-5 EVALUATION OF OPTIONS. (JUL 1990) ............................................................ ................................................... 31
M.3 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. (FEB 1998) ................................................................................31
M.4 152.215-725 EVALUATION PROCEDURES AND FACTORS FOR AWARD (JAN 1998) .................................................31
TABLE 1 EVALUATION CRITERIA WEIGHTS ............................................................................................................................33
M.5 PROPOSAL EVALUATION ........................................................................................................................................................35
TECHNICAL AREA ............................ ............................................................................................................................................. 36
MANAGEMENT AREA ............................................................................................................................................................................ 36
PAST PERFORMANCE AREA .................. .............................................................................................................................................36
SECURITY AREA ....................................................................................................................................................................................36
M.6 ASSESSMENT CRITERION ........................................................................................................................................................37
SPECIFIC CRITERIA ...............................................................................................................................................................................39
Area I: Technical Evaluation ............................................................................................................................................................39
Area II Management Approach ........................................................................................................................................................43
Area III Past Performance ................................................................................................................................................................44
Area IV Cost ........ ...................... ....................................................................................................................................................45
..
Area V Security ...............................................................................................................................46
APPENDIX 1 PAST PERFORMANCE QUESTIONNAIRE .......................................... ...............47
..........................................
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 3
 UNCLASSIFIED
'ECTION L: INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS, AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS .
L.1 Solicitation Provisions Incorporated by Reference (Feb 1998)
Pursuant to FAR 52.252-1 "Solicitation Provisions Incorporated by Reference" the following provisions are
incorporated herein by reference
Number Title
52.204-6 Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number (Jun 1999)
52.215-16 Facilities Capital Cost of Money (Oct 1997)
52.222-24 Pre-Award On Site Equal Opportunity Compliance Review (Feb 1999)
52-232-38 Submission of Electronic Funds Transfer Information with Offer. (MAY 1999)
52.237-1 Site Visit (Apr 1984)
52.237-10 Identification of Uncompensated Overtime (OCT 1997)
252.227-7028 Technical Data or Computer Software Previously Delivered to the Government (Jun 1995)
L.2 52.211-14 Notice of Priority Rating for National Defense Use (Sep 1990)
Any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation will be a DO rated order certified for national defense use
under the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS) (15 CFR 700), and the Contractor will be required
to follow all of the requirements of this regulation.
- 3 Organizational Conflict of Interest
The prime contractor for the GeoScout effort is prohibited from performing as the prime contractor for the
Enterprise Engineering effort. Furthermore, the GeoScout prime contractor is restricted to performing
substantially less than 50% of the Enterprise Engineering subcontracting effort. Contractors will be required to
submit Organizational Conflict of Interest (OCI) plans to mitigate the potential conflict caused by any contract
team overlap.
L.4 52.216-1 Type of Contract (Apr 1984)
It is the Governments intent to award a contract for the first two (2) blocks (Base Period) of work under the
SOW, as implemented by Task Orders, for a period of performance of not to exceed four (4) years. Authority
to Proceed will be for Block 1 initially. A Task Order for Block 2 will be awarded after completion of the
Business Case and Implementation Plan for Block 2. Prior to the end of Block 2 in accordance with the Award
Term Plan (ATP), the GeoScout contractor will have earned the right to proceed with Block three (3) or the
,Government will re-compete the contract. The selected GeoScout contractor may earn the right to each
successive Block via the Award Term evaluation process. The Government may exercise yearly options at the
end of the contract to allow for a period of transition and re-competition.
The Government contemplates awarding a mixed contract type with Task Orders that could be either Firm
Fixed Price or Cost Plus Award Fee (CPAF)/Award Term resulting from this solicitation.
The Award Fee portion of the contract will be used primarily to motivate the desired level of GeoScout
'raction and cooperation with other elements within and external to NIMA (i.e. Enterprise Engineering,
_ ..DES, etc.).
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 4
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
The Award Term portion of the contract will be used to motivate the GeoScout contractor's progress in
nieving the overall goals of the GeoScout Statement of Work (SOW). The final Award Term plan will
identify the criteria and timing the Government will use to determine Award Term extensions to the GeoScout
contract.
Awar
Termj",
Award
Term
Award
Term
Orion 1
Orion 2
Option 3
Option 4
*The information displayed by this chart is notional
Assumptions:
? Immediate authorization to proceed will be granted for Block 1 at contract award. Block 2 will be
authorized after delivery and acceptance of the Block 2 Business Case and Implementation Plan.
? Portions of Blocks 1 and 2 may be performed in parallel, and must be completed no later than 4 years
after contract award.
? The contractor is not required to deliver a Business Case for Block 1 since the Government will make
the Block 1 feasibility determination. A detailed Implementation Plan submitted with the proposal is
required for Block 1. A Business Case and Implementation Plan are required for all subsequent Blocks
prior to the award of Task Orders.
? The contractor must earn the right to proceed with Blocks 3, 4 and 5 etc. The period of performance for
subsequent Blocks (post Block 2) is tentative, dependent on the offeror's specific approach.
? The Government may exercise options annually beginning approximately FY2010.
? The number of and duration of Blocks is dependent on the offeror's specific approach.
L.5 52.233-2 Service of Protest (Aug 1996)
(A) Protests, as defined in section 33.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, that are filed directly
with an agency, and copies of any protests that are filed with the General Accounting Office (GAO),
shall be served on the Contracting Officer (addressed as follows) by obtaining written and dated
acknowledgement of receipt from Diane Alcott, ACA, National Imagery and Mapping Agency, MS
P-11, 12310 Sunrise Valley Drive, Reston, VA 22091-3449 and, OGC, National Imagery and
Mapping Agency.
(b) The copy of any protest shall be received in the office designated above within one day of filing a
protest with GAO.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 5
 UNCLASSIFIED
Ir..6 152.215-1 Agency Alternate to FAR Clause 52.215-1 (JAN 1998)
FAR Clause 52.215-1, Instructions to Offerors - Competitive Acquisition, is modified only as
indicated below:
(f) Contract Award:
(1) The Government intends to select for final negotiations a contractor(s) resulting from this
solicitation whose proposal represents the best value after evaluation in accordance with the factors
and sub-factors in the solicitation.
(2) The Government may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the Government's interest.
(3) The Government may waive informalities and minor irregularities in proposals received.
(4) The Government intends to evaluate proposals and select, without discussions, an offeror(s) for
final negotiations. Therefore, the offeror's initial proposal should contain the offeror's best terms
from a cost or price and technical standpoint. The Government reserves the right to conduct
discussions if the Contracting Officer determines that the number of proposals that would otherwise
be in the competitive range exceeds the number at which an efficient competition can be conducted,
the Contracting Officer may limit the number of proposals in the competitive range to the greatest
number that will permit an efficient competition among the most highly rated proposals.
Paragraph (f) 5 - 11, and all other parts of FAR clause 52.215-1 remain unchanged.
L.7 Notice of Earned Value Management System (July 2002)
(a) The offeror selected for award shall provide documentation that the proposed earned value
management system (EVMS) complies with the intent of American National Standards Institutes
(ANSI)/Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 748-1998, Industry Standard Guidelines for Earned
Value Management (EVM), hereinafter referred to as "Guidelines".
(b) If the offeror proposes an EVMS that does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this
provision, the offeror shall submit a comprehensive plan for compliance with the EVMS guidelines.
(1) The plan shall:
i. Describe the EVMS the offeror intends to use in performance of
the contract.
ii. Distinguish between the offeror's existing management system and
modifications proposed to meet the guidelines.
iii. Describe the management system and its application in terms of
the guidelines.
iv. Describe the proposed procedure for administration of the
guidelines as applied to subcontractors.
v. Provide documentation describing the process and results of any
third-party or self-evaluation of the system's compliance with
EVMS guidelines.
(2) The offeror shall provide information and assistance as required by the contracting
officer to support review of the plan.
(3) The Government will review the offeror's plan for EVMS before contract award.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 6
 UNCLASSIFIED
(c) Offerors shall identify the major subcontractors (or major subcontracted effort if subcontractors have
not been selected) planned for the application of the EVMS guidelines. The prime contractor and the
Government shall agree to subcontractors selected for application of the EVMS guidelines.
(d) Upon contract award and during contract performance, the offeror is hereby notified that submitted
EVMS information may be shared with properly protected (fully executed non-disclosure agreements)
government support contractors for the purpose of analyzing the information and providing
recommendations to the government.
L.8 52.215-20 Requirements for Cost or Pricing Data or Information Other Than Cost or Pricing Data.
(OCT 1997)
(a) Exceptions from cost or pricing data.
(1) In lieu of submitting cost or pricing data, offerors may submit a written request for exception by
submitting the information described in the following subparagraphs. The Contracting Officer
may require additional supporting information, but only to the extent necessary to determine
whether an exception should be granted, and whether the price is fair and reasonable.
i. Identification of the law or regulation establishing the price offered. If the price is
controlled under law by periodic rulings, reviews, or similar actions of a government
body, attach a copy of the controlling document, unless it was previously submitted to the
contracting office.
ii. Commercial item exception. For a commercial item exception, the offeror shall submit,
at a minimum, information on prices at which the same item or similar items have
previously been sold in the commercial market that is adequate for evaluating the
reasonableness of the price for this acquisition. Such information may include -
1. For catalog items, a copy of or identification of the catalog and its date, or the
appropriate pages for the offered items, or a statement that the catalog is on file in
the buying office to which the proposal is being submitted. Provide a copy or
describe current discount policies and price lists (published or unpublished), e.g.,
wholesale, original equipment manufacturer, or reseller. Also explain the basis of
each offered price and its relationship to the established catalog price, including
how the proposed price relates to the price of recent sales in quantities similar to
the proposed quantities;
2. For market-priced items, the source and date or period of the market quotation or
other basis for market price, the base amount, and applicable discounts. In
addition, describe the nature of the market;
3. For items included on an active Federal Supply Service Multiple Award Schedule
contract, proof that an exception has been granted for the schedule item.
(2) The offeror grants the Contracting Officer or an authorized representative the right to examine, at
any time before award, books, records, documents, or other directly pertinent records to verify
any request for an exception under this provision, and the reasonableness of price. For items
priced using catalog or prices, or law or regulation, access does not extend to cost or profit
information or other data relevant solely to the offeror's determination of the prices to be offered
in the catalog or marketplace.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 7
 b. Requirements for cost or pricing data. If the offeror is not granted an exception from the
requirement to submit cost or pricing data, the following applies:
1. The offeror shall prepare and submit cost or pricing data and supporting
attachments in accordance with Table 15-2 of FAR 15.408.
2. As soon as practicable after agreement on price, but before contract award (except
for un-priced actions such as letter contracts), the offeror shall submit a
Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data, as prescribed by FAR 15.406-2.
L.9 Information to Offerors
L.9.1 Proposal Submission Instructions
All volumes of the proposal, with the exception of Volume III shall be received at the location specified below:
By NLT 03 February 2003, 1400 EST.
The Past Performance Volume III (including a classified addendum if applicable) shall be received by NLT 15
January 2003, 1404 EST at the location specified below:
The contractor shall submit one copy of the proposal (hardcopy and softcopy) to the cognizant Administrative
Contracting Officer, and one copy to the cognizant Contract Auditor no later than 04 February 2003.
-- - e following wording shall be placed in a conspicuous location on the outside of all packages or envelopes
containing offer material.
TICOM, Inc.
ATTN: Diane Alcott, CO /John O'Connor, AC
RFP No. 2003-K-0001, "GeoScout"
14520 Avion Parkway, Suite 100
Chantilly, VA 20151
Additional Packing Instructions: Proposal binders shall be packed in boxes. The boxes shall be sequentially
numbered and shall indicate the total number of boxes (i.e., Box 1 of 4). Box numbers shall be placed on all
sides of the box itself. Box one (1) shall include the disks with the softcopy submission and a master packing
list. The master packing list shall list the contents (i.e., Volume Number, Copy Number, and Name) of each
box, by box number.
Classified information: Where classified information is required in your response, it shall be provided as a
classified supplement and bound in a single addendum to Volume I "Cover Letter/Offer." Classified Past
Performance information shall be submitted early with the Past Performance Volume III. Each entry in the
classified addendum shall be referenced to the proposal volume, page number, and paragraph number to which
it applies. Similarly, a reference shall be placed in the unclassified volume where the classified insert applies,
giving the page and paragraph numbers within the addendum where it can be found. Binding and labeling of
the addendum as well as submission shall conform to the same directions as those given in this instruction to
rors for unclassified portions. The classified addendum shall be separately bound with an applicable
security designation color cover, conforming to the CDCG/DD Form 254 of this RFP. Pages in classified
addenda will be included in the page count for the applicable volume.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 8
 UNCLASSIFIED
All cost or pricing information shall be UNCLASSIFIED.
2003-K-0001
L.9.2 Point of Contact
The Procurement Contracting Officer (PCO), Diane Alcott, is the sole point of contact for the GeoScout
acquisition. Any and all questions regarding any aspect of this RFP must be addressed only to the
Contracting Officer. The PCO will use the Acquisition Center of Excellence (ACE) Acquisition Research
Center (ARC) web site (http://arc.npa.gov) on the classified CWAN as the primary means of communication.
The offeror will be given the appropriate web site instructions, user log-ins, and passwords.
It is the offeror's sole responsibility to access the web site routinely to obtain current information relevant to
this acquisition (i.e., announcements, updates to the technical data package, technical and contractual Q&A,
amendments to RFP, etc.).
L.9.3 Participation by Acquisition Center of Excellence (ACE) in the Evaluation of Proposals
NIMA intends to utilize a Government organization, the NRO's Acquisition Center of Excellence (ACE),
relative to this acquisition. The ACE provides both acquisition and facility support through a number of
contracts with various contractors. The companies providing support to the ACE are identified as follows:
Companies Providing Companies Providing
ACE Acquisition Support ACE Facility Support
TICOM, INC. Booz, Allen, & Hamilton
Welkin Associates, Ltd. MRJ
-tor Corporation IDS
Telcolote Research, Inc.
TASC
Companies providing support through ACE will NOT participate as evaluators, but will provide assistance to
Government acquisition personnel. The exclusive responsibility for source selection remains with the
Government. Non-Disclosure and Organizational Conflict of Interest Certificates for all ACE contractor
support personnel participating in this source selection are on file with the NRO Office of Contracts ACE.
L.9.4 Participation of Support Contractors in the Evaluation of Proposals
NIMA has contracted with The MITRE Corporation, Carnegie Mellon Software Engineering Institute (SEI),
RAND, and the GC Group for advisory assistance during the GeoScout source selection. NIMA's contract
with MITRE, SET, RAND and the GC Group as well as the employment contracts between MITRE, the SEI,
RAND and their personnel, prohibit the unauthorized dissemination of data to which it or its employees have
access. It is the Government's intent to use the services of these personnel in a purely advisory role in the
evaluation of offers. The exclusive responsibility for source selection remains with the Government. Non-
Disclosure and Organizational Conflict of Interest Certificates are on file with the Contracting Officer.
L.10 PROPOSAL FORMAT AND SPECIFIC CONTENT
9.1 General Guidance
This section of the instructions to offerors provides general guidance for preparing the proposal as well as
specific instructions on the format and content of the proposal. The offeror shall be compliant with the
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 9
 UNCLASSIFIED.
-requirements as stated in the GeoScout Statement of Work (SOW). Furthermore, the offeror's proposal shall
submitted in accordance with the instructions to offerors. Non-conformance with the instructions to offerors
may result in an unfavorable proposal evaluation.
The proposal shall be clear, concise, and shall include sufficient detail for effective evaluation and for
substantiating the validity of stated claims. The proposal should not simply rephrase or restate the
Government's requirements, but rather shall provide convincing rationale to address how the offeror intends to
meet these requirements. The offeror shall assume that the Government has no prior knowledge of their
facilities and experience, and will base its evaluation on the information presented in the offeror's proposal.
If an offeror does not understand these instructions, then it should write to the Contracting Officer for
clarification sufficiently in advance of the deadline for receipt of the offer to get an answer in time to meet that
deadline.
The Government intends to award to one contractor who is deemed responsible TAW with the Federal
Acquisition Regulation, as supplemented and whose proposal conforms to the solicitation requirements. In
addition, the Government reserves the right to award no contract at all, depending on the quality of the proposal,
the availability of funding, and the continued existence of the requirement.
In order to award a contract the Government must have received an acceptable offer. An offer is acceptable
when it manifests assent to all of the terms and conditions of Sections A through K of this RFP, which includes
the solicitation provisions, contract clauses, specification, and documents, exhibits, and attachments. The
Government will declare an offer to be unacceptable if it does not manifest the offeror's assent to all such terms
I conditions.
The Government may reject the proposal if it is evaluated to be unrealistically high or low in cost when
compared to Government estimates, such that the proposal is deemed to reflect an inherent lack of competence
or failure to comprehend the complexity and risks of the program.
L.10.2 Discrepancies
If the offeror believes that the requirements in these instructions contain an error, omission, or are otherwise
unsound, the offeror shall immediately notify the PCO in writing with supporting rationale.
L.10.3 152.215-723 Proposal Preparation Instructions (JAN 2001)
This section is provided to assist the Offeror in preparing a proposal in response to this solicitation and to assist
the Government in determining the Offeror's relative ability to satisfy the solicitation requirements. These
instructions are not intended to unduly restrict the Offeror's proposal effort. Questions concerning these
instructions should be directed to the Contracting Officer.
(a) Separate volumes for the elements of your proposal shall be prepared according to the following table. All
proposal volumes shall be UNCLASSIFIED to the greatest extent possible. Every submission, whether
hardcopy or softcopy, must be properly identified, and marked with the proper classification. Each volume
shall be written or presented on a stand-alone basis. Information required for proposal evaluation that is not
found in its designated volume or presentation will be assumed to have been omitted from the proposal.
oluine
Title
Page Limit
Hardcopy
Softcopy
I
Cover Letter/Offer
No limit
Original plus 3
1
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 10
 UNCLASSIFIED
If
Oral Presentation (slides)
200
Original plus 30
1
Ila
Oral Presentation Addendum
150
Original plus 30
1
III
Past Performance Volume
50
Original plus 6
1
IV
Cost Volume
No limit
Original plus 6
4
V
Security Volume
No limit
Original plus 4
1
2003-K-0001
Cross-Reference Matrix
The offer shall provide a cross-reference matrix indicating by CLIN, Section L, and SOW the corresponding
proposal paragraph(s) in that volume. The Cross-Reference Matrix shall contain at a minimum the data shown
in the table below:
SOW Proposal
0003 L.8.4 4.15 Vol H, xx
I
(b) Proposal Volumes Format.
To aid in evaluation, each proposal volume shall follow the same general format. All Proposal Volumes shall
contain a Title Page, a Table of Contents, a List of Acronyms, Glossary of Terms, and a Cross-Reference
Matrix of the Proposal Volume by CLIN, Section L, & SOW.
Page Limitations.
Page limitations for each volume are identified in paragraph (a). Page limitations include charts and graphic
material. The title page, table of contents, a list of acronyms, glossary of terms, and cross-reference matrix do
not count toward the total page count of each volume and will not be evaluated. Classified information for a
particular volume that is included in Addendum 1 to the Cover Letter/Offer shall count towards the page
limitations for the volume it references. Pages not in the page count shall be numbered with Roman numerals
(i.e., iv).
(d) Proposal Page Format.
(d- 1) Format: A "page" will consist of print on one length of 8 1/2 inch by 11-inch paper. Paper printed on two
sides will count as two pages. In accordance with the clause at 52.204-4, NIMA encourages the use of two
sided printing and reproduction. Foldouts shall not exceed 10% of the total volume page count for any single
volume. Each 11X17 foldout page shall count as two pages single sided and four pages double sided, against
the page limitations. Page margins will be a minimum of 1 inch on top, bottom and each side. Volumes I and
IV (Cover Letter/Cost Volume) are exempt from the 1-inch margin rule for mandatory forms, boilerplate, and
exhibits that are pre-formatted and do not conform to the 1-inch margin requirement, but will be considered in
the page count as specified. Partial pages count as a full page for page limitation purposes. All pages within a
page-limited section shall be consecutively numbered, starting at page one, and shall not exceed the page
limitation.
(d-2) Text Type Size.
-rt Type Size shall be 12 point Times New Roman font. Typesetting or other techniques to reduce character
or spacing are not permitted and are considered a deliberate attempt to circumvent the page limitations. No
pen and ink changes are allowed. Two column presentation and use of bold face type for paragraph headings is
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 11
 UNCLASSIFIED
Icceptable. Text lines shall be spaced at a minimum of 14.0 points (i.e., single spaced) and text lines shall not
.teed 45 lines per column per page, including heading.
(d-3) Illustrations and Tables: Slides, Tables, or Diagrams shall not exceed 8-1/2 X 11 inches. Color is
permitted. The Master Program Schedule shall be submitted as part of the NSGI System Transition Plan of the
Oral Presentation Addendum, Volume Ila in the following matter: One original plotted on 44X32 sheets
showing all dependencies and links. One original plus 29 printed on 11X17 paper containing all necessary data
columns. All information (except for document numbers, classification markings, page numbers, etc.) shall be
provided within the page margins identified in paragraph (d)(1). Figure callouts may be single-spaced. The
font size for illustrations .and tables shall be no less than:
Art: 8 point Times New Roman or Sans Serif
Tables: 8 point Times New Roman or Sans Serif
Titles: 10 point Times New Roman, bold, initial cap
(d-4) Binding.
Each volume shall be complete in itself and shall contain sufficient information to permit a detailed evaluation.
Each volume shall be contained in a separate, loose-leaf, three-ring binder. The volume title, copy number, and
the company's name shall be placed on the spine, on the front cover, and on the title page of the binder. The
pages for the title page, table of contents, and cross-reference matrix will not be numbered. Page 1 of the
volume is defined as the first page after the title page, table of contents and cross-reference matrix. All pages
shall be numbered sequentially from the first to the last page using only Arabic numerals. Attachments and
--vendices may be separately page numbered. Pages printed on both sides shall be numbered on both sides.
.;h volume will contain a matrix that identifies those pages within the main volume, attachments and
appendices which contribute towards the page count and are subject to evaluation.
(e) Any proposal pages submitted which exceed the page limitations set forth in paragraph (a) or proposal pages
failing to meet the format in paragraph (d) will not be read or evaluated, and hardcopy pages of the original and
all copies will be returned to the offeror,
(f) Electronic Format
(f-1) This section is intended to provide information to the offeror on the electronic format and application
software to be used for submitting softcopy proposals. Use of the software and procedures described in this
section reduces the amount of time and effort needed by the Government to receive and install proposals onto
the electronic evaluation system and will help to ensure that proposals are suitable for reading electronically.
The information regarding electronic products listed below should not be construed as Government
endorsement for such products. In the event of inconsistencies between the hardcopy and softcopy versions of
the proposal, the hardcopy version shall take precedence. Efforts by the Government to clarify and install
electronic proposal submissions in accordance with FAR 15.207(c) will not be considered discussions. The
offeror is encouraged to load and use their softcopy submission on a system equivalent to the Government's to
ensure that the Government will be able to load the softcopy submission.
Note: Electronic submission does not satisfy delivery of proposal. Hard copies must be received to meet the
delivery requirements.
) Evaluation Hardware
The Government will use the hardware listed in Table A:
UNCLASSIFIED
Pam., 19
 UNCLASSIFIED
Table A: Evaluation Hardware
Item
Equipment
Server
DEC Alpha running Windows NT 4.0
Data Input Disk Drive (Server)
Iome a Zip 100 Drive (FAT Format)
Workstations
IBM-compatible Pentium PCs running
Windows NT Workstation 4.0
Printer
Laser printers: DELN17ps (B/W) and
Tektronix Phaser 350 (color)
Tae Backup (Server)
Di ital DLT-tape IV
(f-3) Evaluation Software
The Government will access the softcopy versions using a network running Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0
and Workstation 4.0, Microsoft Office 97, Microsoft Project 98, Microsoft PowerPoint, and Adobe Acrobat 4.0.
Except as identified below, all proposal volumes shall be submitted in Adobe Acrobat, Portable Document
Format (PDF), version 4.0. The Acrobat Bookmark feature may be used for document navigation; however, use
of the Acrobat Notes feature is prohibited.
The Government will use Mainstay Software Corporation's Proposal Pricing and Analysis System (PPAS)
product for evaluation and analysis of the cost volume. Detailed instructions for submitting the cost volume are
included at L. 14.
~1-4) Electronic Media
The offeror shall submit its proposal on 100 Megabyte, Iomega Zip Drive-compatible, disk cartridges or CD-
ROM formatted to operate on the Government's proposal evaluation system as described in paragraphs (f-2) and
(f-3) above. The softcopy Oral Presentation (Volume II) shall be submitted on a separate CD-ROM or Zip
Drive. There is no limit to the number of Zip disk cartridges that may be submitted as long as the page
limitations of each proposal volume are met. The offeror shall virus scan and write protect the Zip disks prior
to submittal.
(f-5) File Naming Conventions
The offeror shall name files using standard naming conventions that clearly identify the file. Valid extensions
for files using the above applications are ".pdf'for Adobe Acrobat 4.0 files, ".xls" for Microsoft Excel 97,
".mpp" for Microsoft Project 98, and ".ppt" for Microsoft PowerPoint. Each file shall be stored in a folder that
corresponds to the proposal volume it represents. The files within the folder shall be named in an unambiguous
manner, using plain text language, which facilitates the evaluator's ease of accessing the files for evaluation.
The offeror shall insert the file name in the header of each document.
(f-6) Links
The offeror shall hyperlink information in its proposal when possible and prudent (i.e., cross-references made to
other sections, tables, or figures within that document). The offeror shall make the existence of hyperlinks
obvious through the use of an outline box, different font color, underlining, or other highlight method.
Multimedia
c,;und or video files shall not be embedded into proposal documents.
(f-8) Graphics
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 13
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
graphics, which are embedded into documents, shall be kept as simple as possible. Complex graphics require
tiger periods for the computers used in the evaluation system to draw and redraw these figures, and scrolling
through the document is slowed significantly.
a. Limit colors to 256 colors at 1024 x 768 resolution; avoid color gradients.
b. Simplify the color palette used in creating figures.
C. Be aware of size for graphics files. Large files are discouraged.
d. Avoid scanned images.
L.11 VOLUME I - COVER LETTER/OFFER
L.11.1 Cover Letter
A cover letter, signed by an official authorized to legally bind the offeror is to be attached to offers. The first
page of the proposal's cover letter must show:
a. The solicitation number.
b. The name, address, and telephone and facsimile numbers of the offeror.
c. Names, titles, and telephone and facsimile numbers of persons authorized to negotiate on the offeror's
behalf with the Government in connection with this solicitation.
d. Name, title, and signature of person authorized to sign the proposal. Proposals signed by an agent shall be
accompanied by evidence of that agent's authority, unless that evidence has been previously furnished to
the issuing office.
Names and telephone numbers of persons to be contacted for clarification or questions to this proposal
(No more than two (2) people may be listed).
f. Provide the mailing address, telephone, and fax numbers for the cognizant Contract Administration
Office, DCAA, and Government Paying Office.
g. Statement that the proposal is firm for a period of not less than one hundred twenty (120) days from the
proposal due date.
h. Statement as to the acceptance of the anticipated contract provisions and proposed contract schedule or
specific exceptions taken to any of the terms and conditions specified herein.
L.11.2 Offers
The completion and submission to the Government of the items listed below shall constitute an offer and shall
indicate the offeror's unconditional consent to the terms and conditions of the RFP. Objections to any of the
terms and conditions of this RFP may be considered by the Government to be unacceptable.
Standard Form 33, "Solicitation, Offer, and Award," with blocks 12 through 18 completed by the offeror.
RFP Section B, "Supplies or Services and Prices/Costs," with the offeror proposed contract line item prices
inserted in the appropriate spaces.
RFP Section H, "Special Contract Requirements", the offeror's proposed names of Key Personnel inserted in
the appropriate space.
' Section 1, "Contract Clauses," with the offeror's proposed Subcontracting Plan and a Mitigation Plan IAW
the Organizational Conflict of Interest clause.
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
RFP Section K, "Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Offerors," completed by the offeror.
 UNCLASSIFIED
,113 Classified Addendum
Where classified information is required in your response, it shall be provided as a classified supplement and
bound in a single addendum to Volume I "Cover Letter/Offer." Classified Past Performance information shall
be submitted early as a separate addendum to the Past Performance Volume. Each entry in the classified
addendum shall be referenced to the proposal volume, page number, and paragraph number to which it applies.
Similarly, a reference shall be placed in the unclassified volume where the classified insert applies, giving the
page and paragraph numbers within the addendum where it can be found. Binding and labeling of the
addendum as well as submission shall conform to the same directions as those given in this instruction to
offerors for unclassified portions. The classified addendum shall be separately bound with an applicable
security designation color cover, conforming to the CDCG/DD Form 254 of this RFP. Pages in classified
addenda will be included in the page count for the applicable volume.
L.12 VOLUME II - TECHNICAL/MANAGEMENT (Oral Presentation
L.12.1 Requirements
The Technical/Management Oral presentation will address each of the nine Technical and Management
evaluation Items and their associated Factors identified in Section M as a minimum:
Item
Ition 1 - Enterprise Architecture
Section 2 - Integrated Geospatial Intelligence (GI) Analytical Environment
Section 3 - NSGI System Transition Plan
Section 4 - Business Process Re-engineering
Section 5 - Enterprise Responsiveness
Section 6 - Management Approach
Section 7 - Partnerships
Section 8 - Staffing Plan
Section 9 - Subcontractor Management
L.12.2 Volume IIa - Oral Presentation Addendum
A written Addendum to the Oral Presentation shall be submitted with the offeror's proposal containing the
owing documents: 1) Engineering Analysis to Support Scaleability; 2) NSGI System Transition Plan (with
-aster Program Schedule); 3) Implementation Plan for Block 1. Even though this information might be
referenced and presented in the offeror's Oral Presentation, enough detail must be included in the Addendum to
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
`gcilitate a thorough evaluation and allow for the immediate incorporation of these documents into the resultant
ntract.
The NSGI System Transition Plan shall be updated, using the NEA CDRL 020, to be consistent with the
Government's prioritized technical capabilities and Block priority sequencing as provided in Appendix D to the
SOW, and the system integration and program management responsibilities contained in SOW Sections 3 and 4.
The NSGI System Transition Plan contained in the Oral Presentation Addendum may also provide an
alternative that represents the Contractor's preferred approach for the engineering and delivery of capabilities
tailored to the Contractor's proposed NSGI Architecture. This preferred approach shall provide detailed
justification for differences and trades, and shall provide trace ability between the Government's prioritized
technical capabilities and Block priority sequencing to the Contractor's preferred approach.
L.12.3 Oral Presentation Guidelines
Each offeror must make an oral presentation to the Government's evaluation team. The Evaluation Team will
evaluate the oral presentation in accordance with the 19 factors listed under the Technical and Management
Areas in Section M of this RFP. The offeror's representatives must show by the presentation and by their
answers to the Government's clarification questions that they understand the Government's requirements; that
they are familiar with the kinds of problems that may develop during performance; and that they are capable of
developing practicable and effective solutions to those problems.
The Government will conduct a drawing to determine the order in which the contractors are assigned their oral
TTesentation day. The Contracting Officer will schedule the oral presentations and notify each offeror of the
,eduled date, time and location of its presentation within 7 days of the release of the final RFP. The
Government will hold oral presentations in mid to late February 2003. The offeror must make its oral
presentation in accordance with these instructions and any additional instructions the Contracting Officer may
provide. The Contracting Officer may reschedule an offeror's oral presentation at the Contracting Officer's sole
discretion. Oral Presentations are limited to six (6) hours. The offeror will return the following day to answer
any clarification questions the Government might have. Breaks will be scheduled by the offeror of at least 10
minutes per hour. Breaks will not be counted as part of the six-hour presentation time. The offeror will indicate
to the Government when it has reached a break point, at which time the Government time-keeper will stop the
clock. The Contracting officer will tell the offeror when to start its presentation, keep time, and stop the
presentation at the end of the allotted time period whether or not the offeror has finished. The Offeror is limited
to submitting and presenting no more then 200 Slides for their Oral Presentation and assumes full responsibility
for delivering a clear and complete presentation during the six (6) hour time period. Any slides not presented due
to time limitations will not be evaluated by the Government.
The offeror's presenter(s) must be chosen from among the offeror's proposed key personnel or proposed key
subcontractor personnel. The offeror may not use a professional speaker or consultant to make its presentation.
The offeror may send no more than ten representatives to the oral presentation. Consultants to the offeror may
not attend the presentation.
During the presentation the Government's attendees will not interrupt the offeror to ask questions (except to
request repetition of inaudible words or statements or the explanation of terms that are unknown to them) or
otherwise engage the offeror in any dialogue. The Government will conduct a question and answer session the
)wing day during which the offeror's representatives must answer questions from the Contracting Officer.
Ale Government may include the offeror's presentation, or portions thereof, and its answers to questions in any
prospective contract. The Government will not permit an offeror to change its proposal during the oral
presentation or the question and answer session.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 17
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
aring the question and answer session, offeror(s) will be given an opportunity to address unfavorable
assessments of past performance through communications pursuant to FAR 15.306(b), provided that the offeror
has not had a previous opportunity to review the unfavorable assessments. This exchange of information is not
considered Discussions, and is unique to the discovery of adverse past performance information. The offerors
will be notified of any unfavorable assessments of past performance prior to their oral presentation and as stated
earlier, may address these assessments during the question and answer session following their presentation.
Neither the oral presentation nor the question and answer session will constitute discussions, as that term is
defined and used in FAR subpart 15.306(d). If the Government decides that discussions are necessary,
notwithstanding the intention to award a contract without discussions, then the Government may discuss the
offeror's oral presentation or the answers that it gave during the question and answer session that followed.
The presentation team may also expound on any other topics that they consider to be pertinent to a
demonstration of their knowledge, competence, and capability to produce/perform so long as that information is
presented within the specified time limit. The presentation will not encompass price or cost and fee in any
manner for the proposed contract.
(1) To ensure offerors do not spend an inordinate amount of time and money in preparing presentation slides
the following specification has been developed. Presentation media are limited to overhead transparencies
"^lides) or softcopy if unclassified. The softcopy presentation may be presented in Adobe Acrobat 4.0 or
crosoft PowerPoint.
(2) The offeror must submit its overhead slides -- and 30 sets of full-scale paper copies of its slides in addition
to one softcopy version -- with its proposal submission. The offeror must number the pages of the paper copies
and bind each set. In order to ensure the integrity of the source selection process, the offeror must use the
overhead slides or softcopy submitted to the Government with its offer when making its oral presentation,
without alteration. The evaluation team may review copies of the slides prior to and after the presentation. The
offeror may submit no other written documentation for its oral presentation. When evaluating an offerors oral
presentation the Government will consider only those slides that were actually projected and addressed by the
offeror during the presentation. The Contracting Officer will not permit the offeror to use slides during the
question and answer session that were not projected and discussed during the presentation.
The Government will process overhead slides and copies that are received after the deadline for the submission
of offers in accordance with FAR 52.215-1(c)(3). If the slides and copies are late, and are not accepted for
consideration on the basis of FAR 52.215-1(c)(3) then the Government will consider the offeror to be ineligible
for award and will not permit that offeror to make an oral presentation and will reject its offer without further
evaluation.
Offeror's are required to utilize the existing Government projector and computer during their presentation. The
offeror may not audio or video-record its own presentation. However, the Government may record each
offeror's presentation and the question and answer session. If any portion of the oral presentation or the
n'lestion and answer session is incorporated into the resultant contract, the offeror will be provided a copy of the
)rd.
UNCLASSIFIED
Pane 18
 UNCLASSIFIED
.13 VOLUME III - PAST PERFORMANCE
The Past Performance Panel (PP) evaluation will include an assessment of the Offeror's Past Performance
Volume and Past Performance Questionnaire data (Appendix 1) collected by Offeror references or other
sources. The Past Performance evaluation consists of three factors identified below. Each offeror and major
subcontractor is limited to no more than five references each, and is responsible for forwarding the attached Past
Performance Questionnaire (Appendix 1) to the appropriate Government official who can attest to contractor
performance for that specific reference. The offeror is responsible for having the Past Performance
Questionnaire (Appendix 1) returned to the NIMA Contracting Officer prior to 15 January 2003. The Past
Performance evaluation will include an assessment of each offeror, including past performance of all proposed
major subcontractors (as defined at L.14.4). Offeror(s) will be given an opportunity to address unfavorable
assessments of past performance through communications pursuant to FAR 15.306(b), provided that the offeror
has not had a previous opportunity to review the unfavorable assessments. This exchange of information is not
considered Discussions as defined in FAR 15.306(a)(2), and is unique to the discovery of adverse past
performance information. The Government provided analysis and scoring of the Thin Line Operational System
(TLOS) demonstration assessment will be a significant element of the overall Past Performance score. If
additional data is needed from any of the sources, the Past Performance Panel may conduct interviews or obtain
information from other sources (CPAR Database) in order to obtain sufficient information to complete the panel
evaluation.
The Past Performance Volume III will address each of the three (3) Past Performance evaluation Factors
identified in Section M as a minimum:
Factors
Section 1 - The extent to which the offeror's Thin Line Operational System (TLOS) solution
demonstrated their understanding and implementation of an all-digital, data-centric analytic
environment.
Section 2 - The extent to which the offeror has a proven record of success in program management of
multiple concurrent, interdependent development spirals.
Section 3 - The extent to which the offeror has a proven record of success at leading subcontractors as an
integrated team toward a common goal.
L.14 VOLUME IV - COST VOLUME
This volume consists of a presentation of cost or pricing data substantiating the proposed cost of work to be
accomplished in completion of the SOW to include segregation by Blocks for Task Order purposes. The
Offeror's cost proposal shall contain sufficient factual information to establish the reasonableness, realism, and
completeness of the proposed cost. The cost of the offeror's entire proposed effort will be evaluated for award
purposes. Detailed certified cost information in accordance with the following instructions is required for all
work proposed during the Base Period, specifically Block 1. Block 2 should contain enough specific
ertified cost detail to make the appropriate complete, reasonable, and realistic determinations. Subsequent
mocks to include the option years will be proposed with as much detailed uncertified cost as possible, with at
least annual Not to Exceed (NTE) dollars. The total cost of the proposed effort, including options, will be
evaluated for award purposes. For those Legacy/Heritage efforts that are transitioning in FY2003, the offeror
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 19
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
-hould plan for 70 FIFE. Beyond FY2003, the offeror should assume a full transition of these efforts. It is the
3vernments intent to use the negotiated cost to set the contract value. Block 1 will be negotiated for
immediate authorization to proceed (ATP) after contract award. The Business Case, Implementation Plan, and
cost proposal for each successive Block will be negotiated by Task Order. Four one-year options to allow for
transition shall be separately priced for evaluation. All information relating to the proposed price, including all
required supporting documentation, must be included in the section of the proposal designated as the cost
volume. Under no circumstances shall this information and documentation be included elsewhere in the
proposal. All cost or pricing information shall be UNCLASSIFIED.
L.14.1 Estimating Methodology
L.14.1.1 Estimating System
Provide a summary description of your standard estimating system or methods. The summary description shall
cover separately each major cost element (i.e., Direct Material, Engineering Labor, Manufacturing Labor,
Indirect Costs, ODCs, Overhead, G&A, etc.). Also, identify any deviations from your standard estimating
procedures in preparing this proposal volume. Indicate whether you have Government approval of your system
and if so, provide evidence of such approval.
L.14.1.2 Purchasing System
Provide a summary description of your purchasing system or methods (i.e., how material requirements are
determined, how sources are selected, when firm quotes are obtained, what provision is made to ensure quantity
?d other discounts). Also, identify any deviations from your standard procedures in preparing this proposal.
Jicate whether you have Government approval of your system and if so, provide evidence of such approval.
L.14.1.3 Accounting System
Indicate whether you have Government approval of your accounting system and if so, provide evidence of such
approval. Also, identify any deviations from your standard procedures in preparing this proposal.
L.14.1.4 Past Experience-Based Estimates
Where cost estimates are based upon past experience, identify the past experience, explain how the past
experience relates to the current effort, including similarities and differences, and how cost data available from
the past experiences was adapted to the current effort.
L.14.2 Subcontractors
Submit a listing of the proposed subcontractors and inter-divisional transfers (including vendors) showing (a)
the supplier, (b) description of effort, (c) type of contract, (d) price and hours proposed by each, and (e) price
and hours included in prime's proposal to the Government.
L.14.3 Schedule of Rates
Submit a schedule showing proposed direct and indirect rates by year. This schedule is to include (but
separately identify) prime contractor, subcontractor, and inter-divisional transfer rates. Where this information
is company proprietary, it may be submitted directly to the Government via the subcontractor sealed package
' "bmittal.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 20
 UNCLASSIFIED
.14.4 Electronic Submission of Cost/Price Data
one Government will use Mainstay Software Corporation's Proposal Pricing and Analysis System (PPAS)
product for evaluation and analysis of the cost volume. Offerors shall submit the cost volume in a PPAS
proposal database, Version 6.9.7 or later. Each major subcontractor, interdivisional transfer, and vendor,
regardless of tier, whose proposed price exceeds $75,000,000 for the period of the contract (including options),
shall also submit its cost proposal in a PPAS proposal database using the same release. Any reference to major
subcontractor shall be assumed to include interdivisional transfers, vendors and subcontractors who exceed the
$75,000,000 threshold. The sub-contractor submissions may be made directly to the Government to avoid
providing proprietary pricing data to the prime. If variation in content between the paper copy and the electronic
copy is noted and that variation is not resolved with the Offeror, the paper copy shall be considered the
submitted proposal.
The Government expects to reconcile the prime's proposal, net of adjustments to the proposals of each major
subcontractor and major inter-divisional transfer, to the respective subcontractor/inter-divisional transfer PPAS
proposal submissions. The prime contractor is responsible for consistency of the cost data between the prime
contractor's PPAS submission and the subcontractor/interdivisional PPAS submission
The PPAS proposal database shall reflect the entire bid price against Government specified functional cost
elements and Summary Contract Work Breakdown Structure (CWBS) tied to the CLIN structure.
L.14.4.1 PPAS Instructions
e offeror is required to submit an electronically encoded cost model in accordance with the PPAS format in
support of the proposed price for subject acquisition. The PPAS cost model submitted must be consistent with
offeror's approved estimating system. The PPAS submission should comply with the following format
requirements:
? Data files should be submitted on CD-ROM.
? Data files/CD-ROM's should be accessible by an IBM compatible computer running Windows 95 or later.
? All data files and electronic media delivered to the Government must be reviewed to ensure that they
are virus-free.
? If the data files are delivered in compressed format, the offeror shall ensure that the files are either self-
extracting or that the software program(s) required to extract the files to their original format is included.
? For each proposal/scenario submitted, include two (2) PPAS files, each with the same proposal/scenario
name created in PPAS followed by the number 'T'. One file will conclude with a.ddb suffix and the other
with a.mdb suffix. For example, for a proposal/scenario named DEMO, submit DEMOl.ddb and
DEMO1.mdb. Do not change the names of the files from those created in PPAS.
? Arithmetic division operations shall not be used in the PPAS logic file. Instead, invert a custom factor to be
divided and then multiply by the inverted custom factor in the logic file. This does not adversely affect the
pricing of the proposal.
? Data shall be submitted by month and according to GeoScout SOW Appendix E. Contract Work Breakdown
Structure (CWBS). This structure shall be adhered to by the Offerors in developing their proposed CWBS.
Beyond this summary CWBS, Offerors have complete flexibility based on the proposed implementation
approach.
? Offerors shall ensure that the RCE Cost by WBS report for total proposal, which is included in the Primary
Source Selection Reports category, functions and is consistent with other PPAS reports. Offerors shall also
ensure that the PPAS templates defining the Cost Summary and the Cost Element Summary reports are
completed using the offeror's standard methodology and structure and that the reports that are produced
using these templates are consistent with other PPAS reports.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 21
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
Offerors shall use the Reporting Period component of PPAS to identify Block 1, Block 2, Base Period, each
Award Term and each Option Year. For all years beyond the Base Period, where annual NTE estimates are
sufficient, offerors may enter data into PPAS into any single month for each year or into individual months.
? Offerors shall ensure that all costs are properly segregated into recurring and non-recurring within the PPAS
proposal database using Cost Types within PPAS.
? Offerors shall ensure that all costs are properly segregated by appropriation type within the PPAS proposal
database using Cost Types. Each expected appropriation type with its associated description and definition
is shown below:
Research, Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E)
Used for expenses necessary for basic and applied scientific research, development, test and
evaluation, including maintenance and operation of facilities and equipment. The only hardware
that should be charged to RDT&E is that bought for prototype development.
Procurement
Used for production and modification of aircraft, missiles, weapons, vehicles, ammunition,
shipbuilding and conversion, and other items. Hardware can either be charged here or to O&M,
but once the O&M phase begins, hardware cannot be bought under procurement.
O&M
Used for day-to-day expenses such as training exercises, deployments, civilian salaries, and
operating and maintaining installations.
Cost Types shall be named as follows:
Name Description
1 RDT and E-Rec
2 RDT and E-NonRec
3 Procurement-Rec
4 Procurement-NonRec
5 Ops and Maint-Rec
6 Ops and Maint-NonRec
? The Government requires visibility into the labor/skills mix inherent in the proposal in order to make a
complete evaluation. Offerors shall provide data in accordance with their typical labor/skills mix categories.
Labor grades shall not be combined into a single labor resource in PPAS.
? The prime's proposal shall uniquely identify for each major subcontractor and each major interdivisional
transfer, detailed by each WBS and time period, total labor hours, total labor dollars, total travel costs, total
material costs, total other costs, total burdened costs exclusive of fee, and price.
? The prime's proposal shall uniquely identify for the total of all other subcontractors and all other
interdivisional transfers, detailed by each WBS and time period, total labor hours, total labor dollars, total
travel costs, total material costs, total other costs, total burdened costs exclusive of fee, and price.
? When proposing more than 40 hours of work per week at a standard 40-hour workweek rate, the hours in
excess of 40 should be entered in PPAS using a separate but related Resource that has a zero rate.
? Any adjustments to total labor hours or price in the major subcontractor's and interdivisional transfer's
submissions that are defined in the prime's proposal submission shall be identified, for each subcontractor
and interdivisional transfer, as a Cost Element in PPAS. Basis of Estimate shall be used to describe the
breakdown of adjustments, including adjustments due to negotiation, adjustments due to redistribution of
work, and other.
For the Base Period, the prime and each major subcontractor and interdivisional transfer shall, within its
own proposal, itemize each element of travel using the Travel module of PPAS. Within the Travel module,
identify each class of trip, the specific elements of that trip, and an estimate of the number of trips of each
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 22
 UNCLASSIFIED
class, all delineated by WBS and month. For all periods beyond the Base Period, detailed travel estimates
are unnecessary. An aggregate estimate of travel for each year is sufficient and shall be identified in a
PPAS Resource. The prime contractor shall include in its PPAS proposal only total travel dollars by WBS
and time for each major subcontractor and interdivisional transfer in its proposal.
? For the Base Period, the prime and each major subcontractor and interdivisional transfer shall, within its
own proposal, use the Material module in PPAS to itemize each proposed major material item with an
extended value exceeding $100,000. For each such item, offerors shall show name, description, vendor,
part number, quantity required, and unit price. The total of all material items not exceeding $100,000 shall
be aggregated within one or more line items in the Material module. For all periods beyond the base period,
detailed material estimates are unnecessary. An aggregate estimate for materials for each year is sufficient.
The prime contractor shall include in its PPAS proposal only total material dollars by WBS and time for
each major subcontractor and interdivisional transfer in its proposal.
? Include in the PPAS proposal the capability to present costs in base-year FY03 dollars by using the
Required Cost Element RCE.BYPRICE. To achieve this, create one or more separate PPAS custom
factor(s) to capture a deflation index that will be applied to then-year price (RCE.PRICE) to approximate
base-year price (RCE.BYPRICE). These same indices may be used by proposal evaluators to appropriately
deflate any individual element of the proposal.
The prime's proposal shall specify total indirect burden for the sum of all subcontractor and interdivisional
transfer costs.
The following required cost elements (RCE) shall be included in the proposal database:
Name
Description
Print Order
RCE.DIRLAB
RCE Direct Labor
9500
RCE.OTLABOR
RCE Overtime Labor
9510
RCE.SUMLABOR
RCE Labor + Overtime Labor
9520
RCE. LABOVH D
RCE Labor Overhead
9530
RCE.TOTLABOR
RCE Labor plus Overhead
9540
RCE.MAJSHRS
RCE Major Subcontractor Hours
9550
RCE.OTHSHRS
RCE Other Subcontractor Hours
9560
RCE.TOTSHRS
RCE Major + Other Subs Hours
9570
RCE.TOTHOURS
RCE Total Hours
9580
RCE. MAJSLAB
RCE Major Subcontractor Labor ($)
9590
RCE.OTHSLAB
RCE Other Subcontractor Labor ($)
9600
RCE.TOTSLAB
RCE Major + Other Subs Labor ($)
9610
RCE.MAJSMAT
RCE Major Subs Material ($)
9620
RCE. MAJSTVL
RCE Major Subs Travel ($)
9630
RCE. MAJSCOST
RCE Major Sub Other Costs
9640
RCE. MAJSXFEE
RCE Major Sub Total Cost exc Fee
9650
RCE.MAJSPRCE
RCE Major Sub Total Price
9660
RCE.OTHSMAT
RCE Other Subs Material ($)
9670
RCE.OTHSTVL
RCE Other Subs Travel ($)
9680
RCE.OTHSCOST
RCE Other Subs Other Costs
9690
RCE.OTHSXFEE
RCE Other Sub Total Cost exc Fee
9700
RCE.OTHSPRCE
RCE Other Sub Total Price
9710
RCE.SUBBURN
RCE Total Subcontractor Burden
9720
RCE.ALLSUBS
RCE Total Subs + Burden ($)
9730
RCE. MATERIAL
RCE Material
9740
RCE.MATBURN
RCE Material Burden
9750
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 23
 UNCLASSIFIED
RCE.TOTMATL
RCE Total Material + Burden
9760.
RCE. MATLSUM
RCE Material Summary
9770
RCE.TVL
RCE Travel
9780
RCE.TVLSUM
RCE Travel Summary
9790
RCE.ODC
RCE Other Direct Costs
9800
RCE.ODCSUM
RCE Other Direct Costs Summary
9810
RCE. COST
RCE Cost less G and A
9820
RCE.GA
RCE G and A ($)
9830
RCE.CSTINCGA
RCE Cost Including G and A
9840
RCE.COM
RCE Cost of Money
9850
RCE. FEEBASE
RCE Cost Basis for Fee
9860
RCE. FEE
RCE Fee
9870
RCE.MISC
RCE Miscellaneous
9880
RCE.PRICE
RCE Price
9890
RCE.BYPRICE
RCE Base Year Price
9900
RCE.DIRLAB (RCE Direct Labor)
Unburdened hours and dollars resulting from only the prime contractor's regular time (not overtime) direct
labor hours.
RCE.OTLABOR (RCE Overtime Labor)
Unburdened hours and dollars resulting from only the prime contractor's overtime (not regular time) direct
labor hours.
_4.:E.SUMLABOR (RCE Labor + Overtime Labor)
Total of unburdened hours and dollars resulting from only the prime contractor's regular time direct labor hours
and overtime direct labor hours.
RCE.LABOVHD (RCE Labor Overhead)
All overhead dollars applied to the total of only the prime contractor's regular time direct labor hours and
overtime direct labor hours.
RCE.TOTLABOR (RCE Labor plus Overhead)
Total of unburdened dollars from only the prime contractor's regular time direct hours, overtime direct labor
hours, and overhead on these dollars.
RCE.MAJSHRS (RCE Major Subcontractor Hours)
Total of regular time direct labor hours and overtime direct labor hours from each subcontractor and
interdivisional transfer that exceeds the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.OTHSHRS (RCE Other Subcontractor Hours)
Total of regular time direct labor hours and overtime direct labor hours from the sum of all subcontractors and
interdivisional transfers that do not exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.TOTSHRS (RCE Major + Other Subs Hours)
'T'otal of regular time direct labor hours and overtime direct labor hours from all subcontractors and
..erdivisional transfers regardless of whether they exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.TOTHOITRS (RCE Total Hours)
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 24
 UNCLASSIFIED
Total of all direct labor hours (regular and overtime) from prime, all subcontractors and interdivisional
ransfers.
RCE.MAJSLAB (RCE Major Subcontractor Labor ($))
Total dollars, including subcontractor burden but not prime burden, from regular time direct labor hours and
overtime direct labor hours from each subcontractor and interdivisional transfer that exceeds the threshold
defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.OTHSLAB (RCE Other Subcontractor Labor ($))
Total dollars, including subcontractor burden but not prime burden, from regular time direct labor hours and
overtime direct labor hours from the sum of all subcontractors and interdivisional transfers that do not exceed
the threshold defined in paragraph L. 14.4.
RCE.TOTSLAB (RCE Major + Other Subs Labor ($))
Total dollars, including subcontractor burden but not prime burden, from regular time direct labor hours and
overtime direct labor hours from all subcontractors and interdivisional transfers regardless of whether they
exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.MAJSMAT (RCE Major Subs Material ($))
Total material dollars, including subcontractor material burden, from each subcontractor and interdivisional
transfer that exceeds the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
"CE.MAJSTVL (RCE Major Subs Travel ($))
tal travel dollars from each subcontractor and interdivisional transfer that exceeds the threshold defined in
paragraph L. 14.4.
RCE.MAJSCOST (RCE Major Sub Other Costs)
The total of all other costs (excluding labor, labor burden, material, material burden, travel, and fee) from all
subcontractors and interdivisional transfers that exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L. 14.4.
RCE.MAJSXFEE (RCE Major Sub Total Cost excluding Fee)
The total of all costs (excluding fee) from each subcontractor and interdivisional transfer that exceeds the
threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.,
RCE.MAJSPRCE (RCE Major Sub Total Price)
The total of all costs from each subcontractor and interdivisional transfer that exceeds the threshold defined in
paragraph L. 14.4.
RCE.OTHSMAT (RCE Other Subs Material ($))
Total material dollars, including subcontractor material burden, from all subcontractors and interdivisional
transfers that do not exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.OTHSTVL (RCE Other Subs Travel ($))
Total travel dollars from all subcontractor and interdivisional transfers that do not exceed the threshold defined
in paragraph L. 14.4.
ICE.OTHSCOST (RCE Other Subs Other Costs)
The total of all other costs (except for labor, labor burden dollars, and fee) from all subcontractors and
interdivisional transfers that do not exceed the threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
CE.OTHSXFEE (RCE Other Sub Total Cost excluding Fee)
The total of all costs (excluding fee) from all subcontractors and interdivisional transfers that do not exceed the
threshold defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.OTHSPRCE (RCE Other Sub Total Price)
The sum of all costs from all subcontractors and interdivisional transfers that do not exceed the threshold
defined in paragraph L.14.4.
RCE.SUBBURN (RCE Subcontractor Burden)
Total burden applied by the prime to the sum of all subcontractor and interdivisional transfer dollars regardless
of the threshold defined in paragraph L. 14.4.
RCE.ALLSUBS (RCE Total Subs + Burden ($))
Total of all subcontractor and interdivisional dollars plus all burden applied by the prime to the sum of all
subcontractor and interdivisional dollars.
RCE.MATERIAL (RCE Material)
Total material dollars from only the prime contractor.
RCE.MATBURN (RCE Material Burden)
Total burden from only the prime contractor.
4'E.TOTMATL (RCE Total Material + Burden)
,tal of prime contractor's material dollars plus prime contractor's burden on material.
RCE.MATLSUM (RCE Material Summary)
Total material dollars from prime, all subcontractors, and all interdivisional transfers.
RCE.TVL (RCE Travel)
Total of prime contractor's travel dollars.
RCE.TVLSUM (RCE Travel Summary)
Total travel dollars from prime, all subcontractors and interdivisional transfers.
RCE.ODC (RCE Other Direct Costs)
Total of prime contractor's other direct costs (excluding the prime contractor's travel and material).
RCE.ODCSUM (RCE Other Direct Costs Summary)
Total other direct costs (excluding travel and material) from prime, all subcontractors and interdivisional
transfers.
RCE.COST (RCE Cost less G and A)
Total dollars resulting from all direct labor, all subcontractors, all interdivisional transfers, all material, all
travel, all other direct costs, , and all burden but excluding general and administrative costs, cost of money and
RCE.GA (RCE G and A ($))
Total of general and administrative dollars applied by the prime contractor.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 26
 UNCLASSIFIED
'E.CSTINCGA (RCE Cost including G and A)
Sum of RCE.COST + RCE.GA.
RCE.COM (RCE Cost of Money)
Total cost of money dollars applied by the prime contractor.
RCE.FEEBASE (RCE Cost Basis for Fee)
Total dollars on which fee is applied by the prime contractor.
RCE.FEE (RCE Fee)
Total fee dollars applied by prime contractor.
2003-K-0001
RCE.MISC (RCE Miscellaneous)
Total of all dollars not applicable to other required cost elements (Provide description of components in
proposal textual information.)
RCE.PRICE (RCE Price)
Total proposal price.
RCE.BYPRICE (RCE Base Year Price)
Total proposed price in base year dollars.
Offerors may use whatever unique names they wish for all other cost elements, but must calculate these cost
elements in order that the Government may use PPAS's Cost Summary reports without having to interpret
Offerors' pricing logic. For purposes of completing the PPAS submission regarding RCE elements, major
subcontractors are those that exceed the dollar threshold for requiring submission of PPAS. Other
subcontractors are those below that threshold. Interdivisional work shall follow the same instructions as for
subcontractors.
L.14.4.2 Basis of Estimate Sheets by Contractor Work Breakdown Structure
In a separate appendix to the Cost Volume, using MS Word, MS Excel or PDF, include a Basis of Estimate in
contractor format that is a summary of the total proposed requirements to level 3 of the CWBS. Following the
summary, provide estimating rationale that describes in general terms how the hour, material, travel, and ODC
estimates for each element were developed. Also provide a description of type of data used to develop the
estimate, i.e. historical experience from the XYZ program, why that program was relevant, engineering
judgement, technical parameters and cost estimating relationships, Source Line of Code (SLOC) counts, etc.
Also, as the prime contractor, provide a discussion of the adjustments made to each major subcontractor's,
vendor's, and major interdivisional transfer's proposal, by type of adjustment (e.g. expected reduction due to
negotiation, re-distribution of work, etc.) as summarized, for each subcontractor, in a Cost Element in the PPAS
Logic File.
4.4.3
DCAA Submission
Offerors shall provide a copy of their cost proposal, including the electronic PPAS, PPAS Composite, and Excel
files, to their cognizant Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) in conjunction with the submission to the
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 27
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
^eoScout program office for audit/verification purposes. Subcontractors who meet the threshold for PPAS
.bmittal shall also submit PPAS files to their cognizant DCAA office.
L.14.5 Subcontracting Plan
Include a Subcontracting Plan in accordance with FAR 52.219-9, Alt II. The plan must be approved by the
PCO before contract award.
L.14.6 Evaluation of Options
In accordance with FAR 52.217-5 (Jul 1990), except when it is determined in accordance with FAR 17.206 (b)
not to be in the Government's best interests, the Government will evaluate offers for award purposes by adding
the total price for all options and potential award term extensions to the total price for the basic requirement.
Evaluation of options will not obligate the Government to exercise the options.
L.14.7 Changes After Contract Award
After contract award, PPAS will be used on an ongoing basis for capturing actual data and for estimating
modifications to the program. The prime and each major subcontractor, IDT, and vendor shall submit actual
hours and dollars in PPAS. Submissions of actual data will occur on the same time schedule as is applicable for
EVMS data. The prime contractor is responsible for consistency of data between PPAS and the EVMS system
and between the prime's PPAS submission and the PPAS submissions of each applicable subcontractor, IDT
and vendor.
- --AS will be used as the pricing tool to be used in conjunction with Engineering Change Proposals (ECP).
rrogram modifications will be estimated in PPAS and will include actual data for work already complete, an
updated estimate-to-complete, and an updated estimate-at-completion. The Change Order Module of PPAS will
be used for this purpose, and separate breakdowns shall be provided for Work Deleted, Work Added, and Work
Deleted but Already Performed.
EVMS will be used to monitor performance, manage rates, and assist management in decision making on
technical, schedule, and cost issues.
L.15 VOLUME V - SECURITY
The Security volume describes the offeror's policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the security
guidance of this RFP, the Contract Data Classification Guide (CDCG), and the DD Form 254. Security Volume
information consists of a Security Plan that describes how the Offeror proposes to comply with the security
requirements of the proposed contract. If the personnel involved in this contract will require TOP SECRET
clearances, the Offeror must take into account the extended period of time that may be required to process
clearances. The security plan must include an affirmative statement indicating a corporate commitment to
staffing this effort with personnel having the appropriate clearances.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 28
 UNCLASSIFIED
?PENDIX A OF SECTION L - ACRONYM LIST
ACE
ARC
CDR
CLIN
CM
CMP
CONUS
COR
COTS
CPAF/AT
CWAN
CWBS
DCAA
DCMA
DDS
DE
DMB
DoDIIS
DUNS
FE
tST
FAR
FOC
G&A
GAO
GFP
GGI
GI
GIAT
GOTS
HBCU
IA
ICD
IDS
IDS-D
IOC
ITF
JPO 1
JPO2
LOE
MI
NCCB
NIMA
Acquisition Center of Excellence
Acquisition Research Center
Critical Design Review
Contract Line Item Number
Configuration Management
Configuration Management Plan
Continental United States
Contracting Officer Representative
Commercial-off-the-shelf
Cost Plus Award Fee/Award Term
Contractor Wide Area Network
Contract Work Breakdown Structure
Defense Contract Audit Agency
Defense Contract Management Agency
Defense Dissemination System
Dissemination. Element
DoDIIS Management Board
Department of Defense Intelligence Information System
Data Universal Numbering System
Enterprise Engineer
Early Interface Test
Eastern Standard Time
Federal Acquisition Regulation
Full Operational Capability
General and Administrative
Government Accounting Office
Government Furnished Property
Global Geospatial Intelligence
Geospatial Intelligence
Geospatial Intelligence Advancement Testbed
Government-Off-The-Shelf
Historically Black Colleges and Universities
Imagery Analyst
Interface Control Document
Information Dissemination Services
Information Dissemination Services - Direct Delivery
Initial Operational Capability
Integrated Test Facility
Joint Program Office effectivity 1
Joint Program Office effectivity 2
Level of Effort
Minority Institutions
Microsoft.
NIMA Configuration Control Board
National Imagery and Mapping Agency
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 29
 NLT
PE
NRO
NSES
NSGI
O&M
O&S
OCONIJS
ODCs
PCO
PDF
PDR
PDW
POC
PP
PPP
Q&A
QA
R&D
RCE
RFC
RFP
p IC
SCI
SCIF
SDB
SIC
SOO
SOR
SOW
SRR
TEM
TIC
TLOS
UIP
USIGS
UNCLASSIFIED
No Later Than
NIMA Prototyping Environment
National Reconnaissance Office
NIMA System Engineering Services
National System for Geospace Intelligence
Operations and Maintenance
Operations and Support
Overseas Continental United States
Other Direct Costs
Procurement Contracting Officer
Portable Document Format
Preliminary Design Review
Procurement Defense Wide
Point of Contact
Past Performance
Program Protection Plan
Questions and Answers
Quality Assurance
Research and Development
Required Cost Element
Request for Change
Request for Proposal
Requirement to Image Correlation
Small Business
Sensitive Compartmented Information
Sensitive Compartmented Information Facility
Small Disadvantaged Business
Standard Industrial Classification
Statement of Objectives
Statement of Requirements
Statement of Work
System Requirements Review
Technical Exchange Meeting
Target to Image Correlation
Thin Line Operational System
USIGS Interoperability Profile
United States Imagery and Geospatial Information Service
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 30
 UNCLASSIFIED
SECTION M - EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD
M.1 52.217-4 Evaluation of Options Exercised at Time of Contract Award. (JUN 1988)
M.2 52.217-5 Evaluation of Options. (JUL 1990)
M.3 52.252-2 Clauses Incorporated by Reference. (FEB 1998)
This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as
if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. The
offeror is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that must be completed by the offeror and
submitted with its quotation or offer. Identify the provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate
information with its quotation or offer. Also, the full text of a solicitation provision may be accessed
electronically at this/these address(es):
http://www.amet/far.go
v
M.4152.215-725 Evaluation Procedures and Factors for Award (JAN 1998
1. Introduction:
The objective of the evaluation process is to select and recommend Contractors to the Source Selection
Authority for final negotiation and award of a contract. Proposals and oral presentations received in response to
-- -- 9 Request for Proposal shall be evaluated in accordance with the procedures set forth below.
Competitive Range Determination:
In accordance with FAR 15.306(c), the competitive range shall be determined on the basis of an initial
evaluation of the offeror's written proposal and oral presentation submitted in response to the GeoScout
Request for Proposal. The competitive range shall include only those proposals most highly rated after initial
evaluation. The initial evaluation of proposals and the initial determination of the competitive range will be
made upon a review of the written proposal and oral presentation (to include Addendum) along with
consideration of any information exchanged during communications as defined in FAR 15.306. The
Government evaluators at their discretion may review CDRLs submitted as part of the NSGI Enterprise
Architecture (NEA) contracts to enhance and clarify their understanding of the oral and written proposal
submissions. The Government shall discontinue the evaluation of any proposal, which is not considered in the
competition range after initial evaluation
Written or oral discussions shall be held with all Offerors within the competitive range if discussions are
required to make the final selection. The intent of these discussions is to obtain the best value based upon the
requirements and evaluation factors set forth in Section M. The scope, extent and format of discussions are at
the discretion of the Contracting Officer and will be tailored to each Offeror's proposal. During these
discussions the government will resolve all material issues to select the best offers for final negotiations. The
ernment may remove an Offeror from the competitive range at any point during discussions, whether or not
Ian material aspects of the proposal have been discussed, if the Offeror is no longer considered to be one of the
most highly rated. Revisions to an Offeror's written proposal during discussions are at the discretion of the
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 31
 UNCLASSIFIED
Contracting Officer. When discussions are concluded, all Offerors within the competitive range will be given
opportunity to submit a final revised proposal within the time constraints identified by the Contracting
Officer.
Final revised proposals will be evaluated for the purpose of selecting one Offeror for final negotiations. The
evaluation criteria used in this evaluation shall be the same as those used in the initial evaluation.
V. Final Negotiations
Final negotiations is the process of bringing into contractually binding form the most favorable terms and
conditions possible, including technical and scientific approaches, support arrangements, and contract pricing.
Final negotiations will be conducted only with the offeror offering the best value, cost/price and other factors
considered and shall not involve material changes in either the Government's requirements or the Offeror's
proposal which affect the basis for source selection. In the event that such changes are desired by the
Government, the competition will be reopened. In the event that a definitive contract cannot be consummated
on a timely basis, negotiations will be terminated and a new source selection for final negotiations shall be
made.
VI. Notice and Debriefing:
Debriefings will be conducted in accordance with FAR Subpart 15.5. As noted above, this solicitation does not
wide for the submission of revised proposals unless justified. Therefore, Offerors who remain in the
,umpetitive range, but which are not ultimately selected for award, shall be notified after final revised proposals
have been evaluated and a contract has been successfully negotiated and signed with the successful Offeror.
Requests for debriefings must be in writing and must be received by the Government Contracting Officer within
three days after the date on which the Offeror receives notification of the Government's source selection
decision.
(a) In determining the award of contract(s), primary consideration shall be given to the offeror(s),
that can perform the contract(s) in a manner most advantageous to the Government, cost/price and other
factors considered. Evaluation shall be conducted by comparing an Offeror's proposal against the
requirements contained in this solicitation, including all compliance documents. An Offeror's proposal
must accurately demonstrate an understanding of the objectives and scope of the project.
(b) The major categories, which shall be evaluated, are, as depicted in Table 1 below:
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 32
 UNCLASSIFIED
able 1 Evaluation Criteria Weights
The table below summarizes the evaluation areas, items, and factors and their relative weights.
x
WWI W.
:
ez:8
I: Technical Evaluation
(40%)
1.1 Enterprise Architecture
(30%)
1.1.1 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise
Architecture is adaptive and scale-able. (30%)
1.1.2 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise
Architecture is complete in terms of processes and
interoperable capabilities to meet mission and
corporate requirements and supports TPPU
constructs. (20%)
1.1.3 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise
Architecture provides effective data quality of
geospatial intelligence and corporate data,
information and products. (20%)
1.1.4 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise
Architecture establishes efficient approaches that
address multiple users at multiple security levels.
1.1.5 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise
Architecture ensures continuity of operations of
mission-critical systems systems and leverages
value-added heritage/legacy system capabilities.
(15%)
1.2 Integrated Geospatial
Intelligence Analytical
Environment (25%)
1.2.1 The extent to which the proposed Geospatial
Intelligence environment addresses the need for
seamless access to data and information. (35%)
1.2.2 The extent to which the proposed Geospatial
Intelligence environment integrates Imagery Analyst
(IA) and geospatial analyst (GA) tradecraft and
functionality into a single interoperable softcopy
environment. (35%)
1.2.3 The extent to which the proposed Geospatial
Intelligence environment provides effective,
comprehensive and improved information and
workflow management across the enterprise. (30%)
1.3 NSGI System Transition
Plan (15%)
1.3.1 The extent to which the proposed NSGI
System Transition Plan provides an aggressive and
thorough, yet risk-aware, time-phased plan for
achieving the proposed system architecture. (100%)
1.4 Business Process Re-
( 15%)
1.4.1 The extent to which the offeror provides an
effective approach for conducting Business Process
Re-en ' eerin . (70%)
2003-K-0001
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 33
 UNCLASSIFIED
Mail.
1.4.2 The extent to which the proposed Business
Process Re-engineering documents logical, new
business processes/rules and best commercial
practices to successfully facilitate the proposed
transformation of NIMA and the NSGI architecture.
(30%)
1.5 Enterprise
Responsiveness (15%)
1.5.1 The extent to which the proposed architecture
improves NSGI enterprise throughput, timelines and
responsiveness. (60%)
_
1.5.2 The extent to which the proposed architecture
improves throughput, responsiveness and timelines
of the end-end multi-PT TCPED stream. (40%)
H: Management
Approach (40%)
2.1 Management Approach
(45%)
2.1.1 The extent to which the proposal provides a
credible approach for technical management during
block/spiral definition and implementation, allowing
for government insight and defined approval gates
supporting the evolutionary acquisition
methodology. (50%)
2.1.2 The extent to which the proposal promotes
efficient and effective program management of the
GeoScout contract effort. (25%)
2.1.3 The extent to which the proposal provides a
sound management approach for assuming systems
integration responsibility over heritage/legacy
efforts. (25%)
2.2 Partnerships (25%)
2.2.1 The extent to which the offeror clearly
identifies how they intend to support relationships
with other significant partners in the Transformation
of NIMA. (100%)
2.3 Staffing Plan (15%)
2.3.1 The extent to which the offeror provides an
appropriate mix of qualified, highly capable subject
matter experts adequate to manage, develop and
implement a large-scale system integration effort
over the life of the effort. (100%)
2.4 Subcontractor
Management (15%)
2.4.1 The extent to which the proposal identifies an
effective process for evaluating, selecting, managing
and incentivizing subcontractors. (100%)
III: Past Performance
(20%)
3.1.1 The extent to which the offeror's Thin Line
Operational System (TLOS) solution demonstrated
their understanding and implementation of an all-
digital, data-centric analytic environment. (50%)
2003-K-0001
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 34
 UNCLASSIFIED
3.1.2 The extent to which the offeror has a proven
record of success in program management of
multiple concurrent, interdependent development
s irals. (30%)
3.1.3 The extent to which the offeror has a proven
record of success at leading subcontractors as an
integrated team toward a common goal. (20%)
IV: Cost Evaluation
V: Security (Pass/Fail)
M.5 Proposal Evaluation
2003-K-0001
The Government intends to award one contract resulting from this solicitation to the responsible offeror whose
offer conforming to this solicitation is judged to be most advantageous and of best value to the Government,
cost and other factors considered. The Government reserves the right to award no contract at all, depending on
the quality of the proposals, the availability of funding, and the continued existence of the requirement.
Each offeror's proposal will be evaluated for the combined non-cost factors and cost, as shown in Figure 1.
'ton-cost factors are significantly more important than cost. Offerors are warned that the Government may
ect other than the lowest proposed cost/ priced, acceptable offer. The Government may select a superior
technical/ management/past performance offer if it is determined that the additional merit offered is worth the
additional cost in relation to the other proposals received. Non-cost consists of four areas, technical,
management, past performance, and security. The Security Area will be evaluated on a pass/fail basis. If an
offeror's proposal fails to meet the security criteria, the offer will be rejected.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 35
 UNCLASSIFIED
Igure 1: Overall Award Criteria
"Most Advantageous,
Greatest Value"
Past
Performance
Security
(Pass/Fail)
Technical Area
The non-cost Technical Area consists of four items, as shown in Table 1 in their order of relative importance.
Specific criteria shall be used to evaluate the offeror's Technical proposal, which will be in the form of an oral
-Qsentation and Addendum. Each item in the Technical Area is evaluated with the specific factors identified
that item. These factors, as shown in Table 1, are assigned a specific weight to represent the relative order of
importance of each factor compared to any other factor in the Technical Area.
Management Area
The non-cost Management Area consists of four items, as shown in Table 1 in their order of relative
importance. Specific criteria shall be used to evaluate the offeror's Management proposal, which will be in the
form of an oral presentation and Addendum. Each item in the Management Area is evaluated with the specific
factors identified for that item. These factors, as shown in Table 1, are assigned a specific weight to represent
the relative order of importance of each factor compared to any other factor in the Management Area.
Past Performance Area
The non-cost Past Performance Area consists of three factors, as shown in Table 1 in their relative order of
importance. Evaluation of Past Performance shall be based on a consideration of the past performance
information obtained in accordance with clause 152.215-723, Proposal Preparation Instructions, of this
solicitation. The Government shall document the basis for conclusions. The contractor will receive neither a
favorable nor an unfavorable rating if it does not have a performance history similar to the effort described in
this solicitation.
arity Area
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 36
 UNCLASSIFIED
"?curity shall be evaluated on a pass or fail scale basis and will be based on the Security Plan each offeror
omits as part of their Security Volume.
M.6 Assessment Criterion
The non-cost areas will be evaluated and rated using the specific criterion listed below and the standards
described for each of the factors. A risk assessment, reflecting the Government's degree of confidence in the
offeror's ability to accomplish the GeoScout effort as described by the relevant experience, technical approach,
operations/ supportability and program management support as described in their proposal, will also be
performed and rated for each individual factor (Table 2). Offerors are cautioned that proposals which the
Government considers unrealistic in terms of technical, management or schedule commitments will be deemed
indicative of an inherent lack of comprehension of the complexity and risks of the requirements and may be
rejected.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 37
 Table 2 - Proposal Risk Assessment Rating Scale
~~sgy sib>;~, z;;~>~`~~;,~,,,~"~~v?)'yyE~'" a%:~~ K';. :,7;~:;a'~%d~;zs~ .j .. ~k ?'~W:~-~?~,~:~3~.~
UNCLASSIFIED
Likely to cause moderate t t fact in
pe ormance, masse in cost or disruption o s hedule W"~ll
require a st cant level of cc tractor emphasis and Gone ent
~ on~?torin to ov ome di culties :::
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 38
 UNCLASSIFIED
eecific Criteria
The specific criteria listed below will be evaluated.
The technical evaluation area consists of five items, Enterprise Architecture, Integrated GI Analytical
Environment, NSGI System Transition Plan, Business Process Re-engineering, and Enterprise Responsiveness
Item 1.1 Enterprise Architecture.
Factor 1.1.1 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise Architecture is adaptive and scale-able.
Standards
a. Architecture scales in terms of data storage capability, bandwidth, and processing power in order to
adequately accommodate all NSGI data types/sources.
b. Architecture addresses the entire NSGI enterprise to include external users and customers and
mission and corporate applications.
c. Architecture can adapt to a dynamically-changing environment (new requirements, new technology,
crisis situations, additional users, new sources, new data types, databases and data dictionaries) with
minimal impact to design, cost and schedule.
d. Architecture and technology insertion processes accommodate the rapid insertion of successful
Advanced Research and Development efforts as well as other research and development efforts,
through the NPE configuration controlled environment, to provide real solutions for real users.
e. Architecture maximizes use of SCOTS solutions while fully leveraging SCOTS products across the
commercial marketplace.
Factor 1.1.2 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise Architecture is complete in terms of processes
and interoperable capabilities to meet mission and corporate requirements and supports TPPU
constructs.
Standards
a. Architecture incorporates geospatial intelligence and business data types and sources that satisfy
end-to-end mission and corporate requirements, enabling and facilitating the integration and fusion
of Geospatial and intelligence sources and of non-literal sources.
b. Architecture incorporates tools, processes, and infrastructure to provide for a collaborative
environment, multi-source exploitation, multi-INT exploitation, business process re-engineering,
and development of a Common Operational Picture (COP) supporting TTPU constructs.
c. Architecture design minimizes interface complexity and enables enhancements, with minimal
difficulty, across interfaces with mission partners, collaborates, suppliers, contractors, customers and
IC entities.
d. Architecture enables the realization of multi-INT tasking, exploitation, collaboration and information
sharing.
-tor 1.1.3 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise Architecture_provides effective data quality of
spatial intelligence and corporate data, information and products.
Standards
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 39
 UNCLASSIFIED
a. Architecture demonstrates an effective data integrity management approach, to include use of
authorative data sources, accuracy, completeness, and timeliness.
b. Architecture provides dynamic update of data bases and web sites.
c. Architecture provides a dynamic data model for easy capture and attribution of complex data,
facilitating the shift from Geospatial production to Geospatial data maintance.
d. Architecture enables continued enhancement to the fidelity, resolution and accuracy of NIMA data
holdings and supports multiple mission utilization and product tailoring, as information is
maintained over time
Factor 1.1.4 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise Architecture establishes efficient approaches
that address multiple users at multiple security levels.
Standards
a. Architecture provides processes and technical solutions to accommodate easy storage, retrieval, and
sharing of information across multiple security domains.
b. Architecture protects sensitive and compartmented data.
Factor 1.1.5 The extent to which the proposed Enterprise Architecture ensures continuity of operations of
mission-critical systems and leverages value-added heritage/legacy system capabilities.
Standards
a. Architecture eliminates single-points of failure in the data, system, and infrastructure to survive and
recover from disruption of service.
b. Architecture leverages value-added heritage/legacy system capabilities while eliminating redundant
or outmoded features.
Item 1.2 Integrated Geospatial Intelligence (GI) Analytical Environment
Factor 1.2.1 The extent to which the proposed GI environment addresses the need for seamless access to
data and information.
Standards
a. Architecture allows analysts to query and access using an intuitive interface that provides "one-stop"
access to all geospatial intelligence holdings.
b. Architecture provides for the virtual or physical integration of geospatial intelligence databases that
eliminates unnecessary, duplicative data stores.
c. Architecture enables tailored, customer and user-created views of NIMA data and information.
Factor 1.2.2 The extent to which the proposed GI environment integrates imagery analyst (IA) and
geospatial analyst (GA) tradecraft and functionality into a single interoperable softcopy environment.
indards
a. Architecture provides analysts with a comprehensive tool set in a single workstation environment
that incorporates all functionality needed to produce geospatial intelligence.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 40
 UNCLASSIFIED
b. Architecture provides for collaboration processes and capabilities allowing exchange of multi-INT
information between collaborators internal and external to NIMA.
c. Architecture enables softcopy functionality and capability to replace current hardcopy functionalities
of search, research and negation.
Factor 1.2.3 The extent to which the proposed GI environment provides effective, comprehensive and
improved information and workflow management across the enterprise.
Standards
a. Architecture provides an integrated, improved capability to efficiently plan, monitor, and control
geospatial intelligence, tasking, collection, processing, exploitation, and dissemination activities
across the enterprise.
Item 1.3 NSGI System Transition Plan
Factor 1.3.1 The extent to which the proposed NSGI System Transition Plan provides an aggressive and
thorough, yet risk-aware, time-phased plan for achieving the proposed system architecture.
Standards
a. NSGI System Transition Plan provides a well-defined approach for the migration of data associated
with heritage and legacy system migration and/or retirement.
b. NSGI System Transition Plan addresses risk-reward trades that offer breakthrough technologies and
processes with the potential to provide for acceleration in achieving transformation goals.
c. NSGI System Transition Plan addresses a prioritized, time-phased approach for modernizing
NIMA's network infrastructure, segments, systems, and projects consistent with the offeror's
proposed architecture.
d. NSGI System Transition Plan facilitates well-managed insertion of new technology with a balance
between stability and change.
e. NSGI System Transition Plan includes a detailed Implementation Plan of the proposed Block 1
capabilities.
f. NSGI System Transition Plan provides a credible approach for limiting disruptions to operations
while improving overall responsiveness as new capabilities, processes, and technologies are
introduced.
Item 1.4 Business Process Re-engineering (BPR)
Factor 1.4.1 The extent to which the offeror provides an effective approach for conducting Business
Process Reengineering.
adards
UNCLASSIFIED
Pane 41
 UNCLASSIFIED
a. The BPR approach demonstrates an approach to BPR implementation that includes a well-defined
approach to analyzing current processes, identifying shortfalls, developing new processes, and
implementing these changes across a diverse spectrum of internal and external users.
b. The BPR approach provides capability to measure and continuously improve process performance.
c. The BPR approach accounts for BPR for both Corporate and Mission environments.
d. The BPR approach demonstrates an on-going process to engage stakeholders in a rapid spiral
development environment, incorporate stakeholder comments and feedback, measure progress to
achieve stakeholder buy-in, and champion that strategy both within and outside of NIMA to achieve
buy-in and funding of the steps necessary for the transformation of NIMA.
Factor 1.4.2 The extent to which Business Process Re-engineering documents logical, new business
processes/rules and best commercial practices to successfully facilitate the proposed transformation of
NIMA and the NSGI architecture.
Standards
a. The BPR approach identifies critical business processes across the enterprise.
b. The BPR approach demonstrates an understanding of key processes today, identifies shortfalls
within these processes, and defines how the processes will be reengineered to enable the proposed
architecture.
c. The BPR approach embraces commercial best practices and e-business practices.
- -m 1.5 Enterprise Responsiveness
Factor 1.5.1 The extent to which the proposed architecture improves NSGI enterprise throughput,
timelines and responsiveness.
Standards
a. The proposed architecture improves throughput of the end-end NSGI enterprise.
b. The proposed architecture improves timelines of the end-end NSGI enterprise.
c. The proposed architecture accommodates process improvements across the NSGI enterprise.
d. The proposed analytical environment reduces the amount of time analysts spend on non-analytical
work, such as routine interfacing and waiting for data.
e. The proposed architecture facilitates continued improvements in throughput, timelines and
responsiveness.
Factor 1.5.2 The extent to which the proposed architecture improves throughput, responsiveness and
timelines of the end-end multi-INT TCPED stream.
Standards
a. The proposed architecture improves throughput of the end-end multi-INT TCPED stream, from
sensor to exploiter to shooter.
b. The proposed architecture improves timelines of the end-end TCPED stream, from sensor to
exploiter to shooter.
c. The proposed architecture facilitates continued improvements in throughput, timelines and
responsiveness of the end-end multi-INT TCPED stream, from sensor to exploiter to shooter.
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
Area II Management Approach
The management evaluation area consists of four items: Management Approach, Partnerships, Staffing Plan,
and Subcontractor Approach.
Item 2.1 Management Approach
Factor 2.1.1 The extent to which the proposal provides a credible approach for technical management
during block/spiral definition and implementation, allowing for Government insight and defined
approval gates supporting the evolutionary acquisition methodology.
Standards
a. The offeror's proposal describes an effective and efficient change management (priorities,
requirements, technology) process/strategy.
b. The offeror's proposal provides a sound approach for the conduct and frequency of technical and
program management reviews that support the evolutionary acquisition and spiral development
methodology.
c. The offeror's proposal provides an acceptable plan and process for streamlined contract management
and execution during evolutionary development that can react quickly and efficiently to change
while minimizing timelines for implementing pre-planned changes.
actor 2.1.2 The extent to which the offeror's proposal promotes efficient and effective program
tnagement of the GeoScout contract effort.
Standards
a. The offeror proposes an integrated approach for electronic access to business (e.g., schedules, cost
data) and technical (e.g., plans, designs) documentation responsive to the Government's needs.
b. The offeror proposes proven management processes consistent with industry best practices.
c. The offeror's proposal describes how to measure, control and report performance against cost and
schedule, to include earned value management system, in an evolutionary acquisition and spiral
development environment.
d. The offeror proposes a sound cost/benefit methodology that drives investment decisions based on
enterprise requirements and balances cost, schedule and performance.
Factor 2.1.3 The extent to which the proposal provides a sound management approach for assuming
systems integration responsibility over heritageAegacy efforts.
Standards
a. The offeror's transition approach clearly articulates the project aspects of system integration.
b. The offeror's business case realistically addresses heritage/legacy migration/retirements, the phased
assumption of integration responsibilities for existing systems and new capabilities, and overall
system integration strategy over the life of the contract.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 43
 UNCLASSIFIED
~m 2.2 Partnerships
2003-K-0001
Factor 2.2.1 The extent to which the offeror clearly identifies how they intend to support relationships
with other significant partners in the Transformation of NIMA.
Standards
a. The offeror's proposal outlines an approach for how the GeoScout contractor will operate to fulfill
mission objectives partnering with the EE contractors.
b. The offeror's proposal outlines an approach for how the GeoScout contractor will operate to fulfill
mission objectives partnering with the O&S contractors.
c. The offeror's proposal outlines an approach for how the GeoScout contractor will operate to fulfill
mission objectives partnering with the heritage/legacy contractors.
Item 2.3 Staffing Plan
Factor 2.3.1 The extent to which the offeror provides an appropriate mix of qualified, highly capable
subject matter experts adequate to manage, develop and implement a large-scale system integration
effort over the life of the contract.
Standards
a. The offeror's staffing plan recruits and retains a diverse team of experienced, technologists, systems
engineers and domain experts throughout the program life cycle.
b. The offeror's staffing plan provides a realistic ramp up schedule to support the initial program
execution.
c. The offeror's proposed management plan provides a strategy to sustain a cleared, capable work force
in the face of turnover, attrition, and competing contract needs.
Item 2.4 Subcontract Management
Factor 2.4.1 The extent to which the proposal identifies an effective process for evaluating, selecting,
managing and incentivizing subcontractors.
Standards
a. The offeror's proposal delineates a subcontractor incentive strategy.
b. The offeror's proposal describes a process to evaluate, select, manage, and allocate work to
subcontractors.
c. The offeror's proposal provides a management approach that fully reflects an integrated team
concept (i.e. an integrated set of processes applied across all team members).
Area III Past Performance
Factor 3.1.1 The extent to which the offeror's Thin Line Operational System (TLOS) solution
nonstrated their understanding and implementation of an all-digital, data-centric analytic
environment.
Standards
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 44
 UNCLASSIFIED
2003-K-0001
a. The offeror's TLOS satisfied the assessment criteria for Softcopy Access to Data.
b. The offeror's TLOS satisfied the assessment criteria for a Geospatial Intelligence Database(s).
c. The offeror's TLOS satisfied the assessment criteria for an Integrated Analytical Environment.
d. The offeror's TLOS satisfied the assessment criteria for Production-Customer Interaction.
e. The offeror's TLOS satisfied the assessment criteria for a Business Plan.
Factor 3.1.2 The extent to which the offeror has a proven record of success in program management of
multiple concurrent, interdependent development spirals.
Standards
a. Offeror has demonstrated success in program management of multiple concurrent, interdependent
development spirals.
Factor 3.1.3 The extent to which the offeror has a proven record of success at leading subcontractors as
an integrated team toward a common goal.
Standards
a. Offeror has demonstrated success in leading subcontractors as an integrated team.
valuating cost in this acquisition involves reviewing an offeror's proposals for cost realism. A cost basis for
best value determination will then be prepared. The cost proposals shall be analyzed to determine the offeror's
understanding of the solicitation requirements as well as the validity of the offeror's approach to performing the
required tasks. An assessment of the Government's confidence in the offeror's ability to perform within their
submitted cost proposal will be made. Cost, while being an important factor, is not the single determining
factor in the selection of the successful offeror(s) for contract award. Although the cost proposals will not be
scored separately, cost will be used as a factor in determining best value.
Cost proposals shall be assessed to determine the Offeror's understanding of the solicitation requirements, as
well as to assess the validity of the Offeror's approach to performing the work (i.e., the degree of the
Government's confidence in the Offeror's ability to perform at or within the estimated cost). The Government
shall develop a Most Probable Cost (MPC) taking into account the above considerations, all proposal risk
assessments, and associated costs, as a basis for assessing the realism of proposed cost and price. The MPC will
include adjustments to the proposed cost and price for additional cost to the Government for the Offeror unique
use of Government resources and facilities. The Government will evaluate the realism of proposed cost/price by
assessing the compatibility of proposed cost/price with proposal scope and effort. For the cost to be realistic, it
must reflect what it would cost the Offeror to perform the effort, if performed with reasonable economy and
efficiency. The cost realism evaluation relies on the developed MPC and the associated resource, risk and error
analyses that lead to that MPC. Cost realism evaluation includes a review of the overall costs in an Offeror's
proposal to determine realism, reasonableness, and completeness.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 45
 UNCLASSIFIED
rea V Security
2003-K-0001
Security shall be evaluated on a pass or fail scale basis and will be based on the Security Plan each offeror
submits as part of their proposal.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 46
 UNCLASSIFIED
CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE REPORT
[ ] Final or [ ] Interim - Period Re port: From / / To /
1. Contractor Name and Address:
2. Contract Number:
Task Order Number:
3. Value: $
4. Award Date:
Completion Date:
5. Type of Contract: (Check all that apply)-[ ]FP [ ]FP-EPA [ ]CPFF - Completion [ ]CPFF-Term [ ]CPIF
[ ]CPAF [ ]ID/IQ [ ]BOA [ ]Requirements [ ]Labor Hour [ ]T&M [ ]CR [ ]Other
6. Description of Requirement:
7. Ratings. After commenting, score, in column on the right, using 1 for unsatisfactory, 2 for marginal, 3 for
satisfactory, 4 for very good, and 5 for exceptional.
Quality - Comments
cost Control - Comments
Timeliness - Comments
Business Relations - Comments
Total Score (sum of scores from each area)
Mean Score (sum of scores divided by number of areas evaluated):
8. Subcontractors and Teaming and Joint Venture Partners
List major subcontractors, team, joint venture partners, by name with brief description of
Work and names of key personnel.
A.
B.
C.
Appendix 1 Past Performance Questionnaire
Page 47
 UNCLASSIFIED
List Key Personnel of Prime Contractor
Name/Title
Employment Dates
Comments:
Name/Title
Employment Dates
Comments:
Name/Title
Employment Dates
Comments:
10. Would you select the firm again? Yes No
Is/Was the contractor committed to customer satisfaction? Yes No
11. Assessing Officers Name/Org. ID Signature: Phone/Fax Number:
Date Sent to Contractor:
CO's Initials:
12. Contractor's Review. Were comments, rebuttals, or additional information provided?
[ ] No [ ]Yes. Please attach comments.
13. Returned by (type name):
Signature
Phone/Fax/Internet Address
Date
14. Agency Review. Were contractor comments reviewed at a level above the Contracting Officer?
[ ] No [ ]Yes. Please attach comments. Number of pages
15. Final Ratings. Re-assess the Block 7 ratings based on contractor comments and agency review.
Validate or revise as appropriate.
Quality
Cost Control
Timeliness
Business Relation
Mean Score (Add the ratings above and divide by the number of areas rated) 0.00
16. CO's Name
Signature
Phone/Fax/Internet Address
Date
Release of Information: This Contractor Performance Report may be used to support future award decisions, and will be treated as
source selection information in accordance with FAR 3.104-4(k)(1)(x) and 42.1503(b). The completed report shall not be released to
other than Government personnel and the contractor whose performance is being evaluated during the period the information is being
used to provide source selection information.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 48
 UNCLASSIFIED
Block 1: Contractor Name and Address. Identify the specific division being evaluated if there is more than one.
Block 2: Contract number/task order number being evaluated.
Block 3: Contract value, including options.
Block 4: Contract award date and (anticipated) contract completion date.
Block 5: Type of Contract: Check all that apply.
Block 6: Provide a brief description of the work being done under the contract and identify the key performance
indicators.
Block 7: Indicate rating in far right column. In the comment area, provide rationale for the rating. Indicate the
contract requirements that were exceeded or were not met by the contractor and by how much.
Block 8: Identify major Subcontractors, and Team Partners, and their work responsibilities. List the key personnel
employed during the rating period that played a major role in the performance rating. Do not list key personnel not
employed long enough to affect performance. In some cases, more than one individual may have served in a key
position. List persons that had an affect on the ratings.
Block 9: Identify prime contractor key personnel. See Block 8 above for instructions.
Block 10: Explain why you would or would not select this contractor again.
ck 11: Provide information indicated.
Blocks 12-13: The contractor may provide comments but must sign block 13 to indicate it has reviewed the rating.
Block 14: If the contractor and Contracting Officer are unable to agree on a final rating, the contractor may seek
review at a level above the Contracting Officer, as required. Provide information indicated.
Block 15: Adjust the ratings assigned in block 7, if appropriate, based on any comments, rebuttals, or additional
information provided by the contractor and, if necessary, by agency review. Calculate a mean score.
Block 16: The Contracting Officer's signature indicates concurrence with the initial and final ratings.
UNCLASSIFIED
Page 49
 NATIONAL IMAGERY AND MAPPING AGENCY
National System for Geospatial Intelligence
STATEMENT OF WORK
For the RFP
MODERNIZATION CONTRACT
For Architecture and Infrastructure Modernization
December 9. 2002
UNCLASSIFIED
RFP V1.0
 Table of Contents
1.0 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................................1
1.1 BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................................1
1.2 ACQUISITION APPROACH .................................................................................................. 2
1.3 GOVERNMENT OBJECTIVES ..............................................................................................3
2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................5
2.1 COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS ....................... 5
2.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................7
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................................9
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 9
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................... 9
INFRASTRUCTURE MODERNIZATION ...............................................................................10
BLOCK DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION .........................................................................12
SYSTEM INTEGRATION ....................................................................................................15
RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE GOVERNMENT AND OTHER CONTRACTORS ......................... 16
CORPORATE AND MISSION BUSINESS PROCESS RE-ENGINEERING IMPLEMENTATION 16
TECHNOLOGY INSERTION AND NIMA PRE-PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT (NPE)............17
MODELING AND SIMULATION .........................................................................................18
SYSTEM SUPPORT ...........................................................................................................18
4.0
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS .....................................................19
4.1
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT...............................................................................................19
4.2
CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (CWBS) AND DICTIONARY ....................21
4.3
PROGRAM PLANNING, CONTROL, AND REPORTING ........................................................21
4.4
LIFE CYCLE COST (LCC) ANALYSIS, AND CONTROL .....................................................22
4.5
MANAGEMENT REVIEWS ................................................................................................23
4.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM ...................................................................................23
4.7
CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (CM) PROGRAM .........................................................24
4.8
RISK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM ......................................................................................24
4.9
INTEGRATED LOGISTICS SUPPORT .................................................................................24
4.10
TEST AND EVALUATION MANAGEMENT .........................................................................25
4.11
TRAINING SUPPORT ........................................................................................................26
4.12
FACILITY CLEARANCE ....................................................................................................26
4.13
STANDARDIZATION ......................................................................................................... 26
4.14
SECURITY ENGINEERING ................................................................................................26
5.0 DELIVERABLES - SEE APPENDIX B .......................................................................28
APPENDIX A - ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................A-1
APPENDIX B - CDRLS ...........................................................................................................B-1
UNCLASSIFIED
RFP V1.0
 APPENDIX C - ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENTERPRISE
ENGINEER, GEOSCOUT, AND OPERATIONS AND SUSTAINMENT
CONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................................C-1
1. ENTERPRISE ENGINEERING ............................................................................................... C-1
H. GEOSCOUT ....................................................................................................................... C-S
III. OPERATIONS & SUSTAINMENT ................................................................................... C-16
APPENDIX D -- GEOSCOUT TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES ..........................................D-1
1.0 BACKGROUND .......... ........................................................................................................ D-1
2.0 BLOCK I SPECIFIC CAPABILITIES .......................................................................D-1
2.1 INFRASTRUCTURE MODERNIZATION .............................................................................D-1
2.2 SYSTEMS INTEGRATION ................................................................................................D-3
2.3 ARCHITECTURE ............................................................................................................D-6
3.0 BLOCK II SPECIFIC CAPABILITIES .........................................................................D-10
3.1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... D-10
APPENDIX E -- GEOSCOUT CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE
(CWBS) .......................................................................................................................................E-1
UNCLASSIFIED ii
RFP V1.0
 Statement of Work
For
NSGI GeoScout Contract
The National System for Geospatial Intelligence (NSGI) is the integration of technology,
policies, standards, mission and corporate capabilities, services and doctrine necessary to
conduct Geospatial Intelligence in a multi-intelligence (multi-INT) environment. NIMA, as a
corporate enterprise and as the functional manager of the NSGI, is transforming to enhance its
position as the premier Geospatial Intelligence provider.
The GeoScout contract is the principal vehicle for delivering transformed NIMA mission and
corporate capabilities. The GeoScout contractor will be responsible for conducting enterprise
system integration and providing capabilities that support the integration of NIMA's corporate
and mission information. GeoScout is a bold new approach for how NIMA will simultaneously
improve the existing infrastructure, while delivering dramatic, new capabilities - the best the
.commercial world has to offer. GeoScout's scope is broad, focusing not only on NIMA's
systems, but also on the policies, processes, services, standards, infrastructure, architecture,
systems, and change management that comprise the complete NSGI to include the corporate
environment. The goal of the.GeoScout contract is to enable the transformation of NIMA to an
agile fully capable enterprise that anticipates and adapts quickly to changing business and
customer information needs.
The transformation precepts identified below are detailed in the NSGI Enterprise Transformation
Integrated Product Team (NETIPT) Final Report. These precepts will guide NIMA's activities
toward achieving our desired future state. These precepts will also set the direction NIMA must
take to transform into an agile, elite intelligence organization that meets our customers'
increasing requirements for mission capability and performance.
Simply stated, the 10 Precepts represent an overview of the areas that must be addressed to
realize the goals of NIMA's Statement of Strategic Intent. The precepts are framed in the context
of three areas intrinsic to all organizations - people, process, and technology -and call for NIMA
to:
1. Sustain Leadership Commitments
2. Create and Foster a World-Class Workforce
3. Modernize the Workplace
4. Implement a Customer-Focused Business Model
5. Deliver the Future Enterprise Architecture Using GeoScout
6. Exploit All Sensor Types and Sources
7. Institutionalize a Data-Centric Architecture
8. Strengthen the Geospatial Intelligence Functional Manager's Role
UNCLASSIFIED
RFP V1.0
 9. Ensure NIMA's Unique Value-Added Mission Contribution
10. Effectively Communicate the Progress of Transformation
To accomplish the goals identified in the NIMA Statement of Strategic Intent, NIMA must
fundamentally change its processes for systems acquisition and continuous technology insertion.
Therefore, NIMA is adhering to Department of Defense (DoD) policies for evolutionary
acquisition and spiral development as described in Section 1.2.
The GeoScout contract serves as the primary mechanism to realize Precepts 3 through 7. Full
enterprise transformation requires incorporation of new business processes through change
management and new technologies, leveraging emerging commercial trends. This requires a
new architecture as a basis, one that merges the tools and systems needed for the creation and
management of Geospatial Intelligence. GeoScout will design, develop and deliver this
architecture. Since state-of-the-art information and data creation, integration and access are
essential to satisfying NIMA's mission, this architecture must be data-centric. Thus, GeoScout
will fulfill Precept 7, Institutionalize a Data-Centric Architecture. GeoScout will also satisfy
Precept 6, Exploit All Sensor Types and Sources, by providing new capabilities and technologies
that are needed to better exploit commercial imagery, airborne imagery and National Technical
Means (NTM) in an integrated manner. GeoScout will also help satisfy Precept 4, Implement a
Customer-Focused Business Model, by providing robust collaboration tools as well as a new,
end-to-end information management capability. GeoScout will establish new business processes,
business rules and performance metrics across the enterprise.
Finally, GeoScout will also help satisfy Precept 3, Modernize the Workplace, by accelerating the
investment in infrastructure. The NIMA Enterprise Geospatial Intelligence Environment
(ENGINE) Program was initiated to create NIMA's Information Technology Infrastructure (ITI).
The patchwork approach of the past has left NIMA's existing infrastructure unable to meet
current or future requirements. User expectations for a robust, dependable and serviceable
infrastructure are not being met. The ENGINE program was initiated to begin the transformation
of the ITI, to correct current deficiencies and provide a solid infrastructure that satisfies NIMA's
operational needs while implementing the GeoScout architecture. The ENGINE program has
seven focus areas: Network Transport Layer, Telephone System Upgrade, Workstation Recap,
Enterprise Management, Information Management, Data Storage and Management, and
Computer Network Defense. The first three focus areas (networks, telephones and workstations)
are near term activities targeted by the NETIPT to be completed by FY04 (funding permitting)
using an appropriate mix of existing and planned contracts.
1.2 ACQUISITION APPROACH
NIMA is embracing an evolutionary acquisition and spiral development approach as well as a
focus on shifting from a classic requirements driven, vertical segmented construct to a
capabilities based, customer-focused construct.
Key definitions of this approach, taken from The Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition,
Technology, and Logistics Memorandum Subject: "Evolutionary Acquisition and Spiral
Development", 12 April 2002, are in Appendix A.
UNCLASSIFIED 2
RFP V1.0
 In this new systems acquisition paradigm, NIMA's systems engineering and acquisition activities
are consolidated into three major contracts: the Enterprise Engineering contract, the GeoScout
systems integration contract, and existing Operations and Sustainment (O&S) contracts. The
NSGI legacy and heritage system contracts, to include both mission and corporate
applications/systems (e.g. Requirements Management System (RMS), Image Product Library
(IPL), Information Dissemination Services (IDS), Integrated Exploitation Capability (IEC),
PeopleSoft) will initially continue, but will be expeditiously phased out as the GeoScout
contractor inserts modern capabilities that replace them.
1.3 GOVERNMENT OBJECTIVES
The Government's objective is to modernize, acquire, deploy, and maintain an affordable,
flexible, reliable, and easily scalable NSGI that meets customers' current and future
expectations. The modernized NSGI will permit rapid adaptation to changing mission needs and
collection strategies through rapid and continuous technology insertion and implementation of
Standards-based Commercial-Off-the-Shelf (SCOTS) solutions. Technology insertion via
GeoScout will serve as the engine to continuously transform NIMA. Government goals include:
1 e Provide clear accountability in systems integration while permitting maximum contractor
flexibility during system design and development.
2. Transform NIMA's infrastructure into a fully modernized Information Technology (IT)
environment that supports mission and corporate operations and, will fully support the
modernized NSGI architecture. Modernize the IT environment in a manner that is cost
effective, seamless to operations, and enhances workforce effectiveness and efficiency.
Integrate NIMA's networks, systems, applications and databases so that the needed
content can be quickly and easily retrieved and delivered electronically. This
environment will facilitate dynamic updates to NIMA's information and will
revolutionize and shorten traditional analytical and business processes. The modernized
NSGI infrastructure will meet Operational Availability (A0) Key Performance Parameters
(KPP) of 99% (threshold) and 99.99% (objective).
3. Deploy a prototype environment where analysts and users/customers can "test-drive" new
tools and work processes to improve efficiency and effectiveness in the workplace. This
prototype environment will provide the capability to test new capabilities that will
ultimately be delivered throughout NIMA.
4. Enable the achievement of the proposed future architecture by delivering a fully
integrated, comprehensive, end-to-end NSGI system architecture that addresses both
corporate and mission needs. The architecture will be mission driven, data centric,
customer focused, highly reliable, agile, scalable, available, flexible, recoverable, and
highly collaborative. This system architecture, based on open systems, will facilitate the
rapid, continuous insertion of technology and support an evolutionary acquisition
approach.
UNCLASSIFIED 3
RFP V1.0
 5. Provide Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) tools, facilitation, and change
management to transform NIMA's corporate and mission processes, and guide the
detailed planning and implementation of the architecture in support of NIMA's
transformation.
6. Deliver a common, intuitive, efficient, reliable, and economical Geospatial Intelligence
database populated through collaborative community processes. This database will allow
for the easy and timely access to archived data to support analysis of complex Geospatial
Intelligence problems and the production of standard and tailored products that can be
easily queried. The goal is the capture, discovery and retrieval of Geospatial Intelligence
data, information and knowledge, with a high level of assuredness by NIMA and its
information partners at multiple levels of security.
7. Provide NIMA and its information partners an integrated, multi-intelligence (Multi-TNT)
and Geospatial Intelligence analytical environment. This integrated environment will
support both Imagery Analysts (TA) and Geospatial Analysts (GA). This environment
will use all available source data and contain a dynamic suite of technology-current tools
to allow creative and innovative approaches to address immediate and long-term
customer requirements covering the full spectrum of NIMA services. Production and
dissemination of Geospatial Intelligence products and data will be an integral part of this
integrated analytical environment.
8. Deliver a scalable and responsive capability to archive, retrieve and disseminate
Geospatial Intelligence information across the NSGI at multiple security levels. This
capability will ensure long-term assured storage and retrieval of Geospatial Intelligence
in accordance with Continuity of Operations (COOP) practices and Business Continuity
Planning expectations, contingency operations, records management and national
archival storage mandates.
9. Deliver an integrated information management capability that will leverage commercial
products and best business practices. This information management capability will
provide on-line ordering, entry, and tracking of Geospatial Intelligence information as
well as workflow management within the NSGI. Moreover, this information
management capability will harvest commercial enterprise-level tools for supply-chain,
customer-relationship, and enterprise-resource management and effectively build an
efficient foundation for streamlined NSGI operations.
10. Perform system integration of legacy, heritage, and new, innovative capabilities needed
to support mission requirements. Determine how each will be used within NSGI, and by
whom. Verify interoperability and compatibility with the NSGI enterprise. In order to
maximize Government investment, NSGI will leverage, as appropriate, existing
capabilities from within the Intelligence Community (IC) and DoD, such as (but not
limited to) the Joint Intelligence Virtual Architecture (JIVA), Intelligence Community
System for Information Sharing (ICSIS), and the Global Information Grid (GIG).
UNCLASSIFIED 4
RFP V1.0
 11. Employ a System Integration Contractor (i.e., GeoScout) that is attuned to NIMA's
customer-focused Business Model as detailed in the NETIPT Final Report. It is NIMA's
goal to partner with the GeoScout contractor to deliver a robust and flexible architecture.
This architecture will be capable of supporting NIMA's enterprise requirements and ever-
evolving Geospatial Intelligence mission and will reliably and efficiently provide the
data, information, knowledge and wisdom that our customers require.
2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
The following documents or their successor regulations, policies, or directives apply.
1. Department of Defense Chief Information Officer Guidance and Policy Memorandum
No. 6-8510, "Department of Defense Global Information Grid Information Assurance",
16 Jun 2000
2. Deputy Secretary of Defense Memorandum, Subject: Information Assurance
Vulnerability Alert (JAVA), 30 December 1992
3. DoD 5200.1 R, "Information Security Policy Regulation", April 20, 1995
4. DoD Directive 5200.28, "Security Requirements for Automated Information Systems
(AISs)", 21 March 1988
5. DoD Instruction 5215.2, "Computer Security Technical Vulnerability Reporting
Program," 2 September 1996
6. DoD 5220.22-M, National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (NISPOM);
January 1995; (Change 2, May 1, 2000)
7. DoD 5105.21-M-1, Sensitive Compartmented Information Administrative Security
Manual, Defense Intelligence Agency, August 1998
8. DoD 8510.1-M; Department of Defense Information Technology Security Certification
and Accreditation Process (DITSCAP); Application Manual; 31 July 2000
9. DoD 5200.1R, "Information Security Policy Regulation", April 20, 1995
10. DoD Directive 4630.8, Compatibility, Integration, and Interoperability of Command,
Control, Communications, Computers and Intelligence (C41) Systems.
11. DoD Intelligence Information System (DoDIIS) Instruction 2000, February 2000.
12. DoD Manual 4120.24-M DoD Standardization Program (DSP) Policy and Procedures,
March 2000
13. MIL-STD-1785, System Security Engineering Program Management Requirements
14. DIAM 50-4, Security of Compartmented Computer Operations (U), 24 June 1980
15. DoD Joint Technical Architecture (JTA), Version 4.0, 17 July 2002
16, OMB Circular A-130 "Management of Federal Information Resources" Revised
(Transmittal Memorandum No. 4) 28 November 2000
17. Clinger-Cohen Act (Formerly Information Technology Management Reform Act
(ITMRA) or PL. 104-106)
18. Government Performance Results Act of 1993
19, Government Paperwork Elimination Act
 20. Director of Central Intelligence Directive (DCID) 6/3, "Protecting Sensitive
Compartmented Information Within Information Systems Manual", (DCID 6/3) -
Manual, 03 May 2002, For Official Use Only
21. DCID 1/21, "Physical Security Standards for Sensitive Compartmented Information
Facilities", 29 July 1994
22. AR 10-26, Information System Security, 08/27/97, For Official Use Only
23. AIS Security Program - AIS Security Plan (Template) - MSSA AIS 6/3 Compliant
Security Plan - Version 1.5 Revised: 26 June 2000, For Official Use Only
24. WINDOWS 2000 Security Checklist, undated
25. "National Security Agency Security Recommendation Guides",
hl!p://nsal.www.conxion.com/
26. National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) Windows 2000 Server Guidelines, 27
April 2000
27. NIMA W2k Member Server Local Policy Rev5, undated
28. IC CIO Information System Security Series:
a. IC CIO Intelligence Community Email Policy (U). 1 Jun 1999.
b. IC CIO Intelligence Community Directory Services Policy (U). 5 Oct 1999.
29. NIMA information system security policies to include the following:
a. NI 5220.1R1, Industrial Security, 1 November 2001
b. NI 8010.2R1 Automated Information System Security (U), 26 Dec 2001
c. NI 8010.3R3 Automated Information System Certification and Accreditation (U),
12 September 2002.
d. NI 8010.482. Automated Information System Security Engineering (U), 19 Feb
2002
e. NI 8010.11 NIMA-Controlled Computer Network Connectivity at Contractor and
Other Facilities
f. NI 8410.181 Implementation of Mobile Code (U), 26 Dec 2001
g. NI 8420.3 Firewall Policy and Implementation (U), 5 July 2002
h. NI 8400.1R1 Information Technology Purchases (U), 1 Nov 2001
30. DoD CIO Guidance and Policy Memorandum # 12-8430-July 26, 2000 "Acquiring
Commercially Available Software"
31. DoD CIO Memorandum Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) Policy Update (U). 21 May
2002.
32. DoD CIO Memorandum Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) (U). 12 Aug 2000
33. DoD CIO Memorandum Public Key Enabling (PKE) of Applications, Web Servers, and
Networks for the Department of Defense (DoD) (U). 17 May 2001
34. DoD CIO Memorandum Update to the Revised Defense Message System Transition
Plan (U), 12 Apr 2001
35. NIMA Information Services Directorate O&S Transition Planning Guide (U), 11 Dec
2001
36. NIMA Memorandum, U-005-01/AM, Subject: Mandatory New Integrated Contract
Performance Management Process for United States Imagery and Geospatial Services
(USIGS) System Acquisitions, 19 October 2001
UNCLASSIFIED 6
RFP V1.0
 2.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
1. Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics Memorandum,
Subject: Evolutionary Acquisition and Spiral Development, 12 April 2002
2. American National Standards Institute, EIA 748-98
3. CJCSI 6211.02A, Defense Information System Network and Connected Systems, 22
May 1996
4. CJCSI 390 1.01 A; Requirements for Geospatial Information and Services; 26 July
1999
5. DoD 5015.2-STD "Design Criteria Standard for Electronic Records Management
Software Application", October 2001 (Draft)
6. DoD 8510.1 "DOD Information Technology Security Certification and Accreditation
Process" (DITSCAP), July 2000
7. 36CFR, Chapter XII, National Archives and Records Administration (NARA),
Subchapter B, "Records Management", 1 July 2002
8. OMB Memorandum 97-02, "Funding Information Systems Investments" (Raines
Rules)
9. OMB Memorandum M-97-16, "Information Technology Architectures", 18 June 1997
10. OMB Circular A-94, "Guidelines and Discount Rates for Benefit-Cost Analysis of
Federal Programs," dated 10/29/92 (Revised 01/22/2002)
11. DoDI 7041.3, "Economic Analysis for Decision Making", 7 November 1995
12. DoD Directive 3020.26, "Continuity of Operations (COOP) Policy and Planning", 26
May 1995
13. Presidential Decision Directive #67, "Enduring Constitutional Government and
Continuity of Government Operations", 21 October 1998
14. DoDI 3020.39, "Integrated Continuity Planning for Defense Intelligence", 3,August
2001
15. NIMA Services Demarcation Transition Plan, 30 August 2002
16. NIMA Corporate Transition Business Plan
17. Joint Vision 2020, June 2000
18. DoD Architecture Framework Version 1.0, October 2001, Draft
19. Report of the Defense Science Board Task Force on NIMA, April 2000
20. NIMA Commission Report, December 2000
21. NIMA Statement of Strategic Intent 2002
22. NIMA NETIPT Final Report, 26 August 2002
23. NIMA Standards Tiger Team Recommendations, 30 April 2002
24. NIMA Acquisition & Technology Directorate Program (AT) Plan, Part B USIGS
Migration Plan (FY02-FY07), 28 September 2001
25. NIMA USIGS Draft ORD KPP Assessment Update, 16 July 2001
26. NSGI Operational Requirements Document (NORD) addressing NIMA's
Programmatic Responsibilities to the National System for Geospatial Intelligence Core
Capabilities, DRAFT, 15 June 2002
27. Capstone Requirements Document For the Imagery and Geospatial (IGCRD),
21 September 2000 (JROC Validated)
UNCLASSIFIED 7
RFP V1.0
 28. Operational Requirements Document (ORD) for the Future Imagery Architecture
(FIA), JROCM-068-98, 11 June 1998
29. TPED Modernization Plan Update (MPU), June 2000
30. USIGS Enterprise Requirements Specification, Version B, 25 July 2000
31. NSGI Systems Training Management Plan, December 2001
32. Imagery and Geospatial Community (IGC) 2010 Concept of Operations (CONOPS),
May 1999
33. NIMA Advanced Technology Program Plan, 27 March 2000
34. NIMA Commercial Imagery CONOPS, Version 2.0, 3 December 1999 (DRAFT)
35. Statement of Objectives (SOO) for the Future Imagery Architecture (FIA), 29 July
1998
36. Statement of Requirements (SOR) for the Future Imagery Architecture (FIA), 29 July
1998 (with amendments)
37. Systems Operations Concept (SOC) for the Future Imagery Architecture (FIA), 29
July 1998
38. Department of Defense, C4ISR Architecture Framework Version 2.0, 18 December
1997
39. Joint Chiefs of Staff, CJCSI 3170.01B, Requirements Generation System, January
2001
40. Joint Chiefs of Staff, CJCSI 3312.01, Joint Military Intelligence Requirements
Certification, 23 February 2001, Draft
41. Joint Chiefs of Staff, CJCSI 6212.01B, Interoperability and Supportability of National
Security Systems, and Information Technology Systems, 8 May 2000
42. Operational Requirements Document (ORD) for the Intelligence Community's Multi-
Intelligence Acquisition Program (IC MAP), 6 November 2001, Revised on 25 March
2002 and approved by the ICCB on 3 April 2002
43. Concept of Operations for the Intelligence Community's Multi-Intelligence
Acquisition Program (IC MAP), 22 April 2002, Version 1.0
44. National Imagery and Mapping Agency, National Reconnaissance Office, Imagery
Acquisitions and Operations Directorate (NRO/IMINT) and Intelligence Community's
Multi-Intelligence Acquisition Program (IC MAP) Joint Functional Interface
Requirements (FIR), 12 August 2002, Version 1.0
45. Print Vision 2010, NIMA document, dated October 1998
46. Dissemination Vision, NIMA document, dated June 2000
47. NIMA Product Support Management Plan (PSMP), 21 March 2002
48. DoD Regulation 7000 14-R, Financial Management Regulations, Volumes 1-15, date
varies by volume
49. Air Force Distributed Common Ground System ORD, 28 February 2001,
Identification Code CAF 304-96-I
50. Common Imagery Ground/Surface System, Version 2.2, 19 July 2002
UNCLASSIFIED 8
RFP V1.0
 UNCLASSIFIED
3.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 GENERAL
The GeoScout contractor shall provide the products, services, resources and materials required to
satisfy the Government's objectives, goals, and capabilities.
The GeoScout contractor, in partnership with the NIMA Program Office, the Enterprise
Engineering contractor, the O&S contractors, and Legacy/Heritage system contractors, shall be
responsible for system architecture development, system design, system development, system
performance, procurement, system integration, implementation, testing, installation, delivery,
and training of system capabilities for NIMA transformation.
The GeoScout contractor shall provide the IC with the NSGI capabilities that ensure increased
performance for core mission requirements, reduced cycle times, and efficient data management.
Specific roles and responsibilities of the Enterprise Engineer, GeoScout, and O&S contractors
are contained in Appendix C.
3.2.1 The GeoScout contractor shall update and maintain the description of the NSGI system
view of the architecture developed as part of the NSGI Enterprise Architecture (NEA) Study
contract (NEA Description, NEA Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) 14). The goal is for
the system view of the architecture description to be dynamically updated versus updated on a
periodic cycle. The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain the system view of the
architecture and related technical documentation, and provide access to the Government via the
Integrated Data Environment (IDE) and Data Accession List (CDRL A001), as described in
Section 4.1.
3.2.2 The GeoScout contractor shall use the system view of the architecture description to guide,
manage, control, and monitor the physical implementations within each proposed block and
spiral for NSGI modernization.
3.2.3 The GeoScout contractor shall evolve their system view of the architecture over time,
consistent with the operational and technical views of the Enterprise Architecture, to include the
conceptual data model..
3.2.4 The architecture shall be flexible, reliable, scalable, responsive, and "data-centric," and
shall support mission and corporate requirements, to include contingency operations.
3.2.5 The architecture shall accommodate existing and new sensor types and Geospatial
Intelligence data sources.
3.2.6 The architecture shall support an integrated Geospatial Intelligence analytical environment
characterized by seamless access to data and information, integrated IA/GA tradecraft, and an
UNCLASSIFIED 9
 enterprise-wide information and workflow management capability. This environment shall
provide collaborative, all-digital exploitation capabilities, where the user can access IA/GA and
corporate applications and data from a single workstation, and implements refined business
processes, practices, and rules.
3.2.7 The GeoScout contractor shall establish, execute, and maintain system engineering plans
and processes consistent with the architecture.
3.2.8 The GeoScout contractor shall implement a Mission Assurance (MA) process and risk
mitigation strategy for NIMA's people, processes, and technology. The GeoScout contractor
shall deliver an architecture design that ensures the MA process can be implemented in sync with
the GeoScout deliveries. This MA process includes, but is not limited to, the following
elements:
a. Continuity of Operations (COOP)
b. Business Continuity Plan (BCP)
c. Computer Network Defense (CND)
d. Information Assurance (IA)
e. Critical Infrastructure Protection (CIP)
f. Information Technology/Disaster Recovery (IT/DR)
3.29 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement logical and physical data models at
the system level consistent with the Enterprise Engineer's conceptual data model, and that
satisfies mission requirements and all relevant standards. The GeoScout contractor shall develop
and maintain the logical and physical data models and related technical documentation, and
provide access to the Government via the Integrated Data Environment (IDE) and Data
Accession List (CDRL A001), as described in Section 4.1.
3.2.10 The GeoScout contractor shall design and develop NSGI databases consistent with the
Enterprise Architecture views, conceptual data model, transformation goals, and all relevant
standards.
3.2.11 The NSGI system view of the architecture developed by the GeoScout contractor shall
address multiple users at multiple levels of security.
3.2.12 The GeoScout contractor shall provide capabilities that ensure enhanced performance and
responsiveness against core mission, reduced cycle times, and greater efficiencies.
3.3.1 The GeoScout contractor shall address infrastructure improvements as necessary
throughout their block designs to support the implementation of their objective system view of
the architecture. Taking into consideration the scope, intent, and on-going efforts of NIMA's
ENGINE Program, the GeoScout contractor shall first define and deliver improved infrastructure
capability as part of Block I. The improved capability shall support current NSGI acquisition
UNCLASSIFIED 10
RFP V1.0
 program execution, mission and corporate legacy/heritage mission operations, and the GeoScout
contractor's system view of the architecture.
3.3.2 The GeoScout contractor shall be responsible for the design, development, and integration
of upgrades to NIMA's M. The GeoScout contractor shall be responsible for the demonstration,
testing, documentation, installation, and transition to operations of such upgrades. These
upgrades shall address immediate and transitional infrastructure technical objectives that will
become the foundation for subsequent NSGI transformation. These upgrades and integration of
custom and Standards-based Commercial-Off-the-Shelf (SCOTS) Geospatial Intelligence
systems will support the following thrust areas:
? Network Transport Layer Improvements. NIMA's transport layer will provide consistent
Local Area Network (LAN) connectivity at all sites. This change will provide the
flexibility for analysts to perform their mission in NIMA facilities or occupied space and
allow any work area to be converted to a production area by replacing the workstation.
? Enterprise Management. The Enterprise Service Center (ESC) will provide redundant,
responsive enterprise management through a consolidated help desk, technical support
and enterprise monitoring capabilities.
? Information Access on the Web (Gateway). NIMA's Gateway (web-based dissemination
system) will provide improvement to the user interface, discovery and retrieval
capabilities, capacities, and product dissemination. The Gateway will provide tools and
support applications needed to fully implement the Imagery Throughput Management
program recommended by the NETIPT.
? Data Storage and Management. The data storage capability will optimize the use of
modem data storage technologies and satisfy COOP, Business Continuity Plan
expectations and contingency operations objectives.
? Workspace Improvements. NIMA's long-term objective is to more efficiently use
facility spaces. A prototype for protected communications closets will be evaluated as
the future standard for facility modifications, and will subsequently provide the basis for
future facility modifications. Facility plans will assist NIMA to reach downward directed
targets to reduce the total number of NIMA workstations.
? Computer Network Defense (CND). Security system engineering and integration will
engineer up-to-date CND functionality on all networks and Automated Information
Systems (AISs) in coordination with the NIMA CND Office.
3.3.3 The GeoScout contractor shall address infrastructure impacts for each capability within a
block delivery. For example, if the contractor was to propose a "web portal," the design of such
web portal shall include a description of the infrastructure impacts and subsequent
implementation.
UNCLASSIFIED 11
RFP V1.0
 3.3.4 The GeoScout contractor shall recommend long haul and metropolitan area
communications capabilities (i.e., inter-site) using only Government-furnished communications
sources (e.g., DISN) or from authorized Government communications providers (e.g., Defense
Information Systems Agency (DISA), National Security Agency (NSA), etc.). The Government
must approve the use of any direct commercial-lease communications agreement or contract
before the contractor enters into a subcontractor or vendor business relationship involving long
haul or metropolitan area communications.
3.4.1 As stated in Paragraph 1.2, NIMA has embraced an evolutionary acquisition approach that
delivers "blocks" of operational capabilities using a spiral development process.
3.4.2 The GeoScout contractor, in coordination with the NIMA Program Office, the Enterprise
Engineer, and the O&S contractors, shall define, design, develop, and deliver blocks of
operational capability that incrementally move NIMA and the NSGI toward realization of the
objective Enterprise Architecture. The GeoScout contractor's overall approach shall be
documented in the NSGI System Transition Plan (CDRL A002), The GeoScout contractor shall
refine and maintain the overall Life Cycle Cost Estimate (CDRL A003) that is consistent with
the NSGI System Transition Plan. For each block, the GeoScout contractor shall develop a
Business Case (CDRL A004) and Implementation Plan (CDRL A005). The GeoScout contractor
shall iteratively update and maintain the NSGI System Transition Plan, the Life Cycle Cost
Estimate, and the block level Business Case and Implementation Plans. (CDRL A002, CDRL
A003, CDRL A004, CDRL A005)
3.4.3 The Enterprise Architecture drives the content of each evolutionary block. The blocks, in
turn, drive the content of the spirals within it. Both blocks and spirals may be of varying length,
and may overlap (i.e., blocks may overlap other blocks, and spirals may overlap other spirals).
Notionally, blocks may range from a few months to a few years, and spirals may range from
three to 18 months. The near term blocks will have more detail than subsequent blocks.
3.4.4 The GeoScout contractor shall incrementally update and maintain the NSGI System
Transition Plan and the Life Cycle Cost Estimate. The NSGI System Transition Plan shall
address all aspects of NIMA's transformation from the current as-is system view of the
architecture to the to-be system view of the architecture, including Future Imagery Architecture
(FIA) systems and segments. The NSGI System Transition Plan shall address the migration of
functionality over time such that users experience minimal disruption and no loss of required
functionality. The Life Cycle Cost Estimate shall address the total cost of ownership over time
(see Section 4.4).
3.4.4.1 As each block is defined, the GeoScout contractor shall incrementally incorporate
changes to the NSGI System Transition Plan and the Life Cycle Cost Estimate. Updated
versions of the NSGI System Transition Plan and the Life Cycle Cost Estimate shall be
submitted, along with the block Business Case and the block Implementation Plan, for
Government approval. The GeoScout contractor shall start with the corresponding deliverables
from the NSGI Enterprise Architecture (NEA) Study (i.e., the NEA Transition Plan, NEA CDRL
UNCLASSIFIED 12
RFP V1.0
 20 and NEA Life Cycle Cost Estimate, NEA CDRL 17). Within 90 days of contract award, the
GeoScout contractor shall provide to the Government the initial update of the NSGI System
Transition Plan and Life Cycle Cost Estimate reconciled to the Block I Task Order issued by the
Government. (CDRL A002, CDRL A003)
3.4.5 The NSGI System Transition Plan shall be consistent with the Government's prioritized
corporate and mission needs and block priority sequencing as provided in Appendix D, and with
the system integration and program management responsibilities contained in Statement of Work
(SOW) Sections 3 and 4. The GeoScout contractor shall translate the Government's prioritized
corporate and mission needs into delivered capabilities. The GeoScout contractor will be
allowed to recommend alternate priorities for delivery of capabilities appropriate to their system
view of architecture, within the constraints of cost, schedule, technical feasibility and other
factors. The GeoScout contractor shall recommend the best enterprise solution appropriate to
their system view of the architecture. The GeoScout contractor shall include specific
documentation in the NSGI System Transition Plan that supports completeness, soundness of
approach, innovation, creativity, use of best commercial practices, business case, and cost-
performance efficiencies. The GeoScout contractor shall provide traceability of the system view
and delivered capabilities to the Government's prioritized corporate and mission needs. (CDRL
A002)
3.4.6 NIMA management will use the GeoScout contractor's Business Case, Life Cycle Cost
Estimate, and NSGI System Transition Plan to support its Program Objective Memorandum
(POM) and budget formulation processes. The quality, timeliness, and effectiveness of the
analysis, risk mitigation, and detailed planning provided by the GeoScout contractor will be
significant factors in determining the amount and timing of resources available for the GeoScout
program. (CDRL A002, CDRL A003, CDRL A005)
3.4.6.1 The GeoScout contractor shall provide a comprehensive Business Case for each
subsequent block detailing the cost and benefits, or value, of that proposed block. (CDRL A004)
The block level Business Case shall include:
Pa A performance-based, risk-adjusted analysis of benefits and costs for the proposed
block capability.
? The foundation for comparing the baseline benefits and costs with the proposed block
and a basis for decision-makers to select a feasible option that meets performance
objectives.
? A cost benefit analysis showing how the proposed block capability contributes to the
overall achievement of the Enterprise Architecture, the NSGI Operational
Requirements Document (NORD) KPPs, proposed new and relevant block thresholds
and objectives. The cost benefit analysis shall also include the rationale for how the
Enterprise Architecture evolves.
? BPR activities necessary to fulfill the business case, with organizational impacts and
proposed change plans
? Cost analysis trades showing the break-points for bulk commodity acquisitions and
incorporation of IC and DoD initiatives, such as (but not limited to) the JIVA, ICSIS,
and GIG capabilities
UNCLASSIFIED 13
RFP V1,0
 ? Projection of the life cycle costs for the proposed block of capability.
3.4.6.2 The GeoScout contractor shall develop comprehensive "alternate use" business cases
for legacy and heritage programs. Where business cases warrant, and after Government approval,
the GeoScout contractor shall initiate system modernization implementation efforts and provide
new mission capabilities to replace legacy and heritage capabilities. These efforts shall be
consistent with the Enterprise Architecture, the NIMA Master Schedule, and minimize
interruption to mission operations.
3.4.6.3 The GeoScout contractor shall assist the Government to develop and defend the
business case information. The GeoScout contractor shall assist the Government in defending
this information when presented to NIMA's external oversight and Congressional Staff to secure
approval and funding for new requirements and capabilities.
3.4.7 The Implementation Plan shall include, at a minimum, a description of the changes and/or
additions to capabilities; business processes and architecture introduced by the block; related
infrastructure requirements; designs, and plans; recommended objective and threshold
performance parameters; the schedule; and a staffing profile for Customer, Operator, and
Maintainer personnel resources required to use, operate, and maintain new capabilities,
processes, and systems. The block shall be described in terms of the spirals contained within it.
(CDRL A005)
3.4.8 The GeoScout contractor shall have its preliminary Business Case and Implementation
Plan for subsequent blocks available to the Government for review 90 days prior to the
beginning of each block so that the Government can be assured that there will be a seamless
transition between the blocks. The final block Business Case and Implementation Plan shall be
due to the Government 30 days prior to the start of each block. (CDRL A004, CDRL A005)
3.4.9 The Government will review and approve all GeoScout contractors' Business Cases and
Implementation Plans and issue Task Orders to proceed.
3.4.10 The GeoScout contractor shall be responsible for the development, technology insertion,
integration, testing, and delivery of NSGI systems and associated technical data consistent with
their system view of the architecture, the approved NSGI System Transition Plan and the
approved Implementation Plan. The GeoScout contractor shall deliver the system and associated
technical data as provided in the approved Implementation Plan. (CDRL A005)
3.4.11 All block definitions shall be defined in accordance with the Under Secretary of Defense
for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics Memorandum, dated 12 April 2002, Appendix A.
3.4.12 The GeoScout contractor shall satisfy the thresholds and objectives established for each
defined block capability.
UNCLASSIFIED 14
RFP V1.O
 3.5.1 The GeoScout contractor shall perform as the NSGI System Integrator (SI), including
program management, integration planning, requirements analysis, solution synthesis, design,
implementation, procurement, acquisition, testing, and delivery of modernized NSGI
capabilities. The SI responsibilities shall include this full range of responsibilities for newly
developed mission and corporate systems. For existing NSGI capabilities, the GeoScout
Contractor shall have responsibility for integrating system changes developed and delivered
under NIMA's current legacy and heritage contracts as performed under the current NSES
contract; this shall continue until the existing legacy and heritage contracts are concluded.
Current NSES contract SI responsibilities include system requirements analysis, interface
analysis and control, segment design and development oversight and evaluation, integration, and
test and transition support. The GeoScout contractor's plan for performing NSES SI functions
must include transition during the period from GeoScout Contract award to the end of the NSES
Contract on 30 September 2003, and continued execution post 30 September 2003.
3.5.2 The GeoScout contractor shall implement capabilities to satisfy the modernization and
transformation of NIMA as defined by the 10 precepts of the NETIPT Final Report. The
GeoScout contractor shall develop, integrate, test and field fully integrated, mission effective,
cost effective, "best value" solutions to meet customer operational mission requirements. These
solutions must also be consistent with the Contract Master Schedule, Corporate Transformation
Business Plan, the NIMA Statement of Strategic Intent, and DoD and IC oversight guidance.
3.5.3 The GeoScout contractor shall integrate all necessary heritage and legacy data and
information into the architecture, to include data migration and related processes such as
digitization of hardcopy sources and archives. The GeoScout contractor shall include current and
evolving systems, such as FIA, airborne, and commercial sources.
3.5.4 The GeoScout contractor shall integrate and test systems developed by other development
contractors, including those identified by the Government, to ensure that the delivered systems
are consistent with the proposed system view of the architecture.
3.5.5 The GeoScout contractor shall define, develop, and implement a system requirements
process that seamlessly interfaces with the Enterprise Engineer's requirements management
process.
3.5.6 The GeoScout contractor shall derive and allocate system requirements (defined by the
Enterprise Engineer) to the architecture components defined in the system view of the
architecture.
3.5.7 The GeoScout contractor shall incorporate existing and planned Government capabilities,
such as (but not limited to) DIVA, ICSIS, GIG and other similar investment initiatives, where
such programs can satisfy mission and corporate needs at lower cost, improved schedule, or
reduced risk consistent with the Business Case.
UNCLASSIFIED 15
RFP V1.0
 3.6 RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE GOVERNMENT AND OTHER CONTRACTORS
3.6.1 The GeoScout contractor shall, within 45 days of the Enterprise Engineer Contract award,
provide to the Government, for approval, an updated set of plans and processes for interfacing
with the Enterprise Engineer. (CDRL A006)
3.6.2 The GeoScout contractor shall assume that all current NIMA plans and processes remain in
effect until such time as the Enterprise Engineer Contract is awarded and the Government has
approved re-designed enterprise plans and processes. If circumstances warrant, the Government
may approve the re-design of processes and their implementation prior to Enterprise Engineering
contract award.
3.6.3 The GeoScout contractor shall, within 45 days of contract award, provide to the
Government, for approval, an updated set of plans and processes for interfacing with the existing
O&S contractors. (CDRL A006)
3.6.4 The GeoScout contractor shall, within 90 days of contract award provide to the
Government, for approval, an updated set of plans and processes for interfacing with the FIA
Joint Management Office (FIA JMO). (CDRL A006)
3.6.5 The GeoScout contractor shall manage, when approved by the Government, an orderly
transition from the existing NSES contract for NSGI segments to the GeoScout contract without
impact to NIMA mission operations and established NIMA Master Schedule capability delivery
dates. The plan for transitioning from NSES to GeoScout shall include Segment/Project
Integration, International Office Support, and engineering and system integration support to the
Military Combatant Commands.
(CDRL A006)
3.6.6 The GeoScout contractor shall develop a strategy with the legacy and heritage systems
contractors, and with Government approval, to expeditiously implement migration and
integration of legacy and heritage capabilities into the modernized NSGI system with minimal
interruption to current mission operations. (CDRL A006)
3.6.7 'Be GeoScout contractor shall base these contractor-interaction plans and processes on the
roles and responsibilities defined in Appendix C. The GeoScout contractor, in cooperation with
the Enterprise Engineer and O&S contractors, shall identify potential conflict areas, and develop
and implement a mitigation strategy to preclude mission-impacting, cross-contract, and inter-
contract conflicts. Where changes to the roles and responsibilities are mutually agreed-to by the
relevant contractors, these changes shall be provided to the Government for approval 60 days
prior to the proposed effective date of the change. (CDRL A006)
3.7 CORPORATE AND MISSION BUSINESS PROCESS RE-ENGINEERING IMPLEMENTATION
3.7.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement the Government-approved Business
Process Re-engineering (BPR) Plan for both corporate and mission processes. (CDRL A007)
UNCLASSIFIED 16
RFP V1.0
 3.7.2 The GeoScout contractor shall, in coordination with the Enterprise Engineer and O&S
contractors, work with NSGI customers and users to identify, recommend, and establish new
business processes/practices to take advantage of new technology and more efficient and
effective ways of doing business. The GeoScout contractor BPR approach shall address the need
to gain customer and end-user buy-in to new business processes, practices, and technologies
through change management.
3.7.3 The GeoScout contractor shall incorporate approved results of BPR into Block
Implementation Plans including, as necessary, new tools, training (customer, operator and
maintainer), definition of new roles and new documentation through an established change
management process. Each Block Implementation Plan and the NSGI System Transition Plan
shall clearly identify and describe relevant BPR implementation activities for that block/spiral.
(CDRL A002, CDRL A005)
3.7.4 The GeoScout contractor shall document, new business processes/rules and best
commercial practices needed by NIMA to successfully execute and implement the proposed
transformation of NIMA and the Enterprise Architecture. Such documentation shall be
incorporated into the Block Implementation Plan during the block implementation.
3.7.5 The GeoScout contractor shall propose, perform, and implement BPR at the system level
consistent with the scope of their proposed system view of the architecture.
3.8 TECHNOLOGY INSERTION AND NIMA PRE-PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT (NPE)
3.8.1 The GeoScout contractor shall establish and manage an NPE to provide a systematic,
proactive approach to identifying, developing, testing, and inserting commercial, academic and
government technologies into the NSGI system view of the architecture. The NPE elements
shall be located in the production environment, but will be initially decoupled from the NIMA-
owned operational network. Decoupled means that the NPE elements will not be connected to
mission critical operational networks in such a way that may cause the NPE elements to interfere
with real-world mission satisfaction. The use of live feeds and direct, non-air gapped interfaces
(input or output) is situation-dependent based on the scope of each NPE initiative and the
associated security and technical risk assessment. Each NPE initiative shall be subject to the
certification and accreditation process that will adjudicate the Approval to Operate (ATO)
appropriate to the situation.
3.8.2 The GeoScout contractor shall assess technology insertion opportunities and develop
supporting business cases. Where business cases warrant, and after Government approval, the
GeoScout contractor shall develop plans and processes to insert new technology from many
sources, including the Geospatial Intelligence Advancement Testbed (GIAT), into the NPE.
3.8.3 The GeoScout contractor shall continuously integrate successful NPE technology insertion
capabilities into the NSGI upon Government approval.
UNCLASSIFIED 17
RFP V1.0
 3.8.4 The NPE shall, at a minimum, support a one-shift production operation, with the ability to
surge to a 24-hours a day, seven days a week production operation. The GeoScout contractor
shall minimize impact to mission-critical production operations.
3.8.5 The GeoScout contractor shall deliver an operational version of their Thin-Line
Operational System (TLOS), fully ready for security certification and accreditation, as the first
instantiation of the NPE within 90 days of contract award.
3.8.6 The GeoScout contractor shall perform technology and standards forecasting in support of
enterprise architecture planning activities.
3.8.7 The GeoScout contractor shall address, as part of BPR activities, the interfaces,
relationships, and potential to consolidate GIRT, NPE, and Integrated Test Facility (ITF)
functions and responsibilities.
3.9 MODELING AND SIMULATION
3.9.1 The GeoScout contractor shall use modeling and simulation methods and tools to design
the system view of the architecture and verify ' that it can meet system requirements. The
GeoScout contractor shall validate the modeling and simulation assumptions and parametrics, to
include inputs, parameters, and sources, with Government Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) on a
recurring basis.
3.9.2 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement a modeling and simulation process
and methodology to support development of the system view of the architecture.
3.9.3 The GeoScout contractor shall coordinate the scope and the results of all modeling and
simulation development activities with the Enterprise Engineering contractor and the O&S
contractors.
3.9.4 The GeoScout contractor shall propose and implement performance management modeling
and simulation strategies to support predictive analysis of the system view of the architecture
under operational load.
3.9.5 The GeoScout contractor shall leverage lessons learned with regard to leading-edge
modeling and simulation technologies and capabilities to support modeling and simulation
process improvements and technology insertion.
The GeoScout contractor shall maintain the NSGI system hardware and software development
baseline. The GeoScout contractor shall provide updates and changes to the NSGI operational
hardware and software baseline via the NSGI system Configuration Management (CM) process.
The O&S contractor installs operational baseline updates.
 4.0 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
4.1 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
4.1.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop, maintain, and implement a Program Management
Plan (PMP). The PMP shall describe the technical approach, organizational resources and
management controls that the contractor shall employ to meet the cost, performance and
schedule requirements throughout the contract period of performance. The GeoScout contractor
shall develop and maintain the PMP, and provide access to the Government via the Integrated
Data Environment (IDE) and Data Accession List (CDRL A001), as described in Section 4.1.
4.1.2 The GeoScout contractor shall manage the GeoScout program in accordance with their
PMP, which shall be in conformance with DoD and industry best business practices. The
GeoScout PMP will allow the Government insight into the program.
4.1.3 The GeoScout contractor shall manage the GeoScout Program using processes and best
practices consistent with a Capability Maturity Model Integration? (CMMI?) (or equivalent
process maturity model) Level 3 (or higher).
4.1.4 The GeoScout contractor shall develop a sub-contractor management plan in the PMP that
is in conformance with current DoD/Industry best practices. This plan shall clearly illustrate
how the GeoScout contractor will seamlessly integrate subcontractor/teammates into the
GeoScout Program.
4.1.5 The GeoScout contractor shall describe in the PMP their support to the NIMA Program
Manager in the development, implementation, operations and maintenance of the NSGI.
4.1.6 The GeoScout contractor shall employ and maintain the PMP to ensure flexibility to
respond to the demands of the contract as workloads and activities change over time to reflect the
dynamic and evolutionary nature of the Enterprise Architecture.
4.1.7 The GeoScout contractor shall provide program management for new capabilities that
replace legacy and heritage systems as proposed in the NSGI System Transition Plan and with
Government direction or approval.
4.1.8 The GeoScout contractor shall establish a data management system and appropriate digital
environment to allow every authorized activity involved with the program to cost-effectively
create, store, access, manipulate, and/or exchange data electronically. The Integrated Digital
Environment (IDE) shall, at a minimum, meet the data management needs of the support
strategy, system engineering process, modeling and simulation activities, Test & Evaluation
(T&E) strategy, and periodic reporting requirements. The design shall allow ready access to the
IDE to anyone with:
? Need-to-know (as determined by the Government);
? Technologically "current" personal computer; and
? Internet access through a Commercial-Off-the-Shelf (COTS) browser.
UNCLASSIFIED 19
 4.1.9 The GeoScout contractor shall include specific proposals for an IDE solution in the PMP
to support acquisition and operational support activities. The GeoScout contractor shall provide
on-line access to programmatic and technical data in accordance with security policies and
standards that protects classified and restricted data against potential compromise. The
GeoScout contractor shall give preference to on-line access (versus data exchange) through a
commercial information service or existing IT infrastructure. The GeoScout contractor shall
identify the required functionality and data standards. The data formats of independent national
and international standards-setting organizations shall take precedence over all other formats.
The issue of data formats and transaction sets shall be independent of the method of access or
delivery.
4.1.10 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement the IDE solution that best meets
their preferred business model. Consequently, the Government Program Office will take
maximum advantage of and have minimum impact on the GeoScout contractor's solutions.
4.1.11 The GeoScout contractor shall, at appropriate decision points and program reviews,
address the status and effectiveness of the IDE.
4.1.12 The GeoScout contractor shall provide a phased plan to meet NIMA's Electronic
Records Management requirement to store all digital data until such time the data is declassified
and transferred to National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). The GeoScout
Contractor shall:
? Ninety (90) days from contract award, provide a plan to the Government for the digital
storage of all National Technical Means (NTM) imagery
? 120 days from contract award, provide a plan to the Government for the digital storage of
all commercial imagery and NIMA heritage and legacy products
? One (1) year from contract award, provide a plan to the Government for the digital
storage of all Geospatial Intelligence data
4.1.13 The GeoScout contractor shall maintain an up-to-date Data Accession List (CDRL
A001) of all technical and programmatic data generated and maintained by the GeoScout
contractor team (prime and subcontractors), which is not otherwise included in another CDRL.
The GeoScout contractor shall allow the Government access to the Data Accession List and
furnish, on request, electronic access to any item contained in this list as Not Separately Priced
(NSP) data. (CDRL A001)
4.1.14 The GeoScout contractor shall provide management control across the scope of the
contract. Technical and contract management control shall, for the effective and efficient
accomplishment of all requirements contained in this contract, include as a minimum:
System Integration Configuration Management
System Engineering Management Data Management
System Engineering Documentation Management
Software Engineering Progress/status reporting
Hardware Engineering Management Reviews
UNCLASSIFIED 20
RFP V1.0
 Program Support Management Test and Evaluation Management
Sub-Contractor Management Earned Value Management
Quality Assurance Integrated Digital Environment
Integrated Systems Training Integrated Schedule Management
4.2 CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (CWBS) AND DICTIONARY
4.2.1 The GeoScout contractor shall use and maintain the product-oriented Contract Work
Breakdown Structure (CWBS) contained in Appendix E. The CWBS shall be the framework
and guide for developing and implementing new mission capabilities based on an
increment/block, spiral-based capability development and delivery methodology. The CWBS
shall be the integrating mechanism for linking GeoScout contractor schedule management and
Earned Value Management (EVM) processes. Recommended changes to the CWBS provided in
Appendix E shall be provided to the Government for review and approval prior to
implementation. (CDRL A008)
4.2.2 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain a CWBS Dictionary (CDRL A008).
The CWBS Dictionary shall describe the scope of work and entry and exit criteria for all CWBS
elements. The GeoScout contractor shall update and deliver new CWBS and CWBS Dictionary
versions to the Government as needed following any changes to the contract.
4.3 PROGRAM PLANNING, CONTROL, AND REPORTING
4.3.1 INTEGRATED CONTRACT PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT (ICPM)
The GeoScout contractor shall implement an ICPM process consistent with NIMA's ICPM
Process Guidelines (See Section 2.1)
4.3.1.1 SCHEDULE MANAGEMENT
The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement a robust schedule management process
consistent with industry best practices for systems development. The GeoScout contractor shall
develop an integrated Contract Master Schedule (CMS). The CMS shall be vertically and
horizontally traceable for major, integrated product deliveries across the NSGI. All
dependencies shall be clearly identifiable in the CMS. The CMS shall address all work required
for successful completion of GeoScout contract tasks. The CMS shall include a Predecessor-
Successor List that identifies internal and external systems development and implementation
dependencies. The CMS shall include a Milestone Status Report. (CDRL A009)
4.3.1.2 Earned Value Management
The GeoScout contractor shall implement an Earned Value Management System (EVMS)
consistent with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 748, Industry Guidelines for
Earned Value Management, and an increment/block-based spiral-development acquisition
methodology. The EVMS shall serve both the contractor's internal management requirements
and the government requirements for integrated cost and schedule visibility and management
UNCLASSIFIED 21
RFP V1.0
 UNCLASSIFIED
control. The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain the Cost Performance Report
(CPR) (CDRL AO10). The CPR shall be submitted monthly and tie to the CWBS (CDRL A008).
Integrated Baseline Reviews (IBRs) are an integral, on-going part of any best practice EVMS
implementation. As such, an initial IBR will be conducted as soon as practical after contract
award as mutually agreed to by the GeoScout contractor and the Government. IBRs will also be
conducted on an on-going basis throughout the contract life.
4.3.1.3 Metrics Management and Reporting Requirements
The GeoScout contractor shall propose, generate, maintain, analyze, and report on the
performance metrics used to assess technical progress on the GeoScout Program. The GeoScout
contractor shall propose a Metrics Management Plan (CDRL A011), which will specify
appropriate functional performance satisfaction, technical software development, and
maintenance metrics that will be used to manage the GeoScout Program. The Metrics
Management Plan shall include metrics that the GeoScout contractor normally tracks and which
are considered significant indicators of technical progress. The Government will approve the
Metrics Management Plan prior to implementation. The GeoScout contractor shall manage and
maintain the performance metrics in conformance to the approved metrics plan, and provide
access to the Government via the Integrated Data Environment (IDE) and Data Accession List
(CDRL A001), as described in Section 4.1.
The GeoScout contractor shall develop a monthly Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR). (CDRL
A012) The CFSR shall provide time-phased contract funds requirements of the GeoScout
contractor, mapped to the CWBS (CDRL A008), and will be used by the Government in support
of planning and decision-making.
4.3.3 COST AS AN INDEPENDENT VARIABLE (CAIV)
Cost as an Independent Variable (CAIV) shall be employed by the GeoScout contractor to
evaluate time-phased KPPs versus cost objectives. The GeoScout contractor shall recommend to
the Government trade-offs between the objective and threshold values for each KPP.
4.4 LIFE CYCLE COST (LCC) ANALYSIS, AND CONTROL
4.4.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop life cycle cost estimates for all proposed, developed
and delivered capabilities.
4.4.2 The GeoScout contractor shall refine and maintain the Life Cycle Cost Estimate (LCCE)
(CDRL A003) developed as part of the NEA study (NEA CDRL 17). The LCCE shall be
consistent with the system view of the architecture (as outlined in Section 3.2.1), NSGI System
Transition Plan (CDRL A002) and risk reduction activities. The LCCE shall be iteratively
updated based on the Business Case for each block of capability (CDRL A004). These cost
estimates shall provide total cost of ownership, (including research and development,
UNCLASSIFIED 22
RFP V1.0
 procurement, operations and sustainment, re-capitalization, and decommissioning and disposal
costs) by government fiscal year. The life cycle cost estimate shall reflect the following
attributes:
? Realism - the compatibility of proposed costs with scope and effort
? Reasonableness - the Contractor's methodology used in developing cost estimates
? Affordability - proposed cost is within anticipated budget actions
? Completeness - responsiveness in providing cost data for all requirements and items
in the SOW
4.4.3 The LCCE shall employ a program WBS and WBS Dictionary that goes down to the
lowest level necessary to adequately estimate system costs for the specified time frame. The
program WBS shall be relatable to the CWBS referenced in SOW Section 4.2 and Appendix E
(CDRL A008). The LCCE shall include a sensitivity analysis, which identifies program cost
drivers. The LCCE shall also include cost risk analyses detailing probability and confidence
levels for costs generated by the model.
4.5.1 The GeoScout contractor shall plan and schedule formal technical and programmatic
reviews that will reveal to the Government their progress during planning, design,
implementation, test, training and delivery activities. These reviews shall be defined and
identified in the Contractor PMP and the CMS, respectively. Either the Government or the
GeoScout contractor may convene ad hoc reviews should circumstances make them necessary.
4.5.2 The GeoScout contractor shall focus each review on the achievements since the last
review, conduct and success of risk management activities, unresolved issues, action items and
problems. These review items will be measured against the Government's objectives, goals and
schedule developed elsewhere in this contract.
4.5.3 The GeoScout contractor shall develop, document, and distribute the agenda and record
and distribute review proceedings, to include action item tracking and resolution.
4.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM
4.6.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop, document, implement, and maintain a quality
program to assure quality of contract deliverables, management of development processes, and
interface with the Enterprise Engineering contractor on quality assurance matters.
4.6.2 The GeoScout contractor shall report all quality discrepancies to the NIMA Program
Office and these discrepancies shall be included in any reporting requirements established by the
Government.
 4.7 CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT (CM) PROGRAM
4.7.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop, implement, and maintain a system (CM) process
consistent with the NIMA Enterprise Configuration Management process and industry best
practices.
4.7.2 The GeoScout contractor shall maintain CM control of the development software and
hardware baselines developed under this contract.
4.7.3 The GeoScout contractor shall maintain in softcopy, using appropriate tools and
databases/repositories, all technical and programmatic documentation; repository-based models
and artifacts (e.g., system view of the architecture representations such as UML models); logical
and physical data-models; and other data developed as part of this contract. All documentation,
databases, and repository-based models shall be available in softcopy to the Government, and
delivered to the Government at the end of contract or as requested. All tools, databases, and
repositories used to maintain technical and programmatic documentation as well as repository-
based models under this contract shall be interoperable with those used by NIMA, the Enterprise
Engineering contractor, and the O&S contractor. Where necessary, the GeoScout contractor
shall provide the Government with project-specific tools and any project-specific tailoring of the
tools. All documentation shall be readable using standard COTS office automation products.
4.8.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and implement an integrated Risk Management
process consistent with best industry practices.
4.8.2 The GeoScout contractor shall interface with the Enterprise Engineer and O&S contractors
on enterprise-level risk issues/matters.
4.9.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop, maintain, and implement a Product Support
Management Plan (PSMP) (CDRL A013).
4.9.2 The PSMP shall include, in detail, a coordinated approach to hardware and software
maintenance, sparing, licenses for COTS products, and training of customer, operator and
maintainer personnel. NIMA currently employs separate Operations and Sustainment (O&S)
Contractors, and the GeoScout PSMP shall address the responsibility of O&S Contractors. This
plan shall include a detailed approach for transitioning newly developed systems to the
operational baseline managed by the O&S contractor.
4.9.3 The PSMP shall indicate how the GeoScout contractors will provide support to sites,
including domestic, foreign and forward-deployed sites. Note that some potential design
approaches may be web-based and may not require physical items to be fielded at remote
locations. Since capabilities installed at operational sites involve access to classified
information, the PSMP shall also indicate how the GeoScout contractor will provide sufficient
cleared personnel to accomplish maintenance tasks.
UNCLASSIFIED 24
RFP V1.0
 4.9.4 The PSMP shall be augmented by other contractor-developed plans addressing specific
support requirements. For example, training performed by the National Geospatial Intelligence
College and by Service training organizations, may be documented in separate training plans.
4.9.5 Before capabilities transition to operational environments, the GeoScout contractor shall
perform overall system configuration management, complete transition activities and
documentation including the update and distribution of system changes and the maintenance of
site-specific installation variations. The GeoScout contractor shall provide engineering support
during the transition to operational environments to assist in seamless transition of capabilities,
and to minimize impact to mission-critical production operations.
4.10.1 The GeoScout contractor shall implement a flexible system test capability that does
not require the operational NSGI to be used for new development and modernization testing.
4.10.2 The GeoScout contractor shall demonstrate, test, and assist in the validation of each
proposed upgrade and/or enterprise integration. The GeoScout contractor shall also evaluate and
document the results of all GeoScout testing activities.
4.10.3 All tests shall be conducted in accordance with a System Development Test Plan
(SDTP) (CDRL A014) developed by the GeoScout contractor and approved by the Government.
The SDTP shall be consistent with the Enterprise Test and Evaluation Master Plan (TEMP)
developed by the Enterprise Engineer.
4.10.4 Beta 1 and Beta 2 tests shall be conducted at NIMA's Integrated Test Facility (ITF),
Joint Interoperability Test Command, and/or. at user sites/facilities to be identified through
mutual agreement by the GeoScout contractor and the Government. Locations will be
documented in the System Development Test Plan(s) (CDRL A014) and the TEMP maintained
by the Enterprise Engineer.
4.10.5 The Government reserves the right to conduct independent verification and validation
(IV&V) on any system and its associated hardware and software.
4.10.6 The GeoScout contractor shall be responsible for Beta 2 testing at operational sites.
4.10.7 The GeoScout contractor shall support the Enterprise Engineer during Beta 1 testing at the
ITF and/or at user sites/facilities.
4.10.8 The GeoScout contractor shall be responsible for system/software certification activities
to include DoDIIS certification, Interoperability certification, and security
certification/accreditation.
4.10.9 The testing, planning and execution for each upgrade or integration shall include Security
Certification and Accreditation testing in accordance with NI 8010.3R3. The security test
UNCLASSIFIED 25
RFP V1.0
 procedures and test reports shall be included as appendices in the System Security Authorization
Agreement (SSAA) (CDRL AO 18).
4.11.1 The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain training materials and training
devices for all capabilities delivered under this GeoScout contract in accordance with Training
and Doctrine standards and policies for training materials and coursework. This encompasses
actions, procedures and techniques to establish/maintain life cycle Training and Training Device
Programs. The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain the Training Plan and Materials
(CDRL A015) in accordance with the Operator, Maintainer, and Customer staffing profile in the
approved block Implementation Plan (CDRL A005).
4.11.2 The GeoScout contractor shall provide training/training engineering expertise for NSGI
systems in coordination with the NIMA Training and Doctrine Directorate and the NGC. The
GeoScout contractor shall coordinate and interface with industry, customers, stakeholders and
other support activities involved in planning and implementing training programs. (CDRL
A015)
4.12 FACILITY CLEARANCE
The GeoScout contractor shall ensure all facilities utilized in support of the contract are cleared
for the level of security required to perform the work under this contract and in accordance with
the Government's industrial security program and DOD 5220.22-M; National Industrial Security
Program Operating Manual (NISPOM), January 1995 (Change 2, May, 2000); and DCID 1/21,
"Physical Security Standards for Sensitive Compartmented Information Facilities," as
appropriate.
The GeoScout contractor shall comply with the DoD Manual 4120.24-M Defense
Standardization Program (DSP) Policy and Procedures of March 2000 or its successors and
guidance from the National Center for Geospatial Intelligence Standards. The GeoScout
contractor shall adhere to the DoD DSP policy that promotes open, interoperable commercial
standardization of materiel, facilities, and engineering practices to improve military operational
readiness, reduce total ownership costs, and reduce acquisition cycle time.
4.14 SECURITY ENGINEERING
4.14.1.1 DoD Regulation 5000.1-R requires that sensitive information and technologies be
identified early in the acquisition process and be protected from inadvertent or unauthorized
disclosure. One of the options available to meet this requirement is to develop a Program
Protection Plan (PPP). Its purpose is to protect defense items and technical data from hostile
collection efforts and unauthorized disclosure during the acquisition process.
UNCLASSIFIED 26
RFP V1.0
 4.14.1.2 The GeoScout contractor shall produce a PPP (CDRL A016) that addresses the
protection of Critical Program Information (CPI) throughout the acquisition cycle. The PPP must
consider system vulnerabilities, specific threats, and which countermeasures to employ to protect
the assets.
4.14.1.3 The scope of the PPP is dictated by which CPI needs protection, the threat and
vulnerabilities, and the system security engineering necessary for life-cycle protection. This
serves as the basis for information security-related decisions in drafting the Security
Classification Guide (SCG). DoD 5200.1-R requires a SCG for all classified systems, programs,
plans, or projects. The GeoScout contractor shall develop the SGC (CDRL A017). The SCG
should include appropriate controls for sensitive (controlled) unclassified information and
classified information, and time-phase the security guidance over the life of the item.
4.14.1.4 The PPP shall also include the System Security Management Plan as an annex. This
annex concentrates on the protection of the system in its operational environment. The System
Security Management Plan draws upon a portion of system security engineering as described in
MIL-STD-1785. System security addresses the use of engineering measures to protect the
system physically, or to limit actions, which compromise its war-fighting or support capabilities.
4.14.2 SECURITY ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN
4.14.2.1 NSGI Enterprise Security Architecture
The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain the NSGI Enterprise Security Architecture
and Design. The architecture shall be consistent with and be a separate view within the System
View of the Architecture Description.
4.14.2.2 Block-Level Security Architecture
The GeoScout contractor shall develop and maintain Block-level Security Architectures and
designs. The Block-level Security Architecture and Design shall be documented in the security
view portion of the System View of the Architecture Description, and shall correspond to the
block architecture illustrated in the temporal view portion of the system view of the architecture.
4.14.3 CERTIFICATION AND ACCREDITATION
Prior to processing classified information, AISs produced for NIMA are subject to certification
and accreditation. GeoScout AIS processing collateral or Sensitive Compartmented Information
(SCI) information in NIMA, or contractor facilities, shall be accredited by NIMA in accordance
with DCID 6/3, regardless of location. Contractor AIS equipment or networks, within facilities
accredited by the Defense Security Services that process collateral classified information, shall
be accredited in accordance with DOD 5220.22-M.
The certification and accreditation (C&A) procedures defined in NIMA Instruction 8010.3R3,
Certification and Accreditation of Information Systems shall be used. The GeoScout contractor
UNCLASSIFIED 27
RFP V1.0
 shall develop the SSAA (CDRL A018) for each AIS to be accredited. It is expected that there
will be several spirals within each block. Each spiral delivered to operations will require
separate certification and accreditation, each with a separate SSAA. The SSAA is a formal
document containing many appendices, each being the product of a step in the C&A process.
Each SSAA will be a Draft until the final approval step is signed-off. SCI Accreditation
requirements include:
1. The system/network shall be configured to be fully DCID 6/3 compliant.
2. All foreign software, mobile code, and interfaces utilized by system/network shall be
identified and approved.
3. The system shall be delivered with a definition and justification for ports and protocols
necessary for use by system/network at the destination NIMA site or installation. Ports
and protocols not required for operation shall be closed.
4. In addition to the requirements documents cited above, all systems/networks shall
conform to appropriate National Policies and best practices (See Section 2.1 - Applicable
Compliance Documents and NSA security configuration guidance at
http://nsal.www.conxion.com.)
The GeoScout contractor shall ensure that all assigned personnel are cleared to the proper level
in accordance with the current version of the NISPOM and DoD 5105.21-M-1 (SCI eligibility).
5.0 DELIVERABLES - See Appendix B.
APPENDIX A - ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS
APPENDIX B - CDRLs
APPENDIX C - ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENTERPRISE
ENGINEER, GEOSCOUT, AND OPERATIONS AND SUSTAINMENT
CONTRACTORS
APPENDIX D - GEOSCOUT SPECIFIC TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES
APPENDIX E --GEOSCOUT CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE
(CWBS)
UNCLASSIFIED 28
RFP V1.0
 APPENDIX A - ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS
Ao Operational Availability
AIS Automated Information System
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ATO Approval to Operate
BPR Business Process Re-engineering
C4ISR Command, Control Communications and Computers Intelligence,
Surveillance and Reconnaissance
C&A Certification and Accreditation
CAIV Cost As an Independent Variable
CDRL Contract Data Requirements List
CFSR Contract Funds Status Reports
CIP Critical Infrastructure Protection
CM Configuration Management
CMMI? Capability Maturity Model Integration?
CMP Configuration Management Plan
CND Computer Network Defense
CONOPS Concept of Operations
COTS Commercial Off the Shelf
CPI Critical Program Information
CWBS Contract Work Breakdown Schedule
DCID Director Central Intelligence Directive
DISA Defense Information Systems Agency
DoD Department of Defense
DoDIIS Department of Defense Intelligence Information System
DPDW Digital Products Data Warehouse
DSP Defense Standardization Program
DTP Developmental Test Plan
EIA Electronics Industry Alliance
ENGINE ENterprise Geospatial INtelligence Environment
ESC Enterprise Service Center
EVM Earned Value Management
EVMS Earned Value Management System
FIA Future Imagery Architecture
FPE Front-End Processing Environment
GA Geospatial Analyst
GIDI Geospatial Intelligence Data Integration
GIG Global Information Grid
GOB Geospatial Operations Branch
UNCLASSIFIED
A-1
 IA Imagery Analyst
IAS Information Access Services
IBR Integrated Baseline Review
IC Intelligence Community
ICMAP Intelligence Community Multi-Intelligence Acquisition Program
ICPM Integrated Contract Performance Management
IGCRD Imagery and Geospatial Capstone Requirements Document
ICSIS Intelligence Community System for Information Sharing
IDE Integrated Digital Environment
IDS Information Dissemination Services
IEC Integrated Exploitation Capability
LESS Imagery Exploitation Support System
IGC Imagery and Geospatial Community
IMPS Integrated Master Plan and Schedule
IPL Image Product Library
IRAD Independent Research and Development
IT Information Technology
ITF Integrated Test Facility
ITI Information Technology Infrastructure
JIVA Joint Intelligence Virtual Architecture
JMO Joint Management Office
JROC Joint Requirements Oversight Council
JTA Joint Technical Architecture
JTW Joint Targeting Workstation
KPP Key Performance Parameter
LAN Local Area Network
LCC Life Cycle Cost
MA Mission Assurance
MIDB Modernized Integrated Database
MPU Modernization Plan Update
MRB Mission Requirements Board
Multi-INT Multiple Intelligence
NARA National Archives and Records Administration
NEA NSGI Enterprise Architecture
NES National Exploitation Systems
NETIPT NSGI Enterprise Transformation Integrated Product Team
NEWS NIMA Enterprise Workforce System
NGC NIMA Geospatial College
UNCLASSIFIED
A-2
 NIES NIMA Imagery Exploitation System
NIMA National Imagery and Mapping Agency
NISPOM National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual
NORD NSGI Operational Requirements Document
NPE NSGI Pre-Production Environment
NSA National Security Agency
NSES NIMA Systems Engineering Support
NSGI National System for Geospatial Intelligence
NSP Not Separately Priced
NTM National Technical Means
O&S Operations and Sustainment
OMB Office of Management and Budget
ORD Operational Requirements Document
P31 Pre-planned Product Improvement
PKI Public Key Infrastructure
POM Program Objective Memorandum
PMAA Production Management Alternate Architecture
PMP Program Management Plan
PPP Program Protection Plan
PSMP Program Support Management Plan
QA Quality Assurance
REP Request for Proposal
RMP Risk Management Program
Risk Management Plan
RMS Requirements Management System
RRS Remote Replication Systems
SBU Sensitive But Unclassified
SCG Security Classification Guide
SCI Sensitive Compartmented Information
SCOTS Standards-based Commercial Off the Shelf
SEATS System Engineering Analysis and Trade Studies
SI System Integrator
SOC System Operations Concept
SOO Statement of Objectives
SOR Statement of Requirements
SOW Statement of Work
T&E Test and Evaluation
TEMP Test and Evaluation Master Plan
TLOS Thin-Line Operational System
TMS Targeting Management System
UNCLASSIFIED
A-3
 TPED Tasking, Processing, Exploitation, and Dissemination
TPM Technical Performance Measure(s)
USIGS United States Imagery and Geospatial Information System
WALA-IA Washington Area Library Architecture Imagery
WAN Wide Area Network
WARP Web-based Access and Retrieval Prototype
WBS Work Breakdown Structure
Business Case. An acquisition/procurement business case is a comprehensive assessment of the
economic factors. The business case applies to decisions involving proposed and existing
business methods; and current and proposed information technology. It includes benchmarking
against the best-accepted practices in both the private and public sectors. A business case
quantifies costs, benefits and risks. It compares alternatives to the baseline, where the baseline is
business as usual; and the alternative is the management initiative leading to savings. The
baseline includes only business that is subject to change. A business case provides one major
input to the decision makers.
Capability Maturity Model? Integration (CMMI?). The purpose of Capability Maturity
Model? Integration (CMMI?) is to provide guidance for improving an organization's processes
and its ability to manage the development, acquisition, and maintenance of products and
services. CMMI? places proven practices into a structure that helps an organization assess its
organizational maturity and process area capability, establish priorities for improvement, and
guide the implementation of these improvements.
Change Management. Change management is managing the continuous process of aligning an
organization with its environment by ensuring the collaboration, participation, and
communication necessary to implement effective change.
Computer Network Defense (CND). Actions taken to protect, monitor, analyze, detect, and
respond to unauthorized activity within DoD information systems and computer networks.
NOTE: The unauthorized activity may include disruption, denial, degradation, destruction,
exploitation, or access to computer networks, information systems or their contents, or theft of
information. CND protection activity employs information assurance protection activity and
includes deliberate actions taken to modify an assurance configuration or condition in response
to a CND alert or threat information.
Continuity of Operations (COOP). A comprehensive and effective program to ensure
continuity of essential Federal functions under all circumstances as well as the backup and
recovery of systems and data essential to business continuity.
UNCLASSIFIED
A-4
 COPPER Network. New Secret Collateral NIMA network after the Secret Collateral
Environment (SCEN) moves to SCI. Current IOC is late February 2003.
Critical Infrastructure Protection (CIP). Plans, programs and operations undertaken to assure
the continuity and viability of the economy and the government.
Enterprise Geospatial Intelligence Environment (ENGINE). The program identified to
create an engineered, current, capable, reliable IT infrastructure for NEMA.
Evolutionary Acquisition. An acquisition strategy that defines, develops, produces or acquires,
and fields an initial hardware or software increment (or block) of operational capability. It is
based on technologies demonstrated in relevant environments, time-phased requirements, and
demonstrated manufacturing or software deployment capabilities. These capabilities can be
provided in a shorter period of time, followed by subsequent increments of capability over time
that accommodate improved technology and allowing for full and adaptable systems over time.
Each increment will meet a useful capability specified by the user (i.e., at least the thresholds set
by the user for that increment); however, the first increment may represent only 60% to 80 % of
the desired final capability.
There are two basic approaches to evolutionary acquisition. In one approach, the ultimate
functionality can be defined at the beginning of the program, with the content of each deployable
increment determined by maturation of key technologies. In the second approach, the ultimate
functionality cannot be defined at the beginning of the program and each increment of capability
is defined by the maturation of the technologies matched against the evolving needs of the user.
Geospatial Intelligence. The exploitation and analysis of imagery and geospatial information to
describe, assess, and visually depict physical features and geographically referenced activities on
the Earth.
Heritage System. A system that was acquired after the formation of NIMA as an organization.
Increment or Block. A useful and supportable operational capability that can be effectively
developed, produced or acquired, deployed and sustained. Each increment of capability will have
its own set of thresholds and objectives set by the user.
Information Assurance (IA). Information Operations (IO) that protect and defend information
and information systems by ensuring their availability, integrity, authentication, confidentiality,
and non-repudiation. This includes providing for restoration of information systems by
incorporating protection, detection, and reaction capabilities and includes robust systems design
that ensures maximum confidence in data quality, retention, storage and utilization to include
prevention of corruption.
Information Technology/Disaster Recovery (IT/DR). Plans and operations that focus upon
data/computer center and/or local/wide area network recovery following a disruption including
specific actions for restoring or recovering IT and other systems after they fail.
UNCLASSIFIED
A-5
 Infrastructure. The NSGI infrastructure provides the common communications networks, core
computing systems and services, and facilities that support information management, archive and
dissemination, exploitation, and corporate applications. It consists of the communications,
processing, storage, operating systems, and common support services that sustain NSGI
operations. The infrastructure establishes the common operating environment that supports
interoperability for exchanging information. Infrastructure resources and services may be
provided by organizations outside of NIMA and may be shared by the NSGI and other
enterprises.
Integration. The process of combining components, usually hardware and software, into a new,
larger component to achieve some architectural requirement. Integration requires resolution of
compatibility issues between components that are to be interconnected. Integration attempts to
allow sharing of a common resource (such as data) without the need for intermediate translations
from one format to another. Note that the Common Operating Environment is a technique for
achieving integration that ensures interoperability. (Defense Information Infrastructure Common
Operating Environment IRTS)
Integrator. The GeoScout contractor integrates or incorporates NIMA's current disparate
operations, processes, and systems into one coherent organization and an NSGI that satisfies the
NIMA mission and the objectives and goals stated herein.
Legacy System. A system that was acquired prior to the formation of NIMA as an organization.
Life Cycle Cost (LCC). The total cost to the government of acquisition and ownership of that
system over its useful life. It includes the cost of development, acquisition, operations, and
support (to include manpower), and where applicable, disposal. For defense systems, Life Cycle
Cost is also called Total Ownership Cost (TOC). (Defense Acquisition University (DAU))
Life Cycle Management (LCM). A management process, applied throughout the life of a
system, that bases all programmatic decisions on the anticipated mission-related and economic
benefits derived over the life of the system. (DAU)
Life Cycle (Weapon System). All phases of the system's life including research, development,
test and evaluation (RDT&E), production, deployment (inventory), operations and support
(O&S), and disposal. (DAU)
Migration (system). Incrementally creating a more streamlined, efficient, smaller and cheaper
suite. (USIGS Glossary)
Multi-Intelligence (Multi-INT). The transfer of discipline-generated filtered data and
information and the collaborative activities between two or more intelligence
specialties/disciplines that materially contribute to the accomplishment of the intelligence
mission of one or more of the involved disciplines. It includes integration of filtered data and
information generated by one discipline with that generated by another discipline to produce
UNCLASSIFIED
A-6
 knowledge and discipline intelligence with accuracies, confidence levels, timeliness and clarity
not available through the use of single specialty tradecraft and processes.
National System for Geospatial Intelligence (NSGI). The integration of technology, policies,
mission and corporate capabilities, and doctrine necessary to conduct Geospatial Intelligence in a
multi-intelligence environment.
Pre-Planned Product Improvement (P3I). A traditional acquisition strategy that provides for
adding improved capability to a mature system.
Spiral Development. An iterative process for developing a defined set of capabilities within
one block. This process provides the opportunity for interaction between the user, tester, and
developer. In this process, the requirements are refined through experimentation and risk
management, there is continuous feedback, and the user is provided the best possible capability
within the block. Each block may include a number of spirals. Spiral development implements
evolutionary acquisition.
Transition Plan. For the purpose of the GeoScout SOW a Transition Plan describes the
evolution of NIMA from its current operating state to the GeoScout contractor's system
architecture, including the migration of legacy and heritage systems.
UNCLASSIFIED
A-7
 CDRL
Number
CDRL Title
SOW Paragraph
A001
Data Accession List
Paragraph 4.1.13
A002
NSGI System Transition Plan
Section 3.4
A003
Life Cycle Cost Estimate (LCCE)
Section 3.4 and 4.4
A004
Business Case
Section 3.4
A005
Block Implementation Plan
Section 3.4
A006
Interface Plans and Processes (EE, O&S, FIA JMO,
respectively)
Section 3.6
A007
Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) Plan
Section 3.7
A008
Contract Work Breakdown Structure (CWBS) including
CWBS Dictionary
Section 4.2
A009
Contract Master Schedule (CMS)
Section 4.3
A010
Cost Performance Report (CPR)
Section 4.3
A011
Metrics Management Plan (MMP)
Section 4.3
A012
Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)
Section 4.3
A013
Product Support Management Plan (PSMP)
Section 4.9
A014
System Development Test Plan (SDTP)
Section 4.10
A015
Training Plan and Materials
Section 4.11
A016
Program Protection Plan (PPP)
Section 4.14
A017
Security Classification Guide (SCG)
Section 4.14
A018
System Security Authorization Agreement (SSAA)
Section 4.14
UNCLASSIFIED
B-1
 APPENDIX C - ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENTERPRISE
ENGINEER, GEOSCOUT, AND OPERATIONS AND SUSTAINMENT
CONTRACTORS
The Acquisition Strategy Framework, displayed in Figure 1, is intended to show a three-tier
hierarchy of support to NSGI Transformation: Enterprise Engineering, System Integration, and
Operations & Sustainment. This document is intended to provide the next level of breakout of
this framework into more specific roles and responsibilities for each tier.
Acqwsition..... Strategyr Frainewer k.
Figure 1 Enterprise Acquisition Framework
1. ENTERPRISE ENGINEERING
A. Overview
The Enterprise Engineering program will provide independent engineering support across the
enterprise, facilitate the application of consistent, unified systems engineering principles, evolve
the technical and operational architecture, and assure adherence to the standards. The NIMA
Enterprise Architect (NIMA/ET) and the NIMA Chief Engineer (NINA/AE) will manage the
Enterprise Architecture developed under the NEA contract. The Enterprise Engineering program
UNCLASSIFIED
C-1
 will provide direct support to the NIMA Enterprise Architect and the NIMA Chief Engineer to
accomplish this.
This strategy moves NIMA from segmented systems engineering support tasks to a unified
enterprise engineering approach. Enterprise engineering is the application of systems
engineering principles and practices across an organization, from sources through users, to
manage and maintain the technical and operational view of the Enterprise Architecture, and
assure adherence to approved standards. Enterprise Engineering is needed to provide the NIMA
Enterprise Architect and the NIMA Chief Engineer with the necessary skills and resources to
manage the Enterprise Architecture developed by the GeoScout Program.
The Enterprise Engineering contractor will manage and ensure the end-to-end integrity of the
NSGI, provide an operational description and requirements specification of the planned NSGI
that will include:
? Intended deployment of capabilities over operational nodes
? Connectivity among these capabilities and nodes
? Interfaces to external systems and users
? System behavior in terms of use cases and data flows
Enterprise Engineering will document and establish a roadmap and schedule for the architecture,
the security environment, the conceptual data model and the concept of operations, ensure that
the roadmaps converge at a common point in the same timeframe to deliver a capability-based
effectivity, and chair or moderate permanent or ad hoc fora to facilitate accomplishment of its
mission and functions.
B. Detailed Enterprise Engineering Tasks
The following provides the detailed Enterprise Engineering tasks keyed to the areas shown in
Figure 2.
Figure 2 Enterprise Engineering
1. Corporate Business Systems and Processes
? Define mission and corporate business architecture views for NIMA and NSGI
? Capture, define and maintain mission and corporate business processes for NIMA and
NSGI "as is" and "to be" products and services
UNCLASSIFIED
C-2
 ? Develop and maintain business processes and rules based on the new NIMA business
model
? Define and monitor business related metrics
? Establish and maintain value chains of key business lines, work to identify cost of
business
? Develop and maintain business process models that identify bottlenecks and target
investment areas that support the Government's decisions on business process re-
engineering
? Develop definition of Geospatial Intelligence assurance attributes reflective of the
Functional Manager's (FM) confidence in NIMA's information products
? Support cross-organizational effort to define/refine Geospatial Intelligence assurance
attributes and potential methods for their capture or generation
? Support the geospatial assurance teams to define system requirements reflective of needs
that allow both generation and retention of geospatial attributes, visualization tools and
processes
? Identify changes in aggregate information/products as potential agency key performance
parameters in support of agency's use of geospatial assurance information metrics
? Evaluate cost, schedule and performance metrics to assist in resource decisions
? Provide and align links from the new business model, processes and functions to federal,
intelligence community and defense architecture-related projects
? Manage technology insertion planning and processes
2. Mission Systems and Processes
? Working with the NIMA Enterprise Architect, the Enterprise Engineer, and the
customers:
o Define and refine mission system requirements and processes
o Assist N 4A with enterprise architecture, enterprise engineering oversight,
governance, and measures
? Establish and refine governance processes for the Enterprise Architecture
? Evolve roles and alignment of business processes and Information Technology (IT)
? Evolve operational and technical views of the Enterprise Architecture to enable multi-
enterprise, multi-INT access and processes
3. Enterprise Architecture
? Evolve and maintain the operational, technical, and conceptual data model views of the
Enterprise Architecture in accordance with C4ISR framework, to include information
assurance
? Identify features of the Enterprise Architecture and provide cross-reference trace to other
applicable frameworks (Federal Enterprise Architecture, DoD Functional Management
Model, Global Information Grid, etc.)
? Identify NSGI user relationships and their information needs
? Identify and recommend standards for interoperability, areas of evolving standards and
languages that should be considered for future incorporation into NSGI with rationale and
estimates of benefits vs. impacts with recommended timelines
UNCLASSIFIED
C-3
 ? Evolve and maintain the conceptual data model based on GeoScout deliverables, defining
data content and interoperability
? Support registry of NSGI data models and maintain trace between approved data models
? Develop and implement a process to evolve and maintain the GeoScout Contractor
provided conceptual data model, consistent with best industry practices
? Document and maintain the definition of cross-NIMA and cross-NSGI domain data
providing support to architecture data views, monitor change and compliance
? Define associated metrics for the operational and technical views of the Enterprise
Architecture relevant to analyzing performance and satisfaction of requirements
? Support architectural change evaluation based on a data and standards view
? Recommend NSGI data standards development activities and metrics
? Undertake engineering tasks in support of the Enterprise Architect and the Chief
Engineer
? Provide and carry out a standards management process to accomplish NIMA mission for
imagery and geospatial information, systems, and services
? Support coordination of the NSGI Objective Operational activities within NIMA and
external coordination of architecture activities with Commands, Services, and Agencies
? Develop Technology Insertion plan and processes
4. Migration Planning
? Based on mission and corporate business model and evolving mission, define and
prioritize corporate and mission functions that need to be migrated
? Evaluate data migration plans, and support definition and execution of post-migration
validation methods
? Recommend strategy and requirements development and initial options for long-term
archival and preservation of legacy and evolving imagery and geospatial products
? Identify and provide assessment of NSGI architectural impacts based on emerging'
customer needs discovered through the community processes and the Defense
Acquisition Board for new weapons or processes with Geospatial Intelligence needs
? Support different levels of migration: system-to-system migration and overall system
migration, and support both mid- and long-range migration planning for NIMA and
NSGI
? Provide a strategy in each migration plan that effectively addresses the application of
standards applicable to NSGI and NSGI's evolution
? Develop and propose innovative alternatives for System Engineering challenges while
constantly increasing the efficiency of resource utilization
? Provide NIMA with insight into industry IT and IT acquisition best practices
? Perform gap analysis to assess the state of legacy systems, technology maturity,
acquisition opportunities, and fiscal reality of the migration
5. Requirements Baseline
? In support to the NIMA requirements management process, identify, document, in
accordance with government priorities, customer requirements based on:
o Cost, functionality, schedule, and performance
o Mission need
UNCLASSIFIED
C-4
 o Corporate business requirements
? Maintain the NIMA/NSGI list of unfunded requirements
? Support tracing submitted or driving need to/from ORD and lower level documents
? Define and use an integrated, end-to-end, System Needs and Requirements (SNR)
management process consistent with a system engineering CMMI level 3 or higher
organization
o This process includes and defines the activities of all process participants,
including the Contractor's, the Government's, and NIMA-corporate and NSGI
implementers (GeoScout, heritage, and legacy contractors)
? Create and maintain an automated, comprehensive database of requirements information
that is used to conduct the SNR analyses
? Develop a flexible requirements process that can quickly, effectively, and efficiently
respond to dynamic mission requirements
6. Performance Metrics and Modeling
? Provide a Performance Metrics Plan that defines the enterprise metrics to be captured,
refined, and maintained with a rationale for each metric's impact on NIMA's mission
? Establish the process for capturing metrics that will include acceptance of metrics data
captured by the GeoScout and O&S contractors and define this process and defend its
rationale in the Program Metrics Plan
? Define and implement business reengineering modeling process and requirements
? Report performance metrics and modeling trends and issues at each Quarterly Program
Review to include recommendations for Government and Contractor actions based on the
reported results
? Deconflict metrics throughout process
? Develop and implement a modeling and simulation process and to support their evolution
of the Operational and Technical Architecture, management of the Business Process
(Corporate and Mission), Systems Needs and Requirements, Technical Planning, Risk
Management, Configuration Management, Technical Insertion, Independent Verification
and Validation, and Security Engineering
? Provide performance metrics and modeling results, trends and issues that support specific
contractor studies at related study forums
? Host a quarterly forum to validate their modeling and simulation activities with Subject
Matter Experts (SMEs)
? Evaluate and maintain NSGI performance metrics and monitor
7. Enterprise Risk Management
? Develop and implement an integrated Risk Management process consistent with best
industry practices and a system engineering CMMI? level 3 or higher organization
? Interface with the GeoScout and O&S contractors on NSGI risk issues/matters that
impact the enterprise-level risk issues/matters
? Assess and prioritize enterprise resources to mitigate risk
? Identify, capture and monitor risk related metrics
8. Master Program Schedule
UNCLASSIFIED
C-5
 ? Maintain NIMA/NSGI master program schedule for enterprise activities
? Maintain the Master Schedule database and ensure that milestones and activities are
linked to show dependencies and to support critical path analysis for Enterprise Projects
? Coordinate with GeoScout and O&S contractors to receive and deconflict NSGI system
input for Master Schedule
? Communicate status and dependencies at appropriate forums
? Maintain traceability of changes and historical records of the Master Schedule
9. Enterprise CM (Readiness)
? Develop, implement, and maintain an integrated Configuration Management (CM)
process consistent with best industry practices and a system engineering CMMI? level 3
or higher organization
? Manage enterprise level CM boards and documentation
? Coordinate with the GeoScout and O&S contractors on NSGI development- and
operational-level CM issues/matters that impact the enterprise-level CM process
? Ensure clear link of decisions, projects to IT related reporting items
? Support yearly preparation and review of IT exhibits focused on enterprise architecture
aspects
? Maintain and implement a quality review process for Requests for Change (RFC) with
checklists to ensure quality and completeness of each RFC
10. IV&V
? Perform independent verification to provide evidence that requirements and development
processes are correctly implemented
? Perform independent validation to provide evidence that a product will fulfill the
customer's expectations
? Conduct Independent Verification and Validation (IV&V) to determine and approve
satisfaction of requirements, interoperability, and readiness assessment for new capability
deliveries
? Perform IV&V functions to include Requirements Analysis/Trace/Inspection, Test
planning, execution (or witnessing), and report generation
? Conduct ITF and site ITF testing
? Provide for IV&V Metrics Program
? Perform enterprise issue investigation (i.e., analysis, inspection, but not resolution)
? Prioritize and schedule ITF activities to support enterprise priorities
? Develop Enterprise Test and Evaluation Master Plan (TEMP) and independent test plans
? Conduct Beta I test activities at the TTF based on DoD Intelligence Information System
(DoDIIS) rules
? Ensure standards compliance (e.g., NITF) as well as certification, to include final
requirements sell-off in those areas
? Establish quality requirements for enterprise test data
? Provide support to the Government's and GeoScout's Quality Assurance programs
through independent verification that GeoScout Contractor is using proper development
processes and developing the correct requirements and through independent validation of
end to end GeoScout system performance through Test and Evaluation
UNCLASSIFIED
C-6
 ? Develop, maintain and implement Enterprise Engineering Test and Evaluation (T&E)
process consistent industry best practices and with SE-CMMI? level 3 or higher
processes
? Monitor and audit compliance with Enterprise Engineering implemented processes, and
execute process improvement to the process as required
II. Technology Insertion
? Develop, implement and maintain an Enterprise technology insertion process
? Advise, facilitate and provide Secretariat duties to NIMA's Technology Insertion
Steering Group, chaired by a Government program manager
? Provide a technical pros/cons evaluation of each technical insertion candidate, which
includes an analysis of impacts of technology insertion change to NIMA's vision,
NIMA's mission, or any aspect of the Enterprise Architecture
? Prioritize candidates for activation in NPE for government approval
? Define and maintain, in coordination with GeoScout Contractor, the process for
movement of changes through NPE to NSGI/NIMA operations
? Provide support to the Chief Engineer through IV&V of all technology insertion items
UNCLASSIFIED
C-7
 II. GEOSCOUT
A. Overview
GeoScout is the prime contract responsible for transforming the NSGI into an agile, multi-
faceted 21st century architecture. The GeoScout contract will:
? Implement system integration for all NSGI systems, to include all heritage and legacy
systems
? Acquire and develop new system capabilities
? Modernize the infrastructure required to transform the mission and corporate environments
and support COOP and contingency operations, via continuous spiral technology insertion
? Be responsible for the technical interfaces with commercial partners (commercial imagery,
Global Geospatial Intelligence (GGI) production, and other outsourced activities)
? Implement an architecture that realizes the objectives of the NIMA Statement of Strategic
Intent, replacing legacy and heritage functionality over time consistent with available funding
and business case analysis
The GeoScout contractor will be managed by NIMAIA, but be responsive to NIMA/P, NIMA/I,
NIMA/TO, and external customers, the Enterprise Architect, NIMA/AE and Enterprise Engineer.
GeoScout will implement the modern NSGI architecture that supports 24X7 analysis and
production operations in a continuing crisis environment.
The NSGI transformation will provide NIIVIA customers with the Geospatial Intelligence that
meets the need for on-demand information (fused, global, day/night/all weather) and in-depth
analysis and tradecraft, integrated with the user's operational environment. NIMA's customers
range from a "data consumer" who requires the most basic data to a "knowledge seeker," who
requires integrated Geospatial Intelligence to make informed decisions. "Information partners"
require access to Geospatial Intelligence and work collaboratively with NIMA to address broad
Community information needs. In the NSGI transformation, NIMA becomes a broker of
information and knowledge, as well as an enabler of Community collaboration.
GeoScout will enable NIMA's transformational outcomes: all digital data-centric environment,
state-of-the-art approach, enhanced analyst workplace, and a "ubiquitous knowledge map."
To support the above overarching requirements, GeoScout will implement architectural
innovations that address the following objectives:
? Intelligent web agents for integrated Intelligence Community (IC) data mining
? Automated processing
? IC-wide collaborative problem solving
? Geospatially-enabled wide area search
? Continuous rapid technology insertion
? Maximum use of Standards-based Commercial Off-the-Shelf (SCOTS) products
? Integrated logical and physical data models to enable a data-centric architecture
? Co-registered measurement and signatures intelligence (MASINT) with Geospatial
Intelligence data
UNCLASSIFIED
C-8
 Technology insertion will serve as the engine that drives continuous, ongoing transformation of
NSGI. Within NIMA's new technology insertion paradigm, the Geospatial Intelligence
Advancement Test bed (GIRT) will serve as the new model for developing innovative solutions
for NIMA's "hard problems." Inherent technology sources, in addition to the GIAT, include but
are not limited to the National Technical Alliance (NTA), Advanced Research and Development
(AR&D) partners, Intelligence Community partners, vendors, and the GeoScout and Enterprise
Engineering contractors. Unlike past technology development efforts, the GIAT will physically
collocate technology researchers and operational users to attack problems that are unique to
Geospatial Intelligence and beyond commercial solutions. The GIAT will develop tools,
technologies, and techniques that are evaluated in a real world environment. The GIAT provides
a risk tolerant environment that promotes informed risk taking, and enables both quick turn-
around and AR&D of exotic technologies.
If successful in the experimental environment, the GIAT and other technology insertion
initiatives will be proposed for the NPE managed by the GeoScout contractor. GeoScout will
leverage the NPE as the virtual rapid prototyping facility where new business process
experiments will address real-world Geospatial Intelligence issues using current and emerging
cutting-edge technologies. The NPE will use the results of AR&D sponsored by the NIMA
InnoVision Directorate, other research and development efforts, and good ideas from other
sources to operationally prototype real solutions for real users.
GeoScout will provide NIMA customers with integrated Geospatial Intelligence capabilities,
such as integrated commercial imagery ordering/distribution; full airborne data ingest, access and
utilization; and expanded multi-INT collaboration, to include product access and automated
cross-mission cueing.
Finally, GeoScout will encompass all the current NSGI Tasking, Processing, Exploitation, and
Dissemination (TPED) functionality plus full enterprise integration with information
management, business workflow processes, finance and human resources.
Figure 3 Systems Integrator (GeoScout)
UNCLASSIFIED
C-9
 The following detailed roles and responsibilities have been identified for the GeoScout
contractor keyed to Figure 3.
1. Integrated Geospatial Intelligence Analytical Environment
? Establish an all-digital exploitation environment
? Deliver an architecture that is data-centric that provides quick and easy access to data
regardless of where it's stored, to include multi-source, multi-NT, reference information,
historical information
? Provide tools that enable collaboration between analysts within and outside of NTMA
? Develop an "integrated" workstation environment where analysts can intuitively bring a
variety of tools and sources to bear against an intelligence problem
? Recommend and help document refined business processes, practices, and rules
2. Corporate Mission BPR implementation
? In coordination with the Enterprise Engineering contractor and NSGI customers and
users, identify, recommend, and establish new business processes and practices to take
advantage of new technology and more efficient ways of doing business
? Implement Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) for both Corporate and Mission
environments
? Incorporate approved results of BPR into block implementation plans, to include new
tools, training, roles, and documentation
? Propose, perform, and implement BPR at the GeoScout level consistent with the scope of
their proposed system view of the architecture and the technical and operational
architecture maintained by the Enterprise Engineer contractor
3. System View of the Architecture Definition, Development & Implementation
? Define, develop, and implement a system requirements management process that
seamlessly interfaces with the Enterprise Engineer's enterprise requirements management
process consistent with a system engineering CMMI level 3 or higher organization
? Allocate system requirements (defined by the Enterprise Engineer) to the architecture
components defined in the system view of the architecture
? Dynamically update and maintain the NEA Description of the system view of the
Enterprise Architecture developed as part of the NEA Study contract, titled NEA
Architecture Description.
? Use the system view of the architecture description to guide, manage, control, and
monitor the physical implementations within each block and spiral of NSGI
modernization
? Evolve the system view of the Enterprise Architecture for NSGI in response to external
factors, to include guidance from the Enterprise Engineering contractor, business cases,
or technology
? Establish, execute and maintain system engineering policies, plans and process consistent
with the development and maintenance of the system view of the Enterprise Architecture,
to include all heritage and legacy systems
? Develop the system view of the Enterprise Architecture that support Continuity of
Operations (COOP)
UNCLASSIFIED
C-10
 ? Develop the system view of the Enterprise Architecture to provide:
o Integrated, collaborative Geospatial Intelligence environment
o Seamless access to data and information
o Integrated geospatial and imagery tradecraft
o Enterprise-wide information and workflow management capability using multiple
sources
? Define, design, develop, procure and deliver blocks of operational capability that
incrementally move NIMA and NSGI toward the goals and objectives
? Deliver the system and associated technical data as provided in the approved
implementation plan
o The government will review and approve all contractors' block design and
implementation plans
? Define the thresholds and objectives for each defined capability
? Develop, integrate, test, and deliver the modernized NSGI system consistent with the
system view of the Enterprise Architecture and the approved NSGI System Transition
Plan
? Ensure the system view of the architecture accommodates users at multiple levels of
security and visibility across the enterprise
? Use modeling and simulation methods and tools to design the system view of the
architecture and verify that it can meet system requirements
? Maintain all new mission-specific software developed and delivered under this contract
? Develop, document, implement, and maintain a quality program to assure quality of
contract deliverables and management of development processes
o Interface with the Enterprise Engineering contractor for verification and
validation of system capability deliverables
? Perform continuous technology forecasting in support of enterprise architecture planning
activities
? Develop, implement, and maintain a system-level Configuration Management Process
consistent with the NIMA Enterprise Configuration Management process and industry
best practices.
? Develop, implement, and maintain a system-level Configuration Management Plan
? Produce a Program Protection Plan that addresses the protection of Critical Program
Information (CPI) throughout the acquisition cycle.
o Consider system vulnerabilities, specific threats, and which countermeasures to
employ to protect the assets
4. Infrastructure Modernization
? Define and implement an initial block of improved infrastructure capability
? Support the O&S contractors in current NSGI mission operations
? Design, develop, and integrate upgrades to NIMA's Information Technology
Infrastructure (ITT)
? Demonstrate, test, document, and, in coordination with the O&S contractors, install ITI
upgrades
UNCLASSIFIED
C-11
 ? Address immediate and transitional infrastructure objectives for subsequent NSGI
transformation upgrades and integration of custom and commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS)
Geospatial Intelligence systems.
5. Technical Insertion/Prototyping (NPE)
? Establish and manage an NPE to provide a systemic approach to identifying, developing,
testing, and inserting commercial technologies and state-of-the-art solutions into the
system view of the architecture
? Define and execute a continuous technology insertion process
? Assess technology insertion opportunities
? Develop supporting business cases and, where business cases warrant and after
Government approval, insert new technology into the NSGI development baseline
? Deploy successful NPE technology insertion capabilities into the NSGI operational
environment
? Perform technology and standards forecasting in support of enterprise architecture
planning activities
? Deliver an operational version of Thin Line Operational System (TLOS) developed under
the NEA contract as the initial instantiation of the NPE
6. System Migration Plan
? Develop and implement a plan for the expeditious migration of all heritage and legacy
systems into the proposed NSGI system view of the architecture, to include a plan for
data migration
? Plan for the integration of Future Imagery Architecture (FIA), airborne, commercial, and
civil data sources, spanning the electromagnetic spectrum, into the proposed NSGI
system view of the architecture
? Update and maintain the NSGI System Transition Plan that address all aspects of the
NSGI modernization from current as-is system view of the architecture to a to-be system
view of the architecture, including FIA systems and segments, airborne, commercial, and
civil data sources, spanning the electromagnetic spectrum
? Address the migration of functionality over time with minimal disruption and no loss of
required functionality
? Plan for integration of multiple intelligence sources from other intelligence disciplines
7. Life Cycle Planning
? Develop comprehensive NSGI modernization program "alternate use" business cases for
legacy and heritage program funding
o Where the business cases warrant and after Government approval, initiate system
modernization implementation efforts and provide new mission capabilities to
expeditiously replace legacy and heritage capabilities consistent with the NIMA
Enterprise Architecture, the NIMA Master Schedule, and without interruption to
mission operations
? Update and maintain the NSGI System Transition Plan developed as part of the NEA
Study, titled NEA Transition Plan
UNCLASSIFIED
C-12
 ? Develop and implement a robust schedule management process consistent with industry
best practices for systems development
o Include all key activities, events, milestones and reviews that make up the
program.
o Integrate with and be consistent with the Master Program Schedule maintained by
the Enterprise Engineer.
? Develop life cycle cost estimates for all proposed, developed and delivered capabilities
o Develop, refine, maintain, and use, the life-cycle cost estimate from their
recommended enterprise architecture consistent with their transition plan and risk
reduction activities
o Provide total cost of ownership, (including research and development,
procurement, operations and support, and disposal costs) by government fiscal
year
o Provide tradeoffs of cost, performance, and schedule
o Employ financial return on investment modeling, including the assessment of
benefits and impacts to the customers
o Include a sensitivity analysis, which identifies program cost drivers
o Include cost risk analyses detailing probability and confidence levels for costs
generated by the model
? Develop, implement, and maintain the Program Support Management Plan, to include:
o Coordinated approach to hardware and software maintenance, sparing, licenses
for COTS products, and training of user and maintainer personnel
o Address the transition of responsibility to the O&S contractors
o Indicate how the contractors will provide support to sites, including domestic,
foreign and forward-deployed sites
8. Integration & TestIITF
? Assume the role as the NSGI System Integrator, including program management,
integration planning, design, implementation, procurement, acquisition, testing, and
delivery of modernized NSGI capabilities
? Integrate and test systems developed by development contractors as specified by the
Government to ensure that the delivered systems are consistent with the proposed system
view of the architecture
? Integrate newly-developed mission and corporate systems as well as the legacy and
heritage systems
? Minimize impact to mission-critical NSGI systems that maintain a 24 hours a day, seven
days a week production environment
? Maintain all existing mission-specific software and software baselines at the time legacy
and heritage mission systems transition to the GeoScout contract for integration,
development and modernization
? Implement a flexible system test capability that does not require the operational NSGI to
be used for new development and modernization testing
Demonstrate, test, and assist in the validation of each proposed upgrade and/or enterprise
integration
? Evaluate and document the results of all GeoScout testing activities
UNCLASSIFIED
C-13
 ? Develop and maintain Requirements Verification Traceability Matrix (RVTM) and
Requirements Traceability Matrix (RTM)
? Develop TEMP for the system level, capability-based effectivities
? Support requirements sell-off
? Perform system configuration management
? Perform factory (alpha) acceptance test
? Perform early integration testing and interface testing (alpha and pre-beta)
? Perform code reviews and check-out
? Beta 1 and Beta 2 tests will be conducted at NIMA's Integrated Test Facility (ITF), Joint
Interoperability Test Command, and/or at user sites/facilities to be identified through
mutual agreement by the GeoScout Contractor and the Government
o Perform Beta 2 testing at operational sites
o Support the Enterprise Engineer (IV&V) during Beta 1 testing done at the ITF
and/or at user sites/facilities
? Perform system/software certification activities to include DoDIIS certification,
interoperability certification, and security certification/accreditation
9. Risk Management
? Develop and implement an integrated Risk Management process consistent with best
industry practices
? Interface with the Enterprise Engineer contractors on enterprise-level risk issues/matters
? Develop, document, implement, and maintain a system-level Risk Management Process
that serves as a basis for identifying alternatives to achieve cost, schedule and
performance goals
? Recommend budget and funding priorities
? Provide risk information for Milestone decisions
? Allow monitoring the health of the program as it proceeds.
? Describe methods for identifying, analyzing, prioritizing and tracking risk drivers
? Develop risk handling plans
? Prescribe the process for documenting, monitoring and reporting risks
? Analyze trends based on data provided by O&S
10. Training
? Develop and maintain training materials and training devices for all capabilities delivered
under this GeoScout contract
? Establish and maintain life cycle training materials and training environment
? Provide training and training engineering expertise for NSGI systems in coordination
with the NIMA Training and Doctrine Directorate
? Coordinate and interface with industry, customers, stakeholders and other support
activities involved in planning and implementing training programs
? Develop system training plans
11. Implementation of Logical & Physical Data Model
? Implement the logical and physical data models at the system level consistent with the
Enterprise conceptual data model
UNCLASSIFIED
C-14
 o Initial definition of the conceptual data model will be by the GeoScout contractor
and subsequently refined by the Enterprise Engineer
? Develop and deliver a modernized, flexible, reliable, scalable, "data-centric" NSGI
system view of the architecture that accommodates new sensor types and Geospatial
Intelligence data sources without major redesign
? Develop, define, and maintain the logical and physical data model in conformance with
the conceptual data model maintained by the Enterprise Engineering contract
? Ensure data quality control and integrity
12. Development Baseline
? Maintain CM control of the development hardware and software baseline
? Maintain the development baselines, and manage all changes to the development baseline
to the O&S contractors for incorporation into the operational baseline
? Document the capabilities, changes, and strategies for the evolution of the baseline in
compliance with the Enterprise Engineering Migration Plan
? Sponsor change proposals and broker with the Enterprise Engineering and O&S
contractors
? Continuously evaluate development and operational baselines and recommend
technology insertions, vetted with the Enterprise Engineering and O&S contractors
? Perform software code maintenance, interfacing with COTS vendors
? Perform COTS integration
? Develop custom code ("glueware") to integrate COTS
? Identify required software licenses and distribution strategy
o Coordinate with the O&S contractor on license utilization management
UNCLASSIFIED
C-15
 ILL OPERATIONS & SUSTAINMENT
NIMA currently employs separate Operations and Sustainment (O&S) contractors. NIMA
awarded the Information Technology and Information Services (IT/IS) contract in December
2001 to the Alaskan Joint Venture Corporation, NJVC LLC, which comprises Chenega
Technology Services Corporation and Arctic Slope Regional Corporation Communications.
This contract provides NIMA with long-term information technology support in seven areas:
printing, digital replication, networks, distributed and centralized systems, operational help desk,
voice and video, and library research services.
The following provides detailed. tasks for the O&S contractors keyed to Figure 4.
Figure 4 Ops & Sustainment (NJVC)
1. Operational Baseline
? Perform Configuration Management (CM) for all networks and systems within the
operational baseline
? Ensure that as-built networks and segments conform to the approved operational
baselines and comply with operational baseline guidelines
? Conduct Operations Configuration Management Board (Ops CMB) meetings
o Perform as configuration control authority for all operational segments within the
operational baseline
o Manage all system level problem reports
2. System Operations
? Perform systems operations management that provides system management, data
management, and security activities for the segments, corporate systems, networks, and
NIMA communications
? Ensure that the NSGI is operational and secure
? Provide imagery, Geospatial Intelligence, non-imagery-based data, and other information
to production elements and the end users
? Perform system and network management services to include:
o Maintain accounts and privileges
o Perform software and data backups
UNCLASSIFIED
C-16
 o Monitor and maintain system health
o Support upgrades and CM
o Tune the performance of the operational system
o Develop operations procedures and crisis contingency plans
o Perform start-up, shutdown, and re-boot as necessary.
? Perform ISSO services, which include establishing and performing security certification,
monitoring system security, and enforcing security policy-
? Perform data base administration (DBA) functions
3. Enterprise Services
? Perform enterprise services, which is a virtual "one stop shop" for all NIMA-managed
systems requiring hardware, software, network, video, and telephone support (includes
administrative phones, pagers, cell phones, and secure phones)
? Operate the Enterprise Service Center (ESC) that provides customer-facing activities in
support of the operational NSGI
? Coordinate with GeoScout and the Enterprise Engineering contractors to ensure that
transition and operational requirements can be met
? Consolidate enterprise-wide services for infrastructure monitoring to include: remote
restore, fault isolation, and expert resource deployment
? Provide 24-hours-a-day, seven-days-a-week operations center that manages all
operational ITI activities across NIMA
? Provide staff to operate the ESC
o Additional contractor personnel from GeoScout will augment the ESC staff to
provide specialized skills as required and agreed to by the GeoScout and O&S
contractors
4. Software Administration
? Provide software administration support for NSGI systems
o Install new, tested versions to operational and corporate systems
o Apply component vendor fixes (patches)
o Perform emergency patches to maintain operational capability
? Provide standardized mechanism for evaluating and maintaining the operational software
baseline
o Software maintenance involves all changes to deployed software brought about as
a result of a deficiency report, technology insertion, or a request for change
? Perform product support functions including technology implementation, fault isolation,
and supporting product release and installation
? Control access and schedule any actions related to operational software to ensure minimal
disruption to on-going mission operations
5. Hardware Maintenance
? Maintain operational hardware baseline and follow-on acquisition and service of all IT
hardware
? Assume responsibility for hardware maintenance activities once the equipment has
successfully transitioned to O&S
UNCLASSIFIED
C-17
 ? Perform preventive and remedial maintenance, hardware logistics and upgrade support,
technical investigation and fault isolation, equipment relocation, and warranty
management
License Management
? Perform license configuration management and issue resolution
? Audit and track license use
? Maintain and track accuracy of the data base of enterprise licenses and the standard
desktop, Geospatial Intelligence, and corporate applications
? Manage requests for optional and non-standard products
o Does not monitor and manage licenses for COTS products bought solely for
evaluation purposes
o Will begin management of the product when a full license is acquired
? Maximize efficient licensing practices
? Manage all license renewals and terminations
7. Hardware and Software Inventory Management
? Track all deployed software and hardware configuration items available to and within the
operational baseline
? Perform physical audits and reports on all hardware and software configuration items in
the operational baseline in order to track, deploy, update/change, or delete assets across
the NIMA network of users
? Maintain deployment mechanism for the electronic dissemination, installation, and
configuration of software packages, updates, and patches to servers and workstations
through the NIMA networks
Maintain NPE and ITS'
? Maintain the operational baseline for the NPE and the ITF environments and facilities
o Perform System Administration
o Perform Data Base Administration
o Perform security
o Perform logistics management
o Conduct administrative scheduling of the ITF
o Manage and maintain test data
o Perform configuration management of the facilities and baselines
? Provide NPE and lTF operational baseline configuration management
? Provide administrative maintenance of NPE and ITF schedule
? Maintain and provide test data
? Perform ITF website management and maintenance
? Provides advisory support to the Technology Insertion Board run by the Enterprise
Engineering contractor
? Maintain COTS licenses and hardware in the NPE and ITF
UNCLASSIFIED
C-18
 APPENDIX D -- GEOSCOUT TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES
This appendix details, for certain SOW requirements, the specific technical capabilities that the
Government expects to see in the below referenced blocks with regards to systems integration,
infrastructure, architecture and information management. The purpose of specifying and binning
the technical capabilities is to allow the contractor to accurately cost Blocks I and If. SOW
Section 3, Technical Requirements, still apply; this appendix provides additional detail where
necessary.
2.0 BLOCK I SPECIFIC CAPABILITIES
2.1 INFRASTRUCTURE MODERNIZATION
2.1.1 NETWORK TRANSPORT LAYER IMPROVEMENTS
2.1.1.1 Design, develop and deliver a robust and fast Local Area Network (LAN) that
provides consistent network connectivity at all sites and provides the ITI capacity to allow any
work area to be converted to a production area by replacing the workstation. The plan must
address substantial improvements in LAN connectivity to Wide Area Networks (WANs) that
meet National Security Agency (NSA) guidelines. Designs will follow or improve upon current
NIMA engineering approaches or activities in the following areas:
? New network cabling will be standard ribbon cabling home runs terminating in the secure
communication closet from the user workstation location.
? Network area coverage capable of supporting six network and two copper telephone
connections at each work area.
? Reduce network complexity by minimizing use of hubs, routers, and edge devices and
focusing instead on larger redundant centralized switches, located in access-controlled
communications closets.
? Provide robust, high-speed connectivity across all networks by converting local area
networking to GIG or other state-of-the-practice technology bested suited for supporting
NIMA's mission. Future requirements will be based on GeoScout contract design
specifications and available resources.
? Improve Network redundancy to meet COOP and contingency operations requirements.
2.1.1.2 Design, Develop, and Deliver a meta directory system that integrates with or bonuses
off of NIMA's current domain controller system and addresses the integration of the following:
? Integrate Human Resources (HR)/Peoplesoft, Personnel Security (SI)/Security
Management System, Facilities (Sl)/Computer-Aided Facilities Management, E-Mail
(ET), and Enterprise License and Inventory Management (ET) into the meta directory on
the Enterprise AQUA network.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-1
 UNCLASSIFIED
? Integration with Intelligence Community Full Services Directory on the Enterprise SCI
AQUA network.
? Integration with Department of Defense Global Directory Services on the Enterprise
Secret COPPER network.
? Integration with Department of Defense Global Directory Services on the Enterprise
Unclassified Sensitive but Unclassified (SBU) network.
2.1.1.3 Design, Develop, and Deliver the integration of NIMA's SKYLAN with the Enterprise
SCI AQUA network.
2.1.2 ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT
2.1.2.1 Design, develop, and deliver an Enterprise Service Center to provide responsive
enterprise management through a consolidated help desk, technical support and enterprise
monitoring capabilities. Designs will follow or improve upon current NIMA engineering
approaches in the following areas:
? Develop specific space and equipment requirements needed to stand up the ESC.
? Develop and implement improved management tools, including network monitoring/fault
isolation tool suite.
? Identify staffing requirements and transition plan to integrate all legacy, heritage and
GeoScout developed systems, applications, etc. into the ESC.
? Implement a back-up ESC capability physically separated from the primary ESC. The
back-up ESC can be designed to augment the functions of the primary ESC (for example
but not limited to, one ESC located in NIMA East and a smaller, localized ESC located in
NIMA West). The second ESC will have the capacity and capability to immediately
serve as the primary ESC in COOP and Contingency operations should the primary ESC
become inoperable. Both ESC including COOP and contingency operations are to be
completely integrated with the overall ITI.
2.1.3 DATA AND STORAGE MANAGEMENT
Design, develop and deliver a time-phased application and database server consolidation
capability that optimizes the use of modem data storage technologies and satisfies continuity of
operations (COOP) and contingency operation objectives.
2.1.4 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT (GATEWAY)
2.1.4.1 Design, develop, and deliver a modernized NIMA Gateway which supports the
Agency's Information Management requirements. Capability includes delivery of availability,
security, disaster recovery, and scalability based upon acceptable industry standards for a 24x7
critical infrastructure operation. This capability should be delivered as part of the portal/web
access initiative in Block 1.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-2
 2.1.4.2 Provide tools needed to fully implement the Imagery Throughput Management
program recommended in the NETIPT Final Report.
2.1.5.1 Design a Prototype Secure Communications Closet for the NPE that (1) consolidates
Network and Telephone communications and crypto logic gear, (2) reduces complexity, and (3)
provides state-of-the-art technologies that comply with the contractor's proposed architecture.
2.1.5.2 Incorporate workstation requirements into infrastructure design and planning to
include the following minimum goals:
? Reduce overall workstation counts to approximately 1.3 workstations per NIMA
employee (Government, Contract, and Military).
? Establish the AQUA network as the primary network environment for NIMA.
? Where mission requirements allow, reduce SBU workstations to a pri marily kiosk
environment with an overall target ratio of 1 workstation for every ten employees.
? Establish the Copper network as a primarily kiosk environment with a target ratio of 1
workstation for every forty employees.
? Provide the O&S contractor the updated NIMA standard workstation specifications that
satisfy GeoScout architecture objectives.
2.1.5.3 Design, develop and deliver workplace improvements as described in the paragraphs
above for the following sites:
? Relocate Bethesda Wide Area Network equipment to Maury Hall
? Create Fort Belvoir Bldg 211 communications infrastructure
? Abert Hall Phase 2
? Maury Hall Phase 2
2.1.5.4 For the purposes of evaluation, provide for comparably sized workplace
improvement projects, as follows: 1 in FY03, 2 in FY04, and 1 in FY05.
Perform the functions of the NSGI System Integrator for legacy and heritage NSGI systems,
responsibilities include: project management involving multiple segments, integration planning,
design evaluation, implementation oversight, testing, and delivery coordination of modernized
NSGI capabilities. Prioritize in accordance with the NSGI Master Schedule. For reference to
current support refer to the document entitled "Statement of Work for the NSGI System
Engineering Services Contract: Extracts for GeoScout". Responsibilities include support to the
following functions/projects/programs:
? System Integration
UNCLASSIFIED
D-3
 ? Performance, Modeling and Analysis
? Baseline Control
? System Engineering Analysis and Trades Studies (SEATS)
? NSGI Project Integration Management
? Common Imagery Ground/Surface System (CIGSS)
? NIMA Imagery Exploitation System (NIES)
? Office of Americas
? Mapping Charting & Geodesy Imagery Flow (MCGIF)
? Washington Area Library Architecture Imagery (WALA-IA)
? Enhanced Imagery System
? Future Imagery Architecture
? System Transition
? Specialty Engineering
? Management Systems
o Information Management Solutions Integration
o Imagery Exploitation Support System (LESS)
o National Exploitation System (NES)
o Requirements Management System (RMS)
o Production Management Alternate Architecture (PMAA)
? Exploitation Systems
o Front - End Processing Environment (FPE)
o Geospatial Operations Branch (GOB)
o Integrated Exploitation Capability (IEC)
o Joint Targeting Workstation (JTW)
o Aeronautical Migration Systems (AMS)
o Exploitation Tools (MATRIX, MET, CASS)
o Target Management Systems (TMS/MIDB)
? Dissemination Systems
o Information Dissemination Services (IDS)
o Information Access Services (IAS)
o Web-Based Access and Retrieval Prototype (WARP)
? Storage Systems
o NIMA Library
o Image Product Library (IPL)
o Mapping Charting & Geodesy Image Library (MC&GIL)
o Digital Products Data Warehouse (DPDW)
? Training and Doctrine Systems
o SIRIUS
? Integration Checkout and Test
o System Test and Verification
? NIMA Enterprise Transformation (NIMA/ET) Office Support
o Information Service Support
o NIMA Enterprise Workforce System (NEWS) Support
o SCI Network Consolidation
UNCLASSIFIED
D-4
 o Imagery Data Exploitation (IDEX) System II Deactivation & Hardware
Replacement
o Remote Replication Systems (RRS)
o Digital Capture and Finishing Environment (DCAFE) Support
? Commercial Imagery Program Office
? US Space Command (USSPACECOM)
? 480' IG
Define, develop, and initiate a system requirements management process that seamlessly
interfaces with the Enterprise Engineer's requirements management process.
Manage, when approved by the Government, an orderly transition from the existing NIMA
Systems Engineering Support (NSES) development contract for NSGI segments to the GeoScout
contract without impact to NIMA mission operations and established NIMA Master Schedule
capability delivery dates. The plan for transitioning from NSES to GeoScout shall include
Segment/Project Integration, International Office Support, and engineering and system
integration support to the Commands.
Update and complete the NEA Description of the system view of the architecture developed as
part of the NEA Study contract (NEA Description). As the Enterprise Engineer changes the
technical architecture and operational architecture, modify the systems architecture as
appropriate.
Update and complete the NEA Transition Plan developed as part of the NEA Study. All aspects
of NIMA's transformation from the current as-is system view of the architecture to the to-be
system view of the architecture should be addressed. Include a plan for the migration of all
necessary heritage and legacy systems into GeoScout NSGI system view of the architecture, to
include a plan for data migration. The NSGI System Transition Plan should include the
satisfaction of the Future Imagery Architecture (FIA) requirements.
2.2.4 ESTABLISH BUSINESS CASE AND IMPLEMENTATION PLANS FOR BLOCK I AND II
2.2.4.1 The GeoScout Contractor shall provide a comprehensive Business Case for Blocks I
and II, detailing the cost and benefits, or value of that proposed block. The block level business
case shall include:
i. A performance-based, risk-adjusted analysis of benefits and costs for the
proposed block capability effectivity.
ii. The foundation for comparing the baseline benefits and costs with the
proposed performance objectives.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-5
 2.2.4.2 Upon adjudication and approval of that block business case, the Government will
update the enterprise business case using the approved block Business Case as input.
2.2.4.3 For Block I capabilities, provide to the Government NLT 90 days after contract
award, the proposed NSGI System Transition Plan and the initial Block's Business Case and
Implementation Plan. The Implementation Plan shall include, at a minimum, a description of the
changes/additions to capabilities, business processes and architecture introduced by the block,
recommended objective and threshold performance parameters, and the schedule. The Block
shall be described in terms of the spirals contained within it.
2.2.4.4 For Block H capabilities, provide for review the Government the Preliminary
Business Case and Implementation Plan 90 days prior to the beginning of Block II. The final
Block II Business Case and Implementation Plan shall be due to the Government 45 days prior to
the start of Block II.
2.2.4.5 The Government will review and approve all contractors' Business Cases and
Implementation Plans and issue Task Orders to proceed.
2.2.4.6 Deliver the system and technical data as provided in the approved implementation
plan (to include schedule).
2.2.4.7 All block definitions shall be defined in accordance with the Under Secretary of
Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics Memorandum dated 12 April 2002,
Appendix A.
2.2.4.8 Define the thresholds and objectives for each defined capability.
2.3 ARCHITECTURE
2.3.1 NIMA PRE-PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT (NPE)
2.3.1.1 TLOS delivered to NPE - deliver TLOS capabilities developed under the NIMA
Enterprise Architecture Contract to the NPE as the first instantiation.
2.3.1.2 Identify, develop and deliver interfaces from the NPE to key NSGI systems,
segments, and networks consistent with the respective security risk assessments and security
certification and accreditation.
2.3.1.3 Develop and implement a plan to accept GIAT and other planned deliveries to the
NPE in support of the continuous technical insertion process.
2.3.1.4 Develop Commercial Imagery storage and dissemination prototype.
2.3.1.5 Integrate Geospatial Intelligence Data Integration (GIDI) functionality into the NPE.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-6
 2.3.2.1. Design, develop, and deliver a portal for NIMA. and NSGI that establishes
capabilities to store, discover and retrieve NIMA products, data and information including non-
specification data sets. The portal will be NIMA's homepage and should also provide access to
corporate information and applications. Output from the portal should be primarily disseminated
electronically with an option to output on demand to hardcopy or physical media (DVD, etc.).
2.3.2.2 Design, develop and implement a global metadata catalog allowing seamless data
query, on-line access, and retrieval to the following:
i.) NIMA and NSGI Data Stores: NIMA Libraries (NIL, CIL, MCGIL, IPL),
DPDW, NGSS, GIDI/FLDB, NES/NACDF, WARP, NIMA GATEWAY, HARD
COPY CATALOG, LESS, ICMAP, TMS, AMS, Country Databases, RMS
Collection Requirements Database, Voyager Catalogue System, Master Target
Database (new), Commercial Imagery vendors, Commercial Data vendors, and web
information storage.
ii.) Data Types: National Imagery, Commercial Imagery, Airborne (Motion and
Still), Geospatial Intelligence; at a minimum.
iii.) Innovative tailored Geospatial Intelligence Products generated to support unique
customer requirements.
2.3.2.3 Portal Access should be provided for all security-levels (unclassified through SCI),
and associated communication networks.
2.3.2.5 The Global Catalog should be able to use geographic features in order to define
search areas (airborne mission tracks, roads, etc.)
2.3.4.6 The portal should be designed to allow for the incorporation of new data types and
formats over time (Approximately seven new formats per year).
2.3.3.1 Develop a strategy, implementation plan, and process for migrating legacy/heritage
metadata to the Global Catalog so that it is consistent with the Enterprise Data
Model.
2.3.3.2 Incorporate the GIDI functionality, consistent with the GeoScout Geospatial
Intelligence database, to include all country databases, the MC&G data base, the
nautical database maintenance environment, and the aeronautical database
maintenance environment.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-7
 2.3.3.3 Design and deliver a capability to store and disseminate commercial imagery. This
shall include a warehouse/library for storing the imagery and NIMA products
derived from commercial imagery, a capability for discovery by NSGI users that is
integrated with the portal, and a mechanism for distributing the imagery to NIMA
and its customers. The plan for the migration of current holdings to this new storage
capability shall be addressed in the data migration plan.
2.3.4 MISSION AND CORPORATE COLLABORATION
Design and implement a collaboration capability, to include the necessary network infrastructure,
tools, and processes, to support NIMA's mission and corporate environments. This collaboration
must address users within NIMA as well as between NIMA, its customers, and mission partners.
At a minimum, these capabilities should include those TLOS capabilities delivered under the
NEA Contract at the contractor's site. Collaboration tools and packages should be accessible via
the portal.
Deliver an initial operational capability for an integrated Geospatial Intelligence analytical
environment into production that is based on the TLOS in the NPE. This environment shall
fully integrate the exploitation, and storage of, and access to, Geospatial Intelligence
information.
2.3.5.1 Establish an all-digital exploitation environment in order to:
2.3.5.1.1 Provide capability to integrate, manipulate, and analyze all sources of
data/information to address an intelligence problem
2.3.5.1.2 Perform historical, temporal, predictive analysis on a particular issue or
specific location
2.3.5.1.3 Provide a data environment that conforms to appropriate standards and formats
and is compatible with off-the-shelf technology where available
2.3.5.1.4 Provide a data environment that is dynamic, allows for easy and fast
implementation of new hardware, software applications and software releases
with minimal operational impacts
2.3.5.2 Deliver an architecture that is data-centric in order to:
2.3.5.2.1 Provide quick and easy access to data regardless of where it's stored, to
include multi-source, multi-INT, reference information, historical information
found throughout DoD and the IC.
2.3.5.2.2 Provide a common, intuitive Geospatial Intelligence database(s), such as the
GIS GIDI data model, that can be created and maintained by the users
UNCLASSIFIED
D-8
 2.3.5.2.3 Provide easy and timely capability to locate/capture/tag objects and save them
to a GIS database for easy query/retrieval and multiple subsequent uses, to
include graphical reporting and more
2.3.5.2.4 Incorporate datasets form multiple databases (e.g., NES, MIDB, RMS, Web-
SAFE) into the Geospatial Intelligence database
2.3.5.2.5 Provide the ability for external partners to feed into NIMA GIS databases for
federated GI production (burden sharing)
2.3.5.3 Provide tools that enable collaboration between analysts within and outside of NIMA
in order to:
2.3.5.3.1 Provide capability within the analyst's work environment to produce and
disseminate a variety of traditional and tailored products at multiple levels of
security, to include the ability to store working copies prior to completion and
release
2.3.5.3.2 Provide easy and timely capability to archive traditional and tailored products
and to easily and quickly query/retrieve them
2.3.5.3.3 Provide collaboration tools for internal and external analytical coordination
and exchanges, on each Analyst's workstation
2.3.5.3.4 Provide customer access to our data and products
2.3.5.4 Develop an "integrated" workstation environment where analysts can intuitively bring a
variety of tools and sources to bear against an intelligence problem in order to:
2.3.5.4.1 Provide easy and timely access to NTM, commercial and airborne imagery
2.3.5.4.2 Provide easy and timely access to digital geospatial data, to include Gateway,
Country databases, commodity data, and contractor-derived data
2.3.5.4.3 Provide easy and timely access to reference information: SIGD;T/ELINT,
Open Sources, MASINT, HUMINT, Weather, Periodicals, encyclopedias,
hand-held photographs, and electronic target folders
2.3.5.4.4 Provide easy and timely softcopy access to Spectral imagery
2.3.5.4.5 Provide easy and timely access to historical imagery of a point or area of
interest for comprehensive research
2.3.5.5 Recommend and help document refined business processes, practices, and rules in order
to:
2.3.5.5.1 Streamline reporting processes and workflow management
2.3.5.5.2 Minimize operational impacts while adding new capabilities
2.3.5.5.3 Develop systems and processes that support 24x7 production operations
UNCLASSIFIED
D-9
 3.0 BLOCK II SPECIFIC CAPABILITIES
Design, develop, and deliver a robust, integrated information management capability for NSGI
that provides the ordering, entry, and tracking of Geospatial Intelligence information needs as
well as the production workflow management within NSGI, including the outsourcing of
production. It will be supported by and built upon the streamlined, integrated web-based access
and collaboration capabilities developed in Block I. It will effectively integrate with the
appropriate processes, systems and data of the heritage systems. It will provide modem,
integrated, commercial, enterprise-level suites of capabilities associated with supply chain
management, customer relationship management, and enterprise resource management. This
will replace or consolidate the associated legacy and heritage segments (LESS, NES, RMS,
PMAA, STATT and SA/S) in time to support the FIA IOC 2. Specific capabilities include:
3.1.1 Information discovery. Provide the users total asset visibility into present and planned
Geospatial Intelligence data holdings
3.1.2 Information Needs. Provide user-friendly, intuitive interface for users to enter Geospatial
Intelligence information needs into the NIMA NSGI program. If queries are not satisfied, then a
task will be automatically generated to cause collection or exploitation.
3.1.3 Determination and review of collection feasibility for all sources (NTM, commercial,
airborne, hydrographic, G&G, and MASINT)
3.1.4 Validation of information needs. Provide the capability to receive, review, record and
track authorized validated user requirements.
3.1.5 Requirements approval, prioritization and assignment. Provide the capability to track
approval and prioritization of requirements, as well as to support assignment of requirements to
NSGI assets. Support flexible approval processes.
3.1.6 Requirements status and history. Provide the capability for users to obtain status and track
registered information needs and related collection requirements and production tasks.
3.1.7 Definition and assignment of workflow tasks and activities
3.1.8 Support the collection and analysis of performance metrics of the tasking, production,
exploitation and dissemination activities associated with satisfying information needs.
3.1.9 integrated (from a single desktop) tasking capabilities for NTM, airborne and commercial
sources and providers.
3.1.10 A robust interface to ICMAP
UNCLASSIFIED
D-10
 3.1.11 A Master Target Data Base, providing one geospatially-defined database source for
all target description
3.1.12 GIS-supported functionality, including the capability to support target polygons for
search
3.1.13 Knowledge management for multi-media reporting that includes annotated graphics
and structured reports, supporting automated release, re-use and repurposing of information to
customers
3.1.14 Improved analyst tools
3.1.15 Integrated, consolidated history of collection for all collectors, accessible with a
single query at the desktop.
UNCLASSIFIED
D-11
 APPENDIX E -- GEOSCOUT CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE
(CWBS)
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.5
2.6
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.10
2.11
2.11.1
2.11.2
2.12
3
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.2
3.2.1
Program Management
Management Direction
Planning, Schedule Management, and Control
Cost and Performance Management
Earned Value Management
Financial Management
Life Cycle Cost Estimate
Contract, Subcontract, and Procurement Administration
Configuration Management
Integrated Digital Environment
Quality Assurance
Security Management
Systems Engineering
Systems Engineering Management
Requirements Analysis and Allocation
Architecture Analysis and Design
Architecture Analysis and Design
Logical & Physical Data Model
Interface Definition
Systems Analysis and Control
Performance Analysis, Modeling and Simulation
Metrics Development, Analysis and Reporting
Business Case Development
System Migration and Transition Planning
Security Engineering
Security Architecture Analysis and Design
Security Architecture Certification, Accreditation and Testing
Business Process Reengineering
Risk Management
Technology Insertion and NSGI Pre-Production Environment (NPE)
NSGI Pre-Production Environment
Technology Insertion Analysis
Facility Planning and Engineering
Integrated Logistics Support
Training
Other ILS
Special Studies
System Level Test and Evaluation
Developmental Testing
System Test Planning
System Test Conduct
System Test Analysis
Developmental Testing Rework
Operational Testing
System Test Planning
UNCLASSIFIED
E-1
 3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.5
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.2.1
5.4.2.2
System Test Conduct
System Test Analysis
Operational Testing Rework
System Integration
Integration Management and Planning
Integration Conduct
Integration Analysis
Integration Test Facility
Support to IV&V
Systems Integration Rework
Block 1 Design and Implementation
Management, Planning and Control
Systems Engineering
Spiral Implementation
Development
Unit and Component Test and Integration
Spiral Rework
Support
Training
Software Maintenance
COTS Software Upgrades / New Releases
Developed Software Maintenance
6,7 ... N Blocks 2, 3,..N
UNCLASSIFIED
Em2
 National Imagery and Mapping Agency
(NIMA)
Award Term Plan
For
"GeoScout"
December 9, 2002
"GeoScout"
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
Award Term Plan
Table of Contents
1. Introduction
2. Organization
3. Responsibilities
4. Award Term Processes
5. Award Term Plan Change Procedures
Annexes
1. Award Term Organization
2. Award Term Allocation by Evaluation Periods
3. Evaluation Criteria
4. Award Term Conversion Table
5. Sequence of Events -- Award Term Process
Introduction
a. This award term plan is the basis for the GeoScout program office evaluation of the
contractor's performance and for presenting an assessment of that performance to the Term
Determining Official (TDO). Evaluation for term points will begin during Block H. An
 adjustment to the award term will not result in a contract ordering period of less than four
years or greater than eleven years (TBD) from the award of the contract. This plan describes
the specific criteria and procedures to be used to assess the contractor's performance and to
determine the amount of award term points earned are described herein. Actual award term
determinations and the methodology for determining the award term are unilateral decisions
made solely at the discretion of the Government.
b. Any contract term extensions earned will be reflected in unilateral contract modifications
based upon points earned as determined by the TDO. The award term earned will be
determined by the TDO based upon review of thd'contractor's performance against the criteria
set forth in this plan. The TDO may unilaterally change this plan prior to the beginning of an
evaluation period. Changes to this plan that are applicable to a current evaluation period will
be incorporated by mutual consent of both parties
Organization
The award term organization consists of the Term Determining Official (TDO); an Award
Term Review Board (ATRB) which consists of a chairperson, the Contracting Officer, a
recorder, other functional area participants, and advisor members; and the Performance
Monitors. The TDO, ATRB members, and Performance Monitors are listed in Annex 1.
Responsibilities
a. Terns Determining Official. The TDO approves the award term plan and any changes.
The TDO reviews the recommendation(s) of the ATRB, considers all pertinent data, and
determines the earned award term points for each evaluation period. The TDO appoints the
ATRB Chairperson.
b. Award Term Review Board. ATRB members review performance monitors' evaluation of
the contractor's performance, consider all information from pertinent sources, and arrive at an
earned award term points recommendation to be presented to the TDO. The ATRB may also
recommend changes to this plan.
c. ATRB Recorder. The ATRB recorder is responsible for coordinating the administrative
actions required by the performance monitors, the ATRB and the TDO
d. Contracting Officer. The CO is the liaison between contractor and Government
personnel. The CO modifies the contract ordering period if necessary to reflect the decision.
e. Performance Monitors. Performance monitors maintain written records of the
contractor's performance in their assigned evaluation area(s) so that a fair and accurate
evaluation is obtained. Monitors prepare interim and end-of-period evaluation reports as
directed by the ATRB.
a. Available Award Term Points. The earned award term points will be based on the
contractor's performance during each evaluation period. The available points for each
3
 evaluation period are shown in Annex 2. An accumulation of positive 180 points is required
for a one Block term extension. The contract will end if less than 180 points is accumulated
for any particular Block.
b. Evaluation Criteria. If the CO does not provide specific notice in writing to the contractor
of changes to the evaluation criteria prior to the start of an evaluation period, the same criteria
from the preceding period will be used in the subsequent evaluation period. Any changes to
evaluation criteria will be made by revising Annex 3 and notifying the contractor.
c. Interim Evaluation Process. The ATRB Recorder notifies each ATRB member and
performance monitors 14 calendar days before the midpoint of the evaluation period.
Performance monitors submit their evaluation reports to the ATRB 21 calendar days after this
notification. The ATRB Chairperson determines the interim evaluation results and notifies
the contractor of the strengths and weaknesses for the current evaluation period. At this time,
the ATRB may also recommend any changes to the award term plan for TDO approval. The
CO may also issue letters at any other time when it is deemed necessary to highlight areas of
Government concern.
d. End-of-Period Evaluations. The ATRB Recorder notifies each ATRB member and
performance monitor 14 calendar days before the end of the evaluation period. Performance
monitors submit their evaluation reports to the ATRB 14 calendar days after the end of the
evaluation period. The contractor presents its self-assessment. The ATRB Chairperson
prepares its evaluation report and recommendation of earned award term points. The ATRB
Chairperson briefs the evaluation report and recommendation to the TDO. The TDO
determines the overall grade and earned award term points for the evaluation period within 45
calendar days after each evaluation period. The TDO letter informs the contractor of the
earned award term points and the total cumulative points. Upon the accumulation of
sufficient award term points, the CO issues a modification within 15 calendar days after the
TDO's determination is made authorizing award extension or reduction reflecting the earned
award term amount.
e. Contractor's Self-Assessment. The contractor's self-evaluation is submitted to the CO
within 14 days after the end of the evaluation period. This written assessment of the
contractor's performance throughout the evaluation period may also contain any information
that may be reasonably expected to assist the ATRB in evaluating the contractor's
performance. The contractor's self-assessment may not exceed ten pages.
Award Term Plan Change Procedure
The TDO may unilaterally change this plan prior to the beginning of an evaluation period. In
addition, the contractor may recommend changes to the plan no later than ten days prior to the
beginning of the new evaluation period. The contractor will be notified of changes to the plan
by the CO, in writing, before the start of the affected evaluation period. Changes to this plan
 that are applicable to a current evaluation period will be incorporated by the mutual consent of
both parties.
Annexes
1. Award Term Organization
2. Award Term Allocation
3. Evaluation Criteria
4. Award Term Conversion Tables
5. Sequence of Events
 Annex 1-- Award Term Organization
Members
Term Determining Official:
Award Term Review Board Chairperson:
(Position Title)
Award Term Review Board Members:
Deputy Program Director
Program Manager
* Contracting Officer
* Recorder
(Following are other possible members:)
Contracting Staff Member
Judge Advocate Staff Member
Financial Management Staff Member
Plans Staff Member
Director of Logistics
Director of Engineering
Director of Contracting
Director of Configuration and Data
Director of Program Control
Major user representatives
DCMC representative
* These are mandatory members.
Director A
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office symbol)
(Office symbol)
(Office Symbol)
(Office Symbol)
Performance Monitors
Area of Evaluation Performance Monitor(s)
Program Management (Office Symbol)
Cost and Schedule Management (Office Symbol)
Quality Assurance (Office Symbol)
Technology insertion (Office Symbol)
Subcontract Management (Office Symbol)
 Annex 2 -- Award Term Allocation by Evaluation Periods
The award term earned by the contractor will be determined at the completion of evaluation
periods shown below. The award term points shown corresponding to each period is the
maximum available award term amount that can be earned during that particular period.
Evaluation
Period
From
To
Available
Award Term
Block 1
TBD
TBD
0
Block 2
TBD
TBD
200
Block 3
TBD
TBD
200
Block 4
TBD
TBD
200
+180 award term points = 1 Block term extension
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
Annex 3 -- Evaluation Criteria
Goal #1(a)-Contractor optimizes NSGI while maintaining full operational capability and
mission readiness. (50% of total)
Innovative Solutions
Unsatisfactory
Contractor solutions merely re-package present NSGI environment.
Current processes, procedures, standards remain unimproved.
Architecture and infrastructure remain fragmented, technically
obsolete.
Satisfactory
Contractor solutions incrementally improve NSGI environment.
Processes, procedures, standards improved but not optimized.
Architecture and infrastructure show marked improvement but not
optimized.
Very Good
Contractor solutions transform the NSGI environment leading to
improved collaboration and new capabilities to better serve NIMA's
customers.
Processes, procedures, standards are completely examined and real
change implemented leading to notable improvements in efficiency
and cost savings.
Architecture and infrastructure improved to state of the art standards.
Connectivity no longer an issue for any NIMA stakeholder. Future
needs identified and accounted for in design.
Excellent
Contractor solutions redefine the NSGI paradigm. New approaches
lead to vast improvements in NIMA customer service, new products,
and additional technological advantage over potential adversaries.
Processes, procedures, standards are developed to maximize
advantages of the new NSGI paradigm. Quantum leaps are made in
efficiency allowing significant resources to be shifted from non-value
added tasks to directly serving the customer.
Architecture and infrastructure optimized. Connectivity no longer an
issue for any NIMA stakeholder. Significant capacity and capability
remain for future changes, technological upgrades and other
contingencies.
Continuity of perations
Unsatisfactory
Contractor action results in failure to meet any customer need with
products deliverable under present capabilities.
Satisfactory
All customer needs met, but significant additional effort required by
NIMA team to maintain current level of service.
Very Good
All customer needs met, minor additional effort required to maintain
current level of service.
Excellent
All customer needs met or exceeded. Contractor changes require no
additional NIMA resources to maintain services during changeover
period.
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
Goal #1 (b)-Contractor shows a full understanding of the current information
technology environment through selection of best value COTS and SCOTS products
and through implementation of solutions (including technology insertion) which meets
mission demands. Contractor must demonstrate flexibility for engineering trade-offs
and unexpected funding changes. (15% of total)
Flexible Commercially Based Solutions
Unsatisfactory
Contractor often utilizes information technology applications that
require extensive customization and upgrading prior to NIMA use.
Contractor selects technology solutions that are either unproven and
just out of development or near the end of their useful technological
lives. Contractor solution is rigid and unable to adapt to changing
requirements or technology without unacceptable investments of time
or financial resources.
Satisfactory
Contractor selects COTS and SCOTS applications requiring some
customization prior to NIMA use. Contractor selects applications that
have proven technology with potential for an acceptable useful
lifespan. Contractor solutions contain enough flexibility to cope with
most changes in requirements, technology and funding.
Very Good
Contractor selects robust COTS and SCOTS applications requiring
minor customization prior to NIMA use. Contractor selects
applications that feature leading edge technology and have a proven
track record. Contractor solutions are agile with numerous scenarios
possible depending on funding profiles, mission requirements, and
technological changes.
Excellent
Contractor selects best COTS and SCOTS solutions available
requiring little or no customization prior to installation. Contractor
selects applications that feature leading edge technology, have a
proven track record of performance and have the potential for
significant enhancements or improvements in the near term.
Contractor solutions provide maximum flexibility in a changing NIMA
environment. Contractor presents numerous alternatives featuring
various deployment or implementation schedules, configuration
variants, and funding requirements.
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
Goal #1 (c)-Contractor produces persuasive business cases and advocacy documents
that clearly define the projected mission enhancing and resource maximizing aspects of
their proposed solutions. (15% of total)
Effective Business Cases and Advocacy Documents
Unsatisfactory
Contractor business cases and advocacy documents fail to clearly
state the benefits, risks, and return on proposed solutions.
Satisfactory
Contractor business cases and advocacy documents state benefits,
risks and potential return on proposed solutions but lack enough detail
for use by NIMA management to obtain resources without extensive
modification.
Very Good
Contractor business cases and advocacy documents clearly and
persuasively state benefits, risks, and potential return on proposed
solutions.
Excellent
Contractor business cases and advocacy documents clearly
communicate and persuasively state benefits, risks, and potential
return on proposed solutions. Documents also clearly articulate
Contractor's overall plan and vision for the GeoScout effort, the
proposed solution's place in that plan, and the impact of each
proposed alternative on overall program execution.
*Supplementing the assessment of Goals 1(a), 1(b) and 1(c), the contractor will
also be evaluated on their demonstrated ability to migrate to the modernized
NSGI in accordance with the Transition Plan.
 Goal #2-Contractor demonstrates effective leadership in the transformation process
by successfully integrating GeoScout team efforts with Enterprise Engineering actions,
NIMA Management goals and objectives, and heritage and legacy system stakeholder
concerns. (20% of total)
Leadership
Unsatisfactory
Contractor fails to reach consensus with Enterprise Engineering
contractor on intersecting areas of responsibility and effort.
Contractor is not flexible or responsive in meeting NIMA management
requirements. Contractor shows poor planning and execution in the
required conversions of heritage and legacy systems.
Satisfactory
Contractor displays minimum required cooperation with Enterprise
Engineering effort. Contractor engages NIMA management only at
critical points in the acquisition process and displays only basic
understanding of goals and objectives. Contractor transitions heritage
and legacy systems in a less than optimal fashion, but adequately
captures system functionality.
Very Good
Contractor engages in successful teaming with Enterprise
Engineering Contractor. Contractor remains engaged with NIMA
management and workforce throughout the transformation process,
responding to new needs and changing environments. Contractor
engages with legacy and heritage system owners to successfully
transition functionality - and data with minimal disruption to operations.
Excellent
GeoScout and Enterprise Engineering efforts complement each other
to maximum extent practicable. Contractor becomes an innovative
partner with NIMA management in the transformation process, fully
understanding the agency's mission, goals, objectives and customer
requirements. Contractor transitions heritage and legacy system data
and functionality to GeoScout systems in the most efficient and cost
effective manner possible with no disruption to NIMA operations.
 Annex 4 ?- Award Term Conversion Table (preliminary)
Rating
Award Points
One-Year Six Month
Cycle Cycle
Unsatisfactory +0 to +49 +0 to +24.5
Satisfactory +50 to +79 +25 to +39.5
Very Good +80 to +89 +40 to +44.5
Excellent +90 to +100 +45 to +50
UNCLASSIFIED
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
14 days prior
to IE
7 days after
IE
14 days after
IE
Normally at
least 90 days
prior to EOP
14 days prior
to EOP
14 days after
EOP
14 days after
EOP
21 days after
EOP
30 days after
EOP
Annex 5 -- Sequence of Events -- Award Term Process
Interim Evaluation (IE) (6 months into evaluation period)
Recorder notifies each ATRB member and
performance monitor.
Performance Monitors submit evaluation reports to
ATRB
ATRB Chairperson determines interim evaluation
results and notifies contractor of strengths and
weaknesses
ATRB may recommend any changes to Award Term Plan
to TDO.
(Time must be allowed for negotiation with
Contractor and possible ADR procedures)
End-of-Period (EOP) (End of 12 month evaluation period)
Recorder notifies each ATRB member and
performance monitor.
Performance Monitors submit evaluation reports to
ATRB.
ATRB forwards a copy to Contractor.
Contractor submits self-assessment to CO.
Performance Monitors give oral presentations of
evaluations to ATRB.
Contractor has opportunity to address Performance
Monitor Evaluation Reports.
ATRB briefs evaluation report and recommendation
to the TDO.
Contractor has opportunity to brief TDO.
45 days after TDO informs contractor and CO of the earned award
EOP term points.
15 days after CO issues a contract modification reflecting the
TDO's decision earned award term points.
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
National Imagery and Mapping Agency
(NIMA)
Award Fee Plan
For
"GeoScout"
December 9, 2002
 "GeoScout"
Award Fee Plan
Table of Contents
1. Purpose of Award Fee
2. Award Fee
3. Responsibilities
4. Procedures
5. Evaluation Periods
6. General Evaluation Categories and Criteria
7. Specific Evaluation Criteria
8. Scoring and Rating System
9. Award Fee Structure
 1. Purpose of Award Fee. The Government's purpose in granting an award fee is to
provide encouragement by rewarding the contractor for demonstrating superior
performance in achieving the objectives of the contracted effort and discharging all
contractual obligations.
2. Award Fee. The contractor may earn a maximum possible award fee in the amount specified
in Schedule B of the contract. The total possible award fee specified therein will be made
available at the intervals and in the incremental amounts specified herein, at time of award (see
table 2). The contractor's performance is evaluated and fee is awarded in accordance with the
procedures, terms, and criteria in this plan.
3. Responsibilities.
a. Fee Determining Official (FDO): The FDO is the individual responsible for
determining the amount of award fee earned. The FDO, normally a Directorate or Office
Director, or a senior level representative, is responsible for the following:
(1) Chairs the Performance Evaluation Board (PEB) or delegates the chair
to the appropriate organization.
(2) Designates one or more persons to serve as secretariat for each PEB.
(3) Makes award fee determinations.
(4) Approves disposition of any unearned award fee with regard to
(a) Future award fee use.
(b) Application to special incentives.
(c) Placement in the cost portion of the contract.
(d) Funds de-obligation.
b. Performance Evaluation Board (PEB). The PEB is the governing body that oversees
and ensures consistent application of the award fee evaluation process. PEB
Responsibilities include:
(1) Advises the FDO.
(2) Reviews the performance evaluation and award fee recommendations
made by the appropriate government officials, such as the Program
Manager (PM), Contracting Officer's representative (COR), Contracting
Officer (CO), or other responsible officials.
 (3) Recommends the fee to be awarded commensurate with the
contractor's overall performance.
(4) Approves the evaluation criteria for the subsequent performance
period. Any deviation from the evaluation criteria approved by the PEB
that arises during negotiations is coordinated with the PEB chair.
(5) Recommends the disposition of any unearned award fee dollars in
accordance with the award fee plan.
c. Performance Monitors. Performance monitors are those individuals (PMs, CORs, COs,
security officers, etc.) who are the most knowledgeable about each aspect of the
contractor's performance. Performance monitor responsibilities include:
(1) Monitors and documents perceived strengths and weaknesses in the
contractor's overall performance in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the contract and award fee criteria.
(2) Prepares and presents necessary documentation to the PEB to support
award fee recommendations for the period of performance being evaluated
(a sample briefing format is provided in appendix 3). Participate in PEB
meetings.
(3) Recommends specific evaluation criteria for the next performance
period with rationale for the proposed changes.
(4) Recommends the disposition of any unearned award fee complying
with the award fee plan.
d. Contracting Officer (CO). The CO is responsible for the following:
(1) Provides input on contractor performance.
(2) Monitors compliance with the award fee procedures established in the
contract and award fee plan.
(3) Ensures that the award fee determination made by the FDO is
processed in accordance with the terms and conditions established in the
award fee plan.
(4) Prepares and executes a modification (or other streamlined method, if
applicable) to award the amount of fee determined by the FDO, updates
the award fee plan, and executes the disposition of any unearned award
fee.
 e. Contracting Officer Representative (COR). The COR. is responsible for the
following:
(1) Prepares contractor performance evaluation with input provided by
performance monitors and other sources as applicable.
(2) Provides input on contractor performance.
(3) Receives and reviews the contractor's self-assessment, if applicable.
(4) Provides the contractor an out-brief on award fee results following FDO
determination.
f. PEB Secretariat. The PEB secretariat is responsible for the following:
(1) Schedules, coordinates, and prepares the agenda for all PEB sessions.
(2) Documents PEB results.
(3) Provides one copy of all documentation related to the PEB and FDO
process to the NIMA Acquisition Center (NAC). The documentation
includes the award fee recommendations to the PEB, recommendation to
the FDO, FDO determination, award fee briefing to the contractor, and
contract modifications.
4. Procedures.
a. PEB Composition. The PEB is composed as follows:
(1) Chair, as exercised or delegated by the FDO.
(2) Others who have knowledge of the requirement (for example, other
program managers or individuals within the chain of command who are
familiar with the requirement) are appointed to the PEB.
(3) Acquisition Directorate, Procurement and Contracts Office (AC). An
executive or senior representative attends each meeting as a PEB advisor.
(4) Secretariat. One or more persons designated by the FDO to support the
PEB process.
b. Evaluation Timeline. A typical performance evaluation timeline following the
end of an award fee period includes, in calendar days,
(1) Prior to Day 0 - The PM or COR collects input from all performance
 monitors in anticipation of the award fee period end and subsequent
performance evaluation.
(2) Day 0 -- The award fee period ends.
(3) Day 1 to 25 - The PM or COR prepares the contractor's performance
evaluation, consolidating input from performance monitors and other
sources. Also in work are the preparation and coordination required for the
presentation at the PEB.
(4) Day 26 - The PEB convenes to review award fee recommendations.
(5) Day 27 to 29 - The PEB reviews and makes a final recommendation to
the FDO.
(6) Day 30 - The FDO decides on an award fee.
(7) Day 31 to 40 - The CO prepares contract modification (or uses other
streamlined process) to issue the award fee to the contractor. The
contractor is briefed on the performance evaluation and FDO
determination. The secretariat documents the PEB results.
(8) Day 41 to 45 - The CO issues the contact modification.
5. Evaluation Periods. To determine the amount of award fee earned, performance
evaluations are conducted in six-month intervals (from 1 October to 31 March and from 1
April to 30 September) or consistent with major contract milestones. The incremental fee
amounts associated with each period of evaluation are quantified on the basis of the
extent and/or type of work expected to be accomplished during the individual periods. If
the contract is modified to affect the scheduled delivery, scheduled performance, or scope
of work, the periods of evaluation and the corresponding increments of fee may be
adjusted to account for the changes.
6. General Evaluation Categories and Criteria. Recognizing that all of the criteria
within each of the evaluation categories identified below may not be applicable to the
work expected to be accomplished during any given period of evaluation, the
Government will develop individual and more specific sets of criteria for each evaluation
period. In accordance with the procedures in paragraph 5 of this appendix, the specific
evaluation criteria will be developed and the contractor's performance may be evaluated
with respect to the following areas of possible emphasis (not necessarily listed in order of
importance):
a. Technical performance. Performance in this area is evaluated relative to
accomplishments associated with but not necessarily limited to
(1) The analysis, interpretation, definition, verification and/or execution of
 technical requirements.
(2) Comprehension of and compliance with the detailed and/or functional
requirements documents (including the Statement of Work).
(3) The reasonableness of proposed technical tradeoffs from the standpoint
of their effect on quality, maintainability, reliability, and overall
performance of the components and/or system.
(4) The development of technical objectives and/or quality assurance
procedures to assure the reliability, integrity, and maintainability of the
overall system.
(5) The ability to recommend and/or carry out practical solutions in areas
of technical deficiency.
(6) The acceptability of the system in an operational environment.
b. Project management. Performance in this area is evaluated relative to
accomplishments associated with but not necessarily limited to
(1) The ability to work in a cooperative and effective manner with the Enterprise
Engineering contractors and subcontractors.
(2) The use and effectiveness of program planning and organization
management techniques.
(3) The ability to effectively manage and/or provide timely, accurate and
substantive technical direction to subcontractors.
(4) The ability to provide, properly place, and/or effectively use qualified
personnel.
(5) The effective use of Government and contractor resources.
(6) The timely recognition and/or anticipation of problem areas to avoid or
recover from delays.
(7) The ability to focus attention on critical issues and problem areas.
(8) The ability to provide innovative and practical solutions to problem
areas declared by the Government.
(9) The formulation of technical guidance or management decisions which
are consistent with contract objectives.
 (10) The degree of Government visibility into the management of the
project from both a technical and cost standpoint.
(11) Compliance with contractual requirements.
c. Schedule/delivery performance. Performance in this area is evaluated relative to
accomplishments associated with but not necessarily limited to
(1) The extent to which contract performance is ahead of or behind
schedule.
(2) The effective use of schedule alternatives to meet program and/or
contract objectives.
(3) The ability to identify schedule conflicts resulting from problem areas
and overcome them in order to maintain or improve schedules.
(4) The degree of Government visibility into the progress of the contract as
expressed in the level of detail included in progress and schedule
reporting.
(5) The thoroughness and accuracy of progress reporting.
d. Security performance. Performance in this area is evaluated relative to
accomplishments associated with but not necessarily limited to
(1) The extent to which the security policies and standards set forth under
this contract are followed.
(2) The use of classified storage and proper access controls to protect
classified data.
(3) Proper marking, wrapping, and transport of classified data and
information.
(4) The ability to exercise a coordinated effort to expedite clearance
actions.
(5) The development and effective use of security controls within the work
environment.
e. Cost performance and control. Performance in this area is evaluated relative to
accomplishments associated with but not necessarily limited to
(1) The ability to remain within the estimated total cost of the contract and,
 UNCLASSIFIED 2003-K-0001
if necessary, the incremental funding profiles.
(2) The degree of Government's visibility into the actual and budgeted
cost of the contract, as expressed in the level of detail included in cost
(funds expenditure) reporting.
(3) The timeliness and accuracy of cost reporting.
(4) The adequacy, maintenance, and reliability of the overall financial
management plan.
(5) The ability to identify areas of possible cost growth early and/or
implement effective management controls to enable cost increases to be
foreseen.
(6) The ability to recommend and/or implement practical solutions in areas
of cost growth.
(7) The extent to which cost reduction efforts are employed as a
management tool or objective through economies in the use of direct labor
and/or alternate technical and management approaches.
(8) The extent to which cost reductions are realized through the use of
alternate arrangements, designs, processes, or methods.
(9) The ability to provide timely, complete and accurate cost estimates
(proposals) applicable to contract changes and/or revised "Estimates to
Complete."
7. Specific evaluation criteria. The evaluation categories and criteria to be applied to
each individual evaluation period is established by the Government and provided to the
contractor in accordance with the following guidelines and procedures:
a. At the discretion of the designated Government project manager, a meeting
between cognizant Government and contractor representatives may be convened,
no later than 15 calendar days prior to the scheduled start of each evaluation
period, to review the technical progress and financial status of the contract in
order to identify any area of concern and/or possible improvement expected
relative to the upcoming period.
b. After considering the information that may be derived from such a meeting or
otherwise made available, and while recognizing that not all of the "General
Evaluation Criteria" will necessarily apply, the Government will formulate the
specific criteria and relative priorities to be applied to the next evaluation period,
with consideration given to
 (1) The Contractor's accomplishments, problems, strengths, and/or
weaknesses during the current period of evaluation, from a technical, cost,
or management standpoint.
(2) The milestones and/or objectives to be accomplished during the
forthcoming evaluation period.
(3) The general evaluation categories and the extent to which definitive
criteria may be developed and applied to various aspects of the next period
of evaluation.
(4) The emphasis needed to direct the contractor's attention to an area of
interest to the Government or motivate the contractor toward better
performance in an area of immediate concern.
(5) Any other factors considered by the Government to be pertinent to
contractor performance during the scheduled evaluation period.
c. Prior to the scheduled start of each evaluation period, the Government provides
within 10 calendar days a written prenotification to the contractor concerning the
"Specific Evaluation Criteria" and related priorities to be applied during such
period. The Government's prenotification provides the contractor with specific
guidance relative to the areas of special emphasis during the forthcoming period
of evaluation.
8. Scoring and rating system.
a. An Award Fee Grading Scale (table 1) using a scoring system of 0-100, with a
corresponding rating system of poor to excellent, is in effect for this award fee
contract. Security performance is rated on a pass/fail basis only (see paragraph
6.a.(2) below). The award fee amount is determined by first converting the
numerical score to an award fee percentage on a one-to-one basis (that is, a score
of 91 equals an award fee percentage of 91 percent) for all ratings except "poor."
A "poor" numerical score of 0-49 receives an award fee percentage of 0 (see
paragraph 6.a.(3) below). The award fee percentage is multiplied by the amount of
award fee available for the applicable period.
Table 1. Award Fee Grading Scale
Rating Numerical Scores
Excellent
Good
Average
Marginal
50-69
10
Award Fee Percentage
90-100 percent
80-89 percent
70-79 percent
50-69 percent
 0 percent
(1) Example.
(a) Step 1. Numerical score of 91 equals award fee percentage of
91 percent,
(b) Step 2. Award fee percentage times award fee available equals
award fee.
(2) In the case of a severe security infraction, a contractor may lose all
award fee regardless of performance in other criteria areas.
(3) The Government considers that a contractor whose performance is
rated "Poor" (0-49) has failed to meet an acceptable level of performance
and is, therefore, not deserving of an award fee for that rating period.
b. Narrative explanations for the ratings.
(1) Excellent (90-100). Contractor performance exceeds what is
considered good work to the extent that it distinctly approaches the best
work possible. The contractor has acceptable performance in all elements
of the evaluation and, if there are issues, their resolution is planned. All
major objectives have been attained.
(2) Good (80-89). Contractor performance exceeds what is considered
average. In the aggregate, the range of contractual requirements has been
met in a fully satisfactory manner. It may include excellent, good, and
average performance in a specific element of the area of evaluation.
Incidents of deficiency are relatively minor and are more than offset by
incidents of good or excellent performance.
(3) Average (70-79). Contractor performance is average. Average
performance could be reasonably expected from an effective, currently
qualified contractor.
(4) Marginal (50-69). Makes the point that performance is not good by
most standards. The contractor has met only minimum acceptable
requirements and overall rating is not high enough for the average
category. Areas of deficiency are not fully compensated for by other areas
for which an average performance or higher was achieved.
(5) Poor (0-49). Contractor performance fails to meet an acceptable level
and there are very significant issues. While certain individual elements of
performance may exceed this level, the extent and significance of
successes fail to compensate for the unacceptable work by a substantial
11
 degree. This level of performance clearly indicates a contract that is on the
path to non-delivery.
c. Contractor self-evaluation. The contractor may offer a self-evaluation of its
performance against the evaluation criteria applicable to a specific contract
milestone or period undergoing evaluation. This information is provided to the
Government's project manager and/or COR, and may be considered for
performance evaluation purposes.
d. Disposition of Unearned Award Fee. Pursuant to the recommendation of the
PEB and at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, all or any portion of the unearned Award
Fee applicable to any evaluation period may be either:
1. immediately applied to any subsequent period(s) or special incentive(s);
2. reserved for possible future application to any subsequent period(s) and/or special
incentive(s); and/or
3. removed from further consideration of payment under the terms of the contract and this
schedule.
e. Disputes. The Government's determination of award fee is not subject to the
procedures and/or remedies provided under the contract clause entitled
"Disputes." Consequently, the decision to pay any amount of the variable award
fee (all, part or none of the award fee) is a unilateral determination made by the
Government.
f. Termination. In the event that the contract under which this award fee schedule applies is
terminated, the contractor will retain all award fees earned up to the effective date of such
termination and the government will determine the maximum amount of additional fee which
may be paid, based on the results of a performance evaluation.
Table 2
Award Fee Structure
Period 1 01 Apr 03 - 30 Sept 03$
Period 2 01 Oct 03 - 31 Mar 04 $
Period 3 01 Apr 04 - 30 Sept 04$
Period 4 01 Oct 04 - 31 Mar 05 $
Period 5 01 Apr 05 - 30 Sept 05 $
Period 6 01 Oct 05 - 31 Mar 06 $
Period 7 01 Apr 06 - 30 Sept 06$
Period 8, 01 Oct 06 - 31 Mar 07 $
 Classification
Unclassified
Contractor Name
Contract No.
Classifier's Employee Number
Date
7 October 2002
Contract
Data Classification Guide
Item (As applicable)
Maximum Classification
Source, Term and Reason
I Association'
Unclassified
II Government Furnished Data and Hardware
A. Statement of Work
Unclassified
B. Technical Information (includes oral discussions)
Top Secret/SI/TK/B
NSCG COL All, Xl, 1.5 c
C. Specifications
Top Seeret/SI/TKIB
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
D. Drawings & Graphics
Top Secret/SI/TKB
NSCG EQU ALL, Xl, 1,5 c,g
E. Computer Software
Top Secret/SI/TK/B
NSCG AIS All, Xl, 1.5 c,e
F. Communications Security (COMSEC) Material
Top SecretiSUTKB
NSCG COM All, Xl, 1.5c,g
G. Government Furnished Equipment
Top Secret/SI/TKB
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5c,g
H. Other - identify on attached sheet
Ill Contractor Produced Data and Hardware
A. Reports (as identified in the contract)
1. Monthly or Preliminary Technical
Top Secret/SI/TKIB
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 e,g
2. Quarterly or Interim
Top SecreUSI/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, X1, 1.5 c,g
3. Final
Top Secret/Sl/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
4. Contract Status
Unclassified
B. Manuals
Top Secret/SUTK/B
NSCG EQU All, X1, 1.5 c,g
C. Drawings & Graphics
Top Secret/SJ/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, X1, 1.5 c,g
D. Computer Software
Top SecretlSI/TK/B
NSCG AIS All, X1, 1.5 c,e
E. Test Data, Computer Printouts, etc.
Top Secret/SI/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, X1, 1.5 c,g
F. Hardware
1. Component
Top Secret/SI/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
2. Subsystem
Top Secret/Sl/TKB
NSCG EQU All, X1, 1.5 e,g
3. Breadboard
Top Seeret/Sl/TKB
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
4. Prototype or Engineering Model
Top Secret/SI/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
5. System or Finished Product
Top SecIet1SI/TK/B
NSCG EQU All, Xl, 1.5 c,g
G. Other - identity on attached sheet
If this item is completed, this form must itself be classified
when the contractor's name is added.
Classification
Unclassified
 Attachment 6 - Government provided Work Breakdown Structure (GWBS)
(Also See APPENDIX E -- GEOSCOUT CONTRACT WORK BREAKDOWN STRUCTURE (CWBS))
Program Management
1.1 Management Direction
1.2 Planning, Schedule Management, and Control
1.3 Cost and Performance Management
1.3.1 Earned Value Management
1.3.2 Financial Management
1.3.3 Life Cycle Cost Estimate
1.4 Contract, Subcontract, and Procurement Administration
1.5 Configuration Management
1.6 Integrated Digital Environment
1.7 Quality Assurance
1.8 Security Management
2 Systems Engineering
2.1 Systems Engineering Management
2.2 Requirements Analysis and Allocation
2.3 Architecture Analysis and Design
2.3.1 Architecture Analysis and Design
2.3.2 Logical & Physical Data Model
2.3.3 Interface Definition
2.4 Systems Analysis and Control
2.4.1 Performance Analysis, Modeling and Simulation
2.4.2 Metrics Development, Analysis and Reporting
2.4.3 Business Case Development
2.5 System Migration and Transition Planning
2.6 Security Engineering
2.6.1 Security Architecture Analysis and Design
2.6.2 Security Architecture Certification, Accreditation and Testing
2.7 Business Process Reengineering
2.8 Risk Management
2.9 Technology Insertion and NSGI Pre-Production Environment (NPE)
2.9.1 NSGI Pre-Production Environment
2.9.2 Technology Insertion Analysis
2.10 Facility Planning and Engineering
2.11 Integrated Logistics Support
2.11.1 Training
2.11.2 Other ILS
2.12 Special Studies
3 System Level Test and Evaluation
3.1 Developmental Testing
3.1.1 System Test Planning
3.1.2 System Test Conduct
3.1.3 System Test Analysis
3.1.4 Developmental Testing Rework
3.2 Operational Testing
3.2.1 System Test Planning
UNCLASSIFIED
Page E-1 of 2
 3.2.2 System Test Conduct
3.2.3 System Test Analysis
3.2.4 Operational Testing Rework
4 System Integration
4.1 Integration Management and Planning
4.2 Integration Conduct
4.3 Integration Analysis
4.4 Integration Test Facility
4.5 Support to IV&V
4.6 Systems Integration Rework
5 Block 1 Design and Implementation
5.1 Management, Planning and Control
5.2 Systems Engineering
5.3 Spiral Implementation
5.3.1 Development
5.3.2 Unit and Component Test and Integration
5.3.5 Spiral Rework
5.4 Support
5.4.1 Training
5.4.2 Software Maintenance
5.4.2.1 COTS Software Upgrades / New Releases
5.4.2.2 Developed Software Maintenance
6,7 ... N Blocks 2,3,..N
UNCLASSIFIED
Page E-2 of 2
 GeoScout - DD254, Attachment 5 to the RFP
To be furnished.